Inventors list

Assignees list

Classification tree browser

Top 100 Inventors

Top 100 Assignees


Programming control

Subclass of:

455 - Telecommunications

455403000 - RADIOTELEPHONE SYSTEM

Patent class list (only not empty are listed)

Deeper subclasses:

Class / Patent application numberDescriptionNumber of patent applications / Date published
455419000 Remote programming control 334
Entries
DocumentTitleDate
20130183952Smartphone-Based Methods and Systems - Arrangements involving portable devices (e.g., smartphones and tablet computers) are disclosed. One arrangement enables a content creator to select software with which that creator's content should be rendered—assuring continuity between artistic intention and delivery. Another utilizes a device camera to identify nearby subjects, and take actions based thereon. Others rely on near field chip (RFID) identification of objects, or on identification of audio streams (e.g., music, voice). Some technologies concern improvements to the user interfaces associated with such devices. Others involve use of these devices in connection with shopping, text entry, sign language interpretation, and vision-based discovery. Still other improvements are architectural in nature, e.g., relating to evidence-based state machines, and blackboard systems. Yet other technologies concern use of linked data in portable devices—some of which exploit GPU capabilities. Still other technologies concern computational photography. A great variety of other features and arrangements are also detailed.07-18-2013
20130183953SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR TRANSFERRING CHARACTER BETWEEN PORTABLE COMMUNICATION DEVICES - A system and a method are provided to execute a bi-directional character transfer between portable communication devices to share information and functions thereof After one of first and second devices is recognized in the other device, a character stored in the first device is transferred to the second device. Then the transferred character is driven in the second device. First information stored in the first device may be transferred with the character. The first information is then extracted from the character in the second device. The character may be transferred from the second device to the first device. Second information produced by operation of the character in the second device may be transferred with the character to the first device, and extracted from the character in the first device.07-18-2013
20130183954INTELLIGENT DETECTION INTERFACE FOR WIRELESS DEVICES - In a method for controlling a wireless device assembly coupled to a host assembly, a clock signal is received at the wireless device assembly from the host assembly. The clock signal is supplied to an interface module in the wireless device assembly during a power save mode of the wireless device assembly and is used to operate the interface module. An initialization command is received at the wireless device assembly from the host assembly and is detected with the interface module. In response to detecting the initialization command, at least a portion of the wireless device assembly, other than the interface module, is activated.07-18-2013
20130183955MOBILE PHONE LOCATOR - A mobile phone, including a protocol sniffer for capturing a beacon from a wireless access point, a beacon parser, coupled with the protocol sniffer, for identifying an alert request within the captured beacon, and at least one speaker, coupled with the beacon parser, for sounding an audible alert in response to the beacon parser identifying the alert request.07-18-2013
20100062753INTELLIGENT CONTACT MANAGEMENT - An intelligent contact management technique that automatically manages contacts on a communication device such as a mobile phone is described. The intelligent management technique can automatically determine and display a user's favorite contacts on a display of a mobile device. The technique can also intelligently group contacts based on their contact frequency. It can provide a contact-oriented event notification that notifies a user when a contact event has occurred. The contact-oriented event notification can be associated with a visual representation of an associated contact.03-11-2010
20090143056MODIFYING MOBILE DEVICE OPERATION USING PROXIMITY RELATIONSHIPS - Described is a technology by which a mobile computing device such as a mobile telephone operates differently based on detected proximity to another mobile device with which the first mobile device has a defined relationship. For example, the first mobile device may transfer content to the second mobile computing device when proximity corresponds to a non-cellular communications coupling, such as Bluetooth® or Wi-Fi coupling. In this manner, content transfer is deferred until a non-cellular coupling exists. The mobile device (or both devices) may output a notification to indicate that the other mobile computing device has been detected within a threshold proximity, such as via GPS data or by being within the same cellular tower. The type and/or settings of an output notification may vary based on different thresholds.06-04-2009
20080261580Controlled Temporary Mobile Network - A communication device and method for controlling a temporary Mobile Group within a Controlled Temporary Mobile Network. The device is configurable by an administrator to act as a Mobile Group Node within the temporary Mobile Group. The administrator may further configure the device to act as a Mobile Group Leader, which manages and controls the temporary Mobile Group according to an adaptable policy engine.10-23-2008
20080261579MOBILE COMMUNICATION TERMINAL AND METHOD OF CONTROLLING VOLUME THEREOF - A mobile communication terminal and method of controlling a volume thereof are disclosed, by which the volume of the mobile communication terminal can be controlled in case of entering a specific mode while a manner mode is set. The present invention includes entering a specific mode for outputting an audio signal while a manner mode is set, selecting a presence or non-presence of an output of the audio signal, and terminating the specific mode, wherein the manner mode is maintained in case of terminating the specific mode.10-23-2008
20090247138OVER THE AIR PROGRAMMING VIA CELLULAR BROADCAST - In a communications system, one or more mobile devices may be programmed through the use of an assigned channel of a logical channel. For example, a broadcast control channel (BCCH) transmission may be received by one or more mobile devices, the transmission comprising a set of instructions to program the mobile devices. The BCCH transmission may be used to program certain mobile devices, such as a type or brand of device, or mobile devices having certain features, such as call waiting. The mobile device may be configured to accept a transmission, such as a packet in a GPRS network, on one channel while rejecting a transmission on other channels. Further, the mobile device may be reconfigured to accept additional channel transmissions or reject currently approved channel transmissions.10-01-2009
20120184261MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND METHOD OF CONTROLLING THE SAME, AND RADIO BASE STATION APPARATUS - A mobile communication system according to the present invention capable of efficiently reducing power consumption of a radio base station apparatus includes a radio base station apparatus 07-19-2012
20120184260HANDHELD ELECTRONIC DEVICE INCLUDING CROSS APPLICATION USE OF PHONE RELATED INPUTS, AND ASSOCIATED METHOD - An improved handheld electronic device and an associated method provide added convenience for the user by enabling the user to quickly and easily initiate telephone related functions from applications other than the device's phone and address book applications using a dedicated phone related key. The device includes a plurality of use states and each one of the use states has an associated function that is to be initiated upon depression of the phone related key. When the phone related key is depressed, the current use state is determined and the function that is associated with the current use state is executed.07-19-2012
20120184259APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR SUPPORTING QoS SERVICE OF APPLICATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and a system are capable of supporting a Quality of Service (QoS) service in a wireless communication system. The method for supporting the QoS service includes checking a service capability of an application; when the application provides a QoS service, requesting QoS configuration to a QoS server; and when receiving a QoS configuration response signal from the QoS server, checking whether QoS of the application is allocated, in the QoS configuration response signal.07-19-2012
20120184258Hierarchical Device type Recognition, Caching Control & Enhanced CDN communication in a Wireless Mobile Network - The present disclosure describes an apparatus and method for recognizing the mobile device type by information monitored from multiple means, such as by transparently monitoring Control Plane protocols, and monitoring user plane protocols (for example user agent header in HTTP protocols), and using such information for controlling data-caching operations, selectively delivering content, and selecting alternative interfaces/networks when available. Additionally, the invention discloses methods to propagate the learned information through header enrichment to external devices, such as content servers or CDN devices. The apparatus and methods are applicable to an application/content-aware caching device in a wireless mobile network that operates as an inline transparent device intercepting control plane and user plane protocols.07-19-2012
20090191854AUTOMATIC DEVICE MODE SWITCHING - Techniques are described for automatic device mode switching. In an implementation an electronic device provides a variety of functionality through multiple modes of the electronic device. The electronic device may be configured to toggle between modes when inserted into or removed from a corresponding mounting device. In an implementation, one operational mode may be automatically activated upon insertion of the electronic device into the mounting device. Another operational mode may be automatically activated when the electronic device is removed from the mounting device. In another implementation, multiple modes of an electronic device may be associated with multiple orientations of the device. An orientation detector may provide signals indicative of orientation, which when detected causes automatic activation of an associated operational mode.07-30-2009
20090191856METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR STORING ACTIVATION DATA IN A CELLULAR TELEPHONE - A method and apparatus for programming a cellular telephone with activation parameters. A cellular telephone to be programmed is connected to a computer via a communications interface. A user input device is provided to allow a user to provide programming information, including a cellular telephone type, to the computer. A visual representation of the cellular telephone type is displayed on a display monitor to allow the user to interactively verify the inputted programming information. Upon such user verification, the computer determines activation parameters and transmits the activation parameters to the cellular telephone. In accordance with another aspect of the invention, certain activation parameters are dynamically computed based on the user provided programming information. In one embodiment, the user enters a cellular telephone number to be assigned to the cellular telephone. The computer looks up a system identification associated with the cellular telephone number in a memory unit. Certain activation parameters are dynamically computed based on the cellular telephone number and system identification.07-30-2009
20110195699Controlling Mobile Device Functions - This provides for controlling mobile device functions and features, along with systems incorporating these devices and methods. For example, it limits or disables the use of some of mobile device features which could cause distraction to the user, when the user is engaged in another activity. In an example, it enables other mobile device features based on occurrence of events related to the user or environment. Another example addresses controlling the mobile device features, such as SMS, while the user is in a vehicle or driving. Another example restricts the ability of the driver of a vehicle to text, while the vehicle is in motion, by automatically disabling the texting ability of mobile device within and around the perimeter of the driver's seat. Other variations, examples, improvements, detection mechanisms, models, techniques, calculations, verification mechanisms, and features are also described in details.08-11-2011
20110195698Methods And Apparatus For Providing Restrictions On Communications Of A Wireless Communication Device - Techniques in a wireless device for use in providing restrictions on communications via a cellular network are described. The wireless device communicates with a host enterprise server of a private network which is external to the cellular network for performing data synchronization in association with a personal information manager (PIM) application. The wireless device receives communication restriction information from this same host enterprise server in the private network, and stores this information in its memory. The wireless device determines whether a communication is restricted by comparing a user selected code of a communication attempt with one or more codes of the stored information. If the communication is determined to be restricted, the wireless device disallows the communication via the cellular network. If the communication is determined to not be restricted, the wireless device may allow the communication via the cellular network.08-11-2011
20110195697SLEEP MODE CONTROLLING APPARATUS AND METHOD IN CELLULAR SYSTEM - In a cellar system providing various packet services, sleep mode operation of a terminal in an idle state is controlled. The cellular system determines a discontinuous receiving (DRX) period according to a QoS of a packet service provided to the terminal, and runs the sleep mode according to the determined DRX period. The cellular system runs the sleep mode divided into shallow sleep duration and deep sleep duration. With this manner, a paging delay to the terminal and a power consumption of the terminal may be reduced.08-11-2011
20130029653FEATURE MANAGEMENT OF A COMMUNICATION DEVICE - A system and method for the real-time management of a device, and more particularly to the establishment and enforcement of policies or rules associated with the feature or functions that may be performed with the device, such as making and receiving calls, exchanging data, playing games and music, sending and receiving email, accessing web sites, and paying for goods and services. If a child or employee is using the device, there may be a need to regulate how that device can be used and to determine who will pay for what goods or services. In addition to providing all of the features associated with a device, service providers need to be able to establish and enforce rules (policies) regulating how and when that device can be used and who will pay for a good or service requested by the user of the device.01-31-2013
20130029654METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR LIMITING THE FUNCTIONALITY OF A MOBILE ELECTRONIC DEVICE - In a method for assuring compliance with a mandated requirement, a control component resident in said mobile electronic device is implemented in response to receiving an indication to limit the operation of the mobile electronic device in a moving vehicle. A position determining component disposed within the mobile electronic device is used to determine the speed of the mobile electronic device. The speed of the mobile electronic device is determined to exceed a speed threshold and the functionality of the mobile electronic device is restricted based upon the determination that the speed threshold has been exceeded.01-31-2013
20130029652Network-Extended Data Storage For Mobile Applications - Embodiments of the present invention are directed to methods and subsystems directed to increasing the amount of memory accessible to software and hardware components of mobile electronic devices as well as to increasing security and reliability of data storage for mobile electronic devices. In the described embodiments of the present invention, the local memory within a mobile electronic device is extended by transmitting data from the local memory to one or more remote computer systems for storage and by requesting and receiving data from the one or more remote computer systems for storage in the local memory of the mobile electronic device. In the described embodiments of the present invention, a portion of the local memory within a mobile electronic device is employed as a local window into a much larger amount of data stored on one or more remote computer systems on behalf of the mobile electronic device.01-31-2013
20130029651Wireless Device, Processing System and Method of Operating a Wireless Device - A wireless device is wirelessly connected to a wireless network which is controlled by network control apparatus. The wireless device operates in a first activity state in which data can be transmitted to and received from the wireless network over one or more dedicated logical channels. The wireless device transitions to operate in a second activity state having lower power consumption than the first activity state if it is determined by the wireless device that data has not been transmitted by and has not been received at the wireless device for a predetermined period of time. The predetermined period of time is known to both the wireless device and the network control apparatus. The transition takes place synchronously without requiring control signals to be passed between the wireless device and the network control apparatus.01-31-2013
20100009667MOBILE TERMINAL DEVICE AND DATA TRANSFER CONTROL PROGRAM - There are obtained a mobile terminal device and a data transfer control program that, even in the case where a plurality of data that become a target of transfer exist, can simply carry out an operation to select data to be transferred from them and to start transfer itself without a mistake. An acceleration sensor 01-14-2010
20100022231COLLABORATIVE COMPUTING FOR MOBILE DEVICES - Embodiments of the present disclosure include systems and methods for collaborative computing for mobile devices. The system includes methods for leveraging a mobile device and computing resources in a peer-to-peer network in a manner that does not require a central controlling entity, nor the transmission and/or downloading of computer-executable code (e.g., program applications) such that mobile device applications can defer the costly execution of said program applications to the collaborative computing resources in a peer-to-peer network where computing resources are cheaper and network bandwidth and connectivity is more reliable and less expensive in comparison to a mobile device.01-28-2010
20130084842Mobility Management of User Equipment - There is provided a method, including obtaining, by a user equipment, information related to the speed of the user equipment in at least one first radio access technology; and applying the obtained information in a second radio access technology upon changing to the second radio access technology, wherein the second radio access technology is different from the present first radio access technology.04-04-2013
20090239518MANAGING CONTEXTUAL INFORMATION FOR WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS - Contextual information for wireless communications is managed in terms of management objects (MO) using device management (DM) protocol. Contextual information management is performed by determining a need to change from an old configuration to a new configuration, retrieving profile information necessary to make a decision about the new configuration, and making a decision about the new configuration based upon the retrieved profile information. The new configuration may include information about access technology and changes in one or more defined profiles.09-24-2009
20100075653Dialed Digits Based Vocoder Assignment - A system and method for providing voice communications with desired characteristics based upon the intended recipient of a voice communication. An apparatus includes a list of dial strings associated with parties having desired voice communication characteristics. A dial string entered by a user and associated with an intended recipient is compared to a list of preferred dial strings to determine the characteristics of an encoded voice signal to be sent to the recipient. The apparatus can include a vocoder having different bit rate modes and a bit rate mode is selected based upon the dial string entered by a user. Dial strings can be stored at the device or on a network. The apparatus can include a mode selector to select a desired vocoder mode to generate an encoded voice signal.03-25-2010
20100075652Method, apparatus and system for enabling context aware notification in mobile devices - Mobile devices may utilize various sensors to gather context information pertaining to the user's surroundings. These devices may also include and/or access other types of information pertaining to the user, such as the user's calendar data. In one embodiment, mobile devices may utilize some or all the gathered information to determine the appropriate behavior of the mobile device, in conjunction with the user's preferences.03-25-2010
20100075650METHOD OF CHANGING STATUS OF INSTANT MESSAGE SOFTWARE - This invention provides a software status configuration method and a mobile communication device using the same. The mobile communication device has a real-time operation mode and a real-time usage status, respectively representing the status of the user and the usage of the mobile communication device. The mobile communication device further includes a network communication software for performing real-time communication with other contacts online. The network communication software has a user status for indicating whether the user is available for real-time communication. The software status configuration method of the present invention will configure the user status based on combinations of the current real-time operation mode and the real-time usage status.03-25-2010
20100075648SYSTEM AND METHOD TO LOCALIZE APPLICATIONS ON A MOBILE COMPUTING DEVICE - A method (and corresponding system and computer program product) for localizing applications on a computing device to the current device geographic location is described. In one embodiment, a method detects the location of the computing device, identifies an applicable location profile based on the device location, the applicable location profile containing a rule for localizing an application on the mobile computing device, and localizes the application based on the rule. In another embodiment, a method correlates multiple local times by determining a local time of the device location, adjusting an existing schedule based on the local time and user preference information, and generating a notification based on the adjusted schedule and the user preference information.03-25-2010
20100075651Method and Apparatus for Providing Circuit Switched Domain Services Over a Packet Switched Network - A method of establishing a call to or from a mobile station (MS) operating in a Long Term Evolution (LTE) access network. An interface is established between the MS and a Packet Mobile Switching Center (PMSC), and the call is initiated after the network accepts a service request from the MS for an originating call, or after the MS is notified of a terminating call. The PMSC requests packet-switched domain resources from a Policy and Charging Rules Function (PCRF) and establishes a voice bearer channel with an endpoint in the network when the requested resources are available. The PMSC facilitates bidirectional voice traffic between the MS and the endpoint. The PMSC may also use the PCRF to modify the bearer. The PMSC then signals the MS to modify parameters for the established call.03-25-2010
20120244851INFORMATION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM, MOBILE TERMINAL DEVICE, SERVER DEVICE, INFORMATION MANAGEMENT METHOD, CONTROL PROGRAM AND COMPUTER-READABLE RECORDING MEDIUM ON WHICH SAME HAS BEEN RECORDED - An information management system includes a mobile telephone and a server device. The mobile telephone includes: an image sensing section; an operation control section for controlling an operation of the image sensing section on the basis of an operation control signal (operation disabling signal; disablement canceling signal) received from the server device; and a questionnaire information transmitting/receiving section for transmitting information about a user of the mobile telephone to the server device. The operation control section, upon receipt of the operation disabling signal, disables the operation of the image sensing section. The server device includes: an operation control signal transmitting section for transmitting the operation disabling signal; and a work information transmitting section for, upon receipt of the user information from the mobile telephone, transmitting, to the mobile telephone, work information inputted by the image sensing section.09-27-2012
20120244849Safety system to disable and activate functions in Smartphone's, mobile phones and portable communication devices while driving - The present invention is a safety system that prevents the use of certain Smartphone functions and replace the blocked functions with alternative ways to communicate while in a car. These functions include text, voice (manually dialing to make calls) and internet. Smartphone includes any mobile phone or portable communication device that allows software applications to be downloaded and run on its operating system. The system uses a local RF transmitter located and mounted in the car to send a signal that can be detected by one or all of the Smartphone's in the car. The Smartphone's, which have downloaded the application, will decode the RF signal and disable and/or activate certain functions of the Smartphone. Which functions to disable and/or activate are previously chosen by a user of the downloaded application. By use of this system, young drivers, but not limited to, will not be distracted while driving, and thus forced to pay attention to their surroundings. Therefore automobile accidents will be reduced.09-27-2012
20130078980VEHICULAR COMMUNICATION APPARATUS - A vehicular communication apparatus establishes, by a narrow area communication channel establishment unit, a narrow area communication channel to a cellular phone that is brought into a vehicle compartment, and establishes a wide area communication channel to an access point outside of a vehicle. Upon detecting a stop condition of the vehicle by using a stop detection unit, the vehicular communication apparatus disconnects the narrow area communication channel by using a narrow area communication channel disconnection unit.03-28-2013
20130078983End to end application automatic testing - This invention describes remote management of end to end automated mobile application tests to be executed on the mobile devices that may be connected to network emulators or on live (real time) networks. Further, this invention relates to mobile data applications that need to connect to the packet data network over the radio network, and associated automated test systems and methods. Discloses is a method of having an end to end extraction of user actions, application behaviors, device state, and IP and radio layer messaging that can be centrally analyzed to understand the application impact on the network and device, as well as the application behavior for different network conditions.03-28-2013
20130078985SYSTEM, METHOD, AND APPARATUS FOR DETERMINING A NETWORK INTERFACE PREFERENCE POLICY - A method and apparatus are provided for determining a network interface preference policy. An example method may include determining a network address family preference policy signaled to a host apparatus by an access point for a first network interface. The example method may additionally include selecting an interface from the first network interface and a second network interface for network traffic of the host apparatus based at least in part on the signaled preference policy. A corresponding apparatus is also provided.03-28-2013
20130078979APPARATUS AND METHODS FOR ENFORCEMENT OF POLICIES UPON A WIRELESS DEVICE - Apparatus and methods for changing one or more functional or operational aspects of a wireless device, such as upon the occurrence of a certain event. In one embodiment, the event comprises detecting that the wireless device is within range of one or more other devices. In another variant, the event comprises the wireless device associating with a certain access point. In this manner, various aspects of device functionality may be enabled or restricted (device “policies”). This policy enforcement capability is useful for a variety of reasons, including for example to disable noise and/or light emanating from wireless devices (such as at a movie theater), for preventing wireless devices from communicating with other wireless devices (such as in academic settings), and for forcing certain electronic devices to enter “sleep mode” when entering a sensitive area.03-28-2013
20130078981SYSTEM AND METHODS FOR ADAPTIVELY SWITCHING A MOBILE DEVICE'S MODE OF OPERATION - A system and methods are provided whereby a user of a mobile device can adaptively switch the mobile device from speakerphone mode to handset mode without needing to look at the mobile device or without the need to activate a button or key sequence. In a preferred embodiment, modules are provided in the mobile device which allow for the detection of a voice conversation, the sampling of the user's voice and the switching between the two modes of operation. If the user's voice volume is above a certain threshold the mobile device operates in handset mode. If the user's voice volume is below a certain threshold the mobile device operates in handset mode. Through the inclusion of the embodiments described herein, a mobile device can allow a user to safely and quickly switch from one mode of operation to the other without a requirement for additional hardware in the mobile device.03-28-2013
20130078982SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING A WIRELESS DEVICE - A method is provided for controlling operation of a wireless device, including: receiving an initial incoming signal from a remote device in a first operational mode, the initial incoming signal including information related to an initial remaining battery power in the remote device; determining that a second operational mode will be a first possible mode if the initial remaining battery power in the remote device is within a first power range; determining that the second operational mode will be a second possible mode if the initial remaining battery power in the remote device is within a second power range; and transmitting instructions to the remote device in the first operational mode to transmit and receive in the second operational mode.03-28-2013
20130078978END USER CONTROLLED TEMPORARY MOBILE PHONE SERVICE DEVICE SWAPPING SYSTEM AND METHOD - User controlled temporary mobile phone and/or data service device swapping systems and methods including particular implementations and embodiments comprising a plurality of mobile phone user control accounts at least a first telephone number or other registration number registered with each of the plurality of phone service or cellular service user control accounts, and at least two different phone devices registered with each of the plurality of user control accounts, and a mobile phone user interface configured to receive input from the mobile phone user to indicate which of the at least two different mobile phone or cellular devices associated with the mobile phone user control account is to be associated and to transmit data indicating the association to a phone number or other service access number registry.03-28-2013
20130078976ADJUSTABLE MOBILE PHONE SETTINGS BASED ON ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS - A mobile communication device automatically adapts to different environments based on the ambient audio it detects. Device message indicators (e.g., ringers, haptic feedback devices) are automatically adjusted based on ambient audio levels and possibly other environmental parameters so that they are less intrusive in quieter environments and, in noisier environments, more intrusive so that they are more able to gain the attention of the user.03-28-2013
20100035595METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR DYNAMIC SOURCE DETERMINATION OF PROVISIONING INFORMATION ON A PER-NETWORK SERVICE BASIS FOR OPEN MARKET WIRELESS DEVICES - Systems, apparatus and methods are described that provide for dynamic source determination of provisioning information on a per-network service basis for open market wireless devices. Specifically, systems, apparatus and methods provide for the open market wireless devices and/or the users of such devices to acquire provisioning information for network services in instances in which neither the removable module currently associated with the device or the non-removable memory of the open market wireless device store the provisioning information for the desired network service. In this regard, present aspects provide for a prompt, such as a user notification to presented on an output mechanism of the wireless device when the wireless determines first that the provisioning information is not stored on the removable module and, secondly, that the provisioning information is not stored on the non-removable data storage of the device.02-11-2010
20130084845COMMUNICATION DEVICE, AND COMMUNICATION METHOD AS WELL AS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A terminal intermittently operates while receiving paging information and other necessary information from a base station. In the terminal cycles of DRX with different lengths are combined in a hierarchy manner to determine an intermittent operation period. Upper DRX in the hierarchy has a longer cycle than lower DRX. A period using a cycle of the immediately lower DRX is determined based on information on the cycle of the upper DRX. An intermittent operation of a communication processing unit is controlled based on information on the cycle of DRX in a period using information on a cycle of the lowermost DRX.04-04-2013
20130084844MOBILE COMMUNICATION DEVICE AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD - A mobile communication device is capable of communication by utilizing first and second wireless access networks and has a storage unit, a wireless device, and a processor. The wireless device detects a wireless state of the first wireless access network and writes flag information in accordance with the detected wireless state to the storage unit. When a suspend state is cancelled, the processor controls connection with the second wireless access network based on the flag information stored in the storage unit.04-04-2013
20130078977Method and System For Selecting a Thermally Optimal Uplink For A Portable Computing Device - A method and system for selecting a thermally optimal airlink for a portable computing device includes monitoring a temperature of the portable computing device as well as determining if the portable computing device has reached a threshold temperature range. Next, an estimated volume of data to be sent over one or more airlinks may be calculated in addition to determining an estimated duration for the data using one or more airlinks. A quality of service needed for the data in connection with the one or more airlinks may be determined. With this estimated data, one or more available airlinks for the data to be transmitted may be compared. After this comparison, one or more thermally optimal airlinks may be selected based on the estimated volume, estimated data rate, and estimated duration. Determining if the portable computing device is proximate to an operator may be used when considering airlinks.03-28-2013
20130078984METHOD AND DEVICE FOR CREATING MANAGEMENT OBJECT INSTANCE IN MANAGEMENT TREE OF TERMINAL DEVICE - The present disclosure relates to a method and a device for creating an MO instance in the management tree of a terminal device. In the method, a processor in the device adds the node value to an unnamed node or a specified node of the unnamed node in the MO of the management tree in the terminal device. The processor sets the node value of the specified node under the unnamed node as the name of the unnamed node. The specified node is a sub-node of the unnamed node or a node from other MOs.03-28-2013
20130040625NETWORK NODE CONTROL - Methods of controlling a network node, network nodes and a computer program product are disclosed. A method of controlling a network node, comprises the steps upon determining a proposed change to characteristics of said network node, providing a first indication of said proposed change to other network nodes within a predefined network node cluster of which said network node is a member; in the absence of a second indication from said other network nodes within said network node cluster rejecting said proposed change to said characteristics of said network node, making said proposed change to said characteristics of said network node.02-14-2013
20130210415METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR INTELLIGENT WIRELESS TECHNOLOGY SELECTION - Methods and apparatus for intelligently selecting and operating one or more air interfaces of a mobile wireless device for e.g., call setup time reduction. In one embodiment, operation of a high speed cellular interface is selectively adjusted or disabled or switched out when not required so as to minimize call setup times by, e.g., using a different cellular interface to receive pages. In one implementation, the wireless device includes a high-speed cellular interface, a lower-speed cellular interface, and a WLAN (e.g., Wi-Fi) interface.08-15-2013
20130210412METHOD FOR EMBEDDING DEVICE-SPECIFIC DATA TO ENABLE PROVISIONING A DEVICE WITH A MOBILE DEVICE - The invention provides methods for providing a unified single-scan user interface for accessing and managing a remotely located device throughout its life cycle, including cellular network provisioning, cloud data provider registration, initialization and activation, as well as providing end users with easy access to the device and its data. The end user simply powers the device on and the device automatically connects with the communication network and the cloud data provider. The device comes to the end user already provisioned and paired and activated with the cloud data provider and the communication network provider. The end user may provision the device by scanning an optically scannable identification label having device-specific data embedded thereon using a mobile device such as a smartphone or the like.08-15-2013
20130084843FUNCTION EXPANDING METHOD AND MOBILE DEVICE ADAPTED THERETO - An expanded function supporting method and a mobile device adapted thereto are provided. The method includes receiving input signals for activating a user function related to a system installed to a mobile device, establishing a basic function supporting path used to operate the system when the user function is activated, and an expanded function supporting path to operate an expanded function of the system when an input signal for operating the expanded function is received, and transferring, when receiving an input signal for operating the expanded function, a command for operating the expanded function via the expanded function supporting path.04-04-2013
20090170491MDN Switching Between Telematics Devices - Aspects of the present invention provide for a telematics subscriber and provider to facilitate a wireless carrier to associate a cellular telephone number from a subscriber's previous telematics unit to a subscriber's newly purchased telematics unit. In addition, the telematics provider reconfigures a new telematics device in a newly purchased vehicle to retain the same cellular phone number as the subscriber's previous telematics device.07-02-2009
20130040627Data Cut-over Method and Apparatus - The present invention discloses a data cut-over method and apparatus, wherein the method includes: obtaining a model mapping relationship between a source Operation Maintenance Module (OMM) and a target OMM of different system versions (S02-14-2013
20130040626METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR MANAGING, DELIVERING, DISPLAYING AND INTERACTING WITH CONTEXTUAL APPLICATIONS FOR MOBILE DEVICES - It concerns a method for delivering temporarily a plurality of software applications each based on respective contextual data, to one or more wireless mobile end-user devices (02-14-2013
20130040628CAPACITY MANAGEMENT OF AN ASYNCHRONOUS TRANSFER MODE INTERFACE IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION INFRASTRUCTURE - Methods and apparatus that effectively manage capacity of a wireless-based communication infrastructure are presented herein. An evaluation component can generate configuration data associated with a base station of a cellular wireless network. Further, a radio network controller component can determine capacity of a physical port coupled between a radio network controller and the base station. The radio network controller component can configure the radio network controller to utilize an increase in capacity of the physical port based on the determined capacity of the physical port. A base station component can configure the base station to utilize the increase in capacity of the physical port based on the configuration data generated by the evaluation component.02-14-2013
20100099392DEVICES, METHODS, AND COMPUTER-READABLE MEDIA FOR PROVIDING SEVICES BASED UPON IDENTIFICATION OF DECISION MAKERS AND OWNERS ASSOCIATED WITH COMMUNICATION SERVICES - Devices, methods and computer-readable media for providing services based upon identification of decision makers and owners associated with communication services. Data for providing communication services based upon identification of decision makers associated with communication services is stored, wherein the data including a user profile and default template identifying a default decision maker for a service. Policy rules and the stored data are analyzed. A new decision maker for a particular service is identified based upon the analysis of the policy rules and the stored data. The communication services are provided to the identified new decision maker.04-22-2010
20120264412NETWORK SELECTION MECHANISMS - An operator identity for an ANDSF management object is described. The operator identity identifies the server that originally provided the data concerned to the management object. In this way, it is possible to determine the operators that are responsible for different branches of an ANDSF management object. The operator identity may take the form of a PLMN identity.10-18-2012
20100041383Cellular phone use limitation method - A means of limiting the capability of a cellular telephone when said telephone is in motion is disclosed.02-18-2010
20100041382Unified Settings for Multiple Account Types - Account types that support one or more data classes (e.g., email, contacts, calendar, instant messaging) can be added and configured on a mobile device using a unified settings user interface. The user interface allows the user to easily activate and deactivate one or more data classes for an account type. The user interface can support one or more predefined account types and can allow the user to add and configure new account types. Visual indicators are provided in the user interface to remind the user of the data classes that are active on the mobile device for a particular account. Users can configure settings that effect a particular data class in all accounts on the mobile device. Users can also configure settings that are specific to a particular account.02-18-2010
20090156191COMPUTING DEVICE WITH CONFIGURABLE ANTENNA - A computing device with a configurable antenna. The antenna is configured through a switching circuit operating under software control. Operating characteristics of the antenna are configured based on connections between conducting segments established by the switching circuit, allowing the nominal frequency, bandwidth or other characteristics of the antenna to be configured. Because the switching is software controlled, the configurable antenna may be integrated with a software defined radio. The radio and antenna can be reconfigured to support communication according to different wireless technologies at different times or to interleave packets according to different wireless technologies to support concurrent sessions using different wireless technologies.06-18-2009
20090156190METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR DELIVERING CUSTOMIZED INFORMATION TO A MOBILE COMMUNICATION DEVICE BASED ON USER AFFILIATIONS - A method and system for customizing a mobile application running on a mobile communication device of a user. In one implementation, the method includes providing the mobile application to the mobile communication device of the user, the mobile application having a generic platform; determining a special interest group (SIG) that is affiliated with the user; and customizing the generic platform of the mobile application based on information specific to the special interest group (SIG) that is affiliated with the user.06-18-2009
20090156189Configuration of Networked Devices via mobile stations - A method is proposed for configuring a wireless enabled device using a mobile station that is adapted to communicate with a core network portion of a mobile communications network. The mobile station is also arranged to support communication via a wireless interface and the device is capable of communicating via this wireless interface. The method includes the steps of: establishing communication with a support center via the mobile communications network core network portion; receiving a message containing configuration data for the device from the call center; establishing an unlicensed radio link with the device; and transmitting the configuration data to the device via said unlicensed wireless link. By using the mobile phone or other mobile communications device as an interface for configuration data, the end user is relieved of all further interactions and requires no specific knowledge or experience to achieve the configuration and installation of the device.06-18-2009
20100105374Method and apparatus for automatically changing a call receive mode in a mobile terminal - A method and apparatus for automatically changing a call receive mode in a mobile terminal includes a first process of identifying a current external illumination level and noise level and identifying a preset execution suitability of each call receive mode, a second process of identifying a current user schedule and identifying a preset execution suitability of each call receive mode, a third process of identifying a current position coordinate and calculating a use ratio of each call receive mode, a fourth process of identifying a previous use history of each call receive mode and calculating a current execution suitability by each call receive mode, and a fifth process of calculating an integrated execution suitability of each call receive mode and applying a call receive mode of the highest value.04-29-2010
20100105372Radio Parameter Determination Method and Device for a Radio Communication System - A method for deciding radio parameters that improve a value indicative of the communication service quality of an important area in a wireless communication system. The constitution of the present invention comprises a second step of deciding a second radio parameter, based on the first radio parameter and the weighted sum of the values indicative of the communication service qualities in first and second ones, to which a first weight value is applied, of areas in which a plurality of radio base stations are located; a third step of accepting the constraints related to the foregoing weighted sum; and a fourth step of deciding a third radio parameter, based on the second radio parameter, the constraints accepted in the third step, and the weighted sum of the values indicative of the service qualities in the first and second areas to which a second weight value, different from the first weight value, is applied.04-29-2010
20100105373Location Information For Control of Mode/Technology - A multimode wireless communication device utilizes location information provided by a co-located autonomous position location receiver to determine a preferred provider database and associated operating mode and operating technology when an out-of-service condition is encountered. The multimode wireless communication device can utilize active preferred provider database while in service and while acquired within a network. The multimode wireless communication device can initiate location-based mode and technology control when in an out-of-service condition. The multimode wireless communication device determines its location and based on the location, accesses a database to determine a preferred provider database. The preferred provider database provides a hierarchical list of available systems and associated information for acquiring and registering with the systems. The multimode wireless communication device reduces a search time and associated power consumption using location-based mode and technology control.04-29-2010
20100144333SYSTEM, METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PROVIDING COMMUNICATIONS THAT CONFORM TO A CELLULAR COMMUNICATION STANDARD AND A NON-CELLULAR COMMUNICATION STANDARD - The present invention provides a software defined radio transceiver that includes a programmable cellular radio front end and a programmable baseband processor. The programmable cellular radio front end is typically a digital radio frequency processor configured to support a cellular communication standard. The programmable baseband processor is connected to the digital radio frequency processor. The programmable baseband processor (a) selectively reconfigures the cellular configured digital radio frequency processor to support a non-cellular communication standard by bypassing one or more cellular communication standard specific function, and modifying one or more operating parameters to conform to the non-cellular communication standard, (b) processes input data in accordance with the non-cellular communication standard and provides the processed input data to the digital radio frequency processor for transmission, and (c) receives output data from the digital radio frequency processor and processes the received output data to obtain transmitted data.06-10-2010
20130035084ADAPTIVE RANDOM ACCESS CHANNEL RETRANSMISSION - A mobile wireless device adapts transmit power levels and number of retransmissions of a preamble sent to a wireless network. The mobile wireless device measures characteristics of a downlink signal received from the wireless network. The mobile wireless device transmits a series of preambles to the wireless network, each successive preamble having an increased power level, starting at a power level based on the measured received signal characteristics and on parameters received from the wireless network, up to a maximum transmit power level. When the transmit power level of the preamble exceeds the maximum transmit power level and when the measured downlink signal quality falls below a threshold, the mobile wireless device limits the number of preamble retransmission to less than an allowed maximum number of retransmissions. A minimum number of retransmissions is determined and adapted to higher values for larger measured values of downlink signal quality.02-07-2013
20130035083METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR PROACTIVE AND DYNAMIC CROSS-LAYER OPTIMIZATION OF DATA TRANSMISSION TO VEHICLES - A method of controlling electronic data transmission between a mobile communication device located in a movable or moving vehicle and a mobile communication network includes obtaining at least one of location data and movement data relating to the current position of the vehicle. At least one of location data and movement data relating to a predicted position of the vehicle is calculated based on the at least one of location data and movement data relating to the current position of the vehicle. A current capacity situation of the mobile communication network is determined and a future capacity situation of the mobile communication network is predicted. Network and service parameters associated with a mobile communication system are dynamically adapted based on the current position and the predicted position of the vehicle and on the current capacity situation and the predicted future capacity situation of the mobile communication network.02-07-2013
20100029260APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR RECOMMENDING A COMMUNICATION PARTY ACCORDING TO A USER CONTEXT USING A MOBILE STATION - An apparatus and method for recommending a communication party according to a user context in an MS, in which log information received and stored in the MS is retrieved, current context information about the MS is estimated using the log information, similarities of all communication parties stored in a phonebook of the MS are calculated, and communication parties are recommended by comparing the similarities.02-04-2010
20120214469Method and System for Restoring Mobile Device Functions - This provides for controlling mobile device functions and features. For example, it limits or disables the use of some of mobile device features which could cause distraction to the user, when the user is engaged in another activity. In an example, it enables other mobile device features based on occurrence of events related to the user or environment. Another example addresses controlling the mobile device features, such as SMS, while the user is in a vehicle or driving. Another example restricts the ability of the driver of a vehicle to text, while the vehicle is in motion, by automatically disabling the texting ability of mobile device within and around the perimeter of the driver's seat. Other variations, examples, improvements, detection mechanisms, models, techniques, calculations, verification mechanisms, and features are also described in details.08-23-2012
20100330975VEHICLE INTERNET RADIO INTERFACE - The invention provides a internet radio interface for use in vehicles. The interface allows a device unit, with wireless capability and voice interface technology, to communicate with a vehicle, mobile phone, and portal in order to manage and upload various user preferences to the device unit as set out by the user prior to getting into the vehicle. The device unit interacts with the user to permit various functions and access preferable channels as well as managing secondary functions of the user, including cell phone communications.12-30-2010
20100330971SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR PROVIDING A PRODUCTION UPGRADE OF COMPONENTS WITHIN A MULTIPROTOCOL GATEWAY - A production upgrade is described for a multiprotocol gateway. This upgrade allows various modules and components within the gateway to be upgraded independently without impacting traffic flow in the gateway. The upgrade can be performed by deploying a new version of the module alongside an older version of the same module. New client requests can then be directed to the new version, while requests requiring the older module can be continued to be serviced by the prior version. A distinction is made between stateless and stateful conversation during the upgrade of various components. For stateful conversations, request traffic can be versioned according to the session to which each request belongs. A highly available state storage scheme allows new versions of the module to consume state information used by the older versions. For stateless conversations, all new requests can be immediately routed to the new version of the module.12-30-2010
20120165001METHOD, SYSTEM AND BASE STATION FOR CONFIGURING MULTI-MODE BASE STATION - A method and system for configuring a multi-mode base station is disclosed so that a network system may specify a radio access mode for the base station. In the present invention, a configuration control unit inside the base station reports resource capabilities of the base station to a configuration decision unit. The configuration decision unit determines a mode for the base station according to network planning and the reported resource capabilities, generates a configuration file for the base station according to the determined mode, and delivers the configuration file to the base station. The configuration control unit configures relevant resources of the base station according to the received configuration file.06-28-2012
20120164999MOBILE TERMINAL INCLUDING A PLURALITY OF USER IDENTIFICATION MODULE AND SERVER CONTROLLING OPERATION OF THE MOBILE TERMINAL - Provided is a mobile terminal including a plurality of user identification modules. The mobile terminal includes a first user identification module configured to be assigned with a first identification number and receive a service from a first service network, a second user identification module configured to be assigned with a second identification number and receive a service from a second service network, and a controller configured to request the second service network to perform a predetermined service using the second identification number when a user requests the predetermined service using the first identification number and when the first user identification module is in an inactive state and the second user identification module is in an active state.06-28-2012
20090124245SYSTEM INFORMATION UPDATES IN LTE - A method and apparatus for receiving system information updates includes a wireless transmit receive unit (WTRU) receiving a system frame number. The WTRU also receives system information messages in a modification period. The modification period has a boundary determined by the system frame number. The WTRU receives system information change notification after a first modification change boundary and determines that the system information is valid until a second modification change boundary.05-14-2009
20090124243Methods, Apparatuses, Computer Program Products, And Systems For Providing Proximity/Location-Based Ringing Tones - An apparatus for providing a proximity or location-based ringing tone may include a processor. The processor may be configured to receive an indication of a communication between a sender device and a recipient device along with location data indicating a location of the sender device, identify ringing tone settings based upon the location data, and announcing receipt of the indication of communication in accordance with the identified ring settings. Corresponding methods, systems, and computer program products are also provided.05-14-2009
20130045730PROGRAMMING OF A DECT/CAT-IQ COMMUNICATION DEVICE - A method for programming a processor in a communication device arranged for communication according to a DECT/CAT-iq protocol. The method has three steps: 1) A high level language program code is provided, the program code being arranged to influence a function of the communication device. E.g. this program code may be an application program code. 2) The program code is then interpreted into a corresponding machine language code arranged for execution on the processor in the communication device. 3) Finally, this machine language is executed by the processor in the communication device. This method allows a user to program the DECT/CAT-iq device in a high level language without the need for a compiler to compile the high level language program into a processor specific machine code. Preferably, the interpreting of the high level program code is performed by the processor (P) in the communication device. Especially, the processor (P) may be programmed to operate as a virtual central processing unit (VCPU).02-21-2013
20130045731System And Method To Communicate Targeted Information - A method for targeted advertising is disclosed. The method includes accessing at least one piece of demographic information associated with a user of a portable device, selecting an advertisement to be delivered to the user based at least in part on the demographic information, and initiating communication of a version of the advertisement configured for presentation at the portable device.02-21-2013
20130045729LOCATION-BASED PROMOTION OF APPLICATIONS - Architecture that integrates location-based information and application-driven devices (e.g., cell phones). Users can now be provided the most relevant application and/or application data based on the user location. Thus, users are assisted in finding the relevant application(s) to accomplish a task based on their current location. More specifically, given a location (e.g., business) registered to a service, the user's client application is automatically updated to comprise the data relevant to that location. Alternatively, or in combination therewith, the service can suggest installing a new application relevant to the location.02-21-2013
20130090103APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR SAFE CONVEYANCE OF NOTIFICATIONS AND/OR ALERTS TO A MOBILE TERMINAL - An apparatus and method for a mobile terminal including a display unit to safely convey notifications or alerts to a user of the mobile terminal are provided. The mobile terminal includes a display unit for safely conveying notifications or alerts to a user of the mobile terminal, the mobile terminal comprising, a cellular band transceiver for transmitting and receiving Radio Frequency (RF) signals in a cellular band, a controller for controlling operations of the mobile terminal, at least one sensor for one or more criteria, and a hazardous condition determining unit for determining a hazardous condition exists according to the sensed one or more criteria.04-11-2013
20090042551DYNAMIC MULTIMEDIA DATA CODING METHOD FOR CELL PHONES - A multimedia data coding method for cell phones is provided, wherein the multimedia data coding method comprises steps as follows: First multimedia data is captured by a first cell phone, and then a coding parameter is determined by selecting a coding mode. Subsequently the multimedia data is coded according to the coding mode and the coding parameter to output a signal. The signal is then transmitted to a second cell phone.02-12-2009
20130053013SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR MANAGEMENT OF BACKGROUND APPLICATION EVENTS - Systems, methods, and devices for implementing a communication access policy are described herein. In some aspects, a wireless device is configured to execute a plurality of applications and to communicate with a communication network. The wireless device comprises a receiver configured to receive a plurality of rules specifying how one or more of the plurality of applications should communicate with the communication network. The wireless device comprises a processor configured to delay communication by one or more of the plurality of applications in compliance with the rules. The processor is further configured to allow transmission of the communication by one or more of the plurality of applications after termination of the delay. In one aspect, the processor is configured to separately record communication statistics based on whether the device is in a background or foreground state.02-28-2013
20130115933AFTERMARKET TELEMATICS UNIT AND METHOD FOR DETECTING A TARGET MOUNTING ANGLE THEREOF - An aftermarket telematics unit is disclosed herein. The aftermarket telematics unit includes, but is not limited to a housing that is configured to be mounted to an internal surface of a vehicle. The aftermarket telematics unit further includes an angle detection unit that is associated with the housing and that is configured to detect a mounting angle of the housing. The aftermarket telematics unit still further includes a processor that is associated with the housing. The processor is configured to perform an initial configuration procedure and is further configured to discontinue the initial configuration procedure when the mounting angle is out of a target range.05-09-2013
20130090107DEVICE BASED TELECOMMUNICATIONS INITIATED DATA FULFILLMENT SYSTEM - A system and method for service fulfillment is based on service invocation with a preprogrammed communication device. The communication device recognizes special multi-function code digit sequences to cause service invocation. The preprogrammed communication device, upon recognition of a multi-function code, selects a communication channel or messaging protocol and forwards information related to the service invocation to a service fulfillment platform. The communication channel or messaging protocol may be selected based on availability, optimization, preprogrammed logic associated with the multi-function code, or other parameters related to the service invocation, such as user, subscription, registration, location or device ID. The preprogrammed communication device permits service invocation without reconfiguration of a communication network to which the communication device is coupled. The communication device can be reconfigured or reprogrammed to recognize and respond to different multi-function codes.04-11-2013
20130090109PROVIDING SERVICES BASED UPON IDENTIFICATION OF DECISION MAKERS AND OWNERS ASSOCIATED WITH COMMUNICATION SERVICES - Devices, methods and computer-readable media for providing services based upon identification of decision makers and owners associated with communication services. Data for providing communication services based upon identification of decision makers associated with communication services is stored, wherein the data including a user profile and default template identifying a default decision maker for a service. Policy rules and the stored data are analyzed. A new decision maker for a particular service is identified based upon the analysis of the policy rules and the stored data. The communication services are provided to the identified new decision maker.04-11-2013
20130090108METHOD OF MANAGING MOBILITY MANAGEMENT LAYER OF A MOBILE DEVICE - After a mobility layer of a mobile device enters a waiting state, a timer T04-11-2013
20130090106AUTOMATING ACTIONS WITHIN A PHONE NETWORK BASED UPON SCANNED WIRELESS SIGNALS - A method for automating actions within a network includes receiving at least one wireless signal from at least one wireless network device; determining identifying information associated with the at least one wireless signal; determining a scanned wireless fingerprint associated based upon the identifying information; matching the scanned wireless fingerprint to a stored wireless fingerprint; and initiating an action in response to matching of the scanned wireless fingerprint to the stored wireless fingerprint.04-11-2013
20130090105Control Software for Unlocking and Relocking Cellular Telephones - Cellular telephone handsets often include electronic or software coding that “locks” them to a specific wireless network. Provided herein, is a method for provisioning locked handsets by unlocking them from their established network and relocking them on a new cellular network. The handset is connected in communication with the control process, identified, and provisioned. The method allows for provisioning of multiple models and brands to be provisioned from different carriers and to different carriers. It further allows multiple handsets to be provisioned simultaneously. During the process, the handset may be sensitivity tested. Further, the identification portion of the method can be used in conjunction with phone support tools beyond the provisioning process.04-11-2013
20130090104METHOD OF MANAGING MOBILITY MANAGEMENT LAYER OF A MOBILE DEVICE - After a mobility layer of a mobile device enters a waiting state, a timer is activated. The mobile device is configured to await further instructions from a network system before the timer expires and control the mobility layer to leave the waiting state if the timer expires, thereby improving system efficiency.04-11-2013
20090325563METHODS FOR SUPPORTING MULTITASKING IN A MOBILE DEVICE - Methods are provided for effectively accessing and managing open applications on a mobile device. In response to an End key key-press event, an open application is terminated and another open application is promptly maximized. In an embodiment, another key may be pressed to access to an Applications Menu which indicates open applications. Open applications can be selected on the Applications Menu and selectively maximized or terminated. In an embodiment a key may be pressed to access an Open-Applications Menu which lists open applications. Open applications can be selected on the Open-Applications Menu and selectively maximized or terminated.12-31-2009
20130053014METHOD OF WIRELESSLY CONNECTING AT LEAST TWO DEVICES AND WIRELESSLY CONNECTABLE DEVICE USING THE METHOD - A method of wirelessly connecting at least two devices for data communication and a device that is wirelessly connectable by using the method, the method including: generating and wirelessly sending service set identifier (SSID) information of the at least two devices, the at least two devices performing the generating and the wireless sending, collecting and analyzing the wirelessly sent SSID information, the collecting and the analyzing to be performed by the at least two devices, setting one of the at least two devices as a server based on a result of the analyzing, and wirelessly connecting the at least two devices, the wirelessly connecting to be performed by the device set as the server.02-28-2013
20130072175Controlling Functions of Mobile Communications Devices - Function-control instructions for controlling a function or feature of a device can be created remotely, locally, or both. A device can receive a function-control instruction or a function-control instruction embedded in received content. Additionally, or alternatively, a function-control instruction can be created locally based on user information or calibration information. Function-control instructions can be passed to an instruction execution application that interprets the function-control instruction. The instruction execution application can pass instructions, based on the function-control instruction, to the device for implementation.03-21-2013
20090305686MOBILE UNIT, CALL ORIGINATION CONTROLLING METHOD, AND CALL TERMINATION CONTROLLING METHOD - A mobile unit 12-10-2009
20090305685TERMINAL DEVICE, CONTENT DISPLAYING METHOD, AND CONTENT DISPLAYING PROGRAM - A terminal device capable of displaying content, comprising a content data analyzing means for analyzing content data; a data extracting means for extracting data satisfying a predetermined condition among the content data, based on the analyzed result; a location information associating means for associating to each of the extracted data, corresponding location information in the content obtained as the analyzed result; a display element generating means for generating each of the associated extracted data as selectable display element; a rendering means for rendering the generated display element and for displaying in a mode in which the display element is displayed; and a selecting means for selecting the rendered display element. When a certain display element is selected, the rendering means renders the content data so that the display element appears on a screen, and switches representation to a normal mode in which the content data is to be displayed originally, based on the location information associated with the display element.12-10-2009
20090305684Long-Term Evolution (LTE) Policy Control and Charging Rules Function (PCRF) Selection - The PCRF Selection Function selects the PCRF for an IP-CAN session. In embodiments, the PCRF Selection Function is located in the HSS and/or the 3GPP AAA server. The PCRF Selection Function is only required to be located in the HSS if a Bearer Binding and Event Reporting Function (BBERF) is deployed in the serving gateway. In this case, the PCRF selection takes place at the time that the PDN Gateway is selected and returned by the HSS to the serving gateway over the HSS to MME interface (S6a).12-10-2009
20120220285SYSTEM, METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PROTECTING PRIVACY WHEN A MOBILE DEVICE IS LOCATED IN A DEFINED PRIVACY ZONE - A system, method and apparatus for protecting privacy when a mobile device is located in a defined privacy zone are described herein. The available features that a user of a mobile device may use are controlled while the mobile device is located in a define privacy zone. Once a mobile device is detected in the define privacy zone, a database is accessed to determine if the mobile device has the features available that are to be disabled. If the features are available, a disable signal is sent via the communications network to the mobile device and the feature is disabled. Once the mobile device is detected to be outside of the defined privacy zone, the previously disabled mobile device feature is enabled.08-30-2012
20120220284Method and System for Communicating Status or Warning Regarding Mobile Device Functions - This provides for controlling mobile device functions and features. For example, it limits or disables the use of some of mobile device features which could cause distraction to the user, when the user is engaged in another activity. In an example, it enables other mobile device features based on occurrence of events related to the user or environment. Another example addresses controlling the mobile device features, such as SMS, while the user is in a vehicle or driving. Another example restricts the ability of the driver of a vehicle to text, while the vehicle is in motion, by automatically disabling the texting ability of mobile device within and around the perimeter of the driver's seat. Other variations, examples, improvements, detection mechanisms, models, techniques, calculations, verification mechanisms, and features are also described in details.08-30-2012
20090093243RADIO LINK PARAMETER UPDATING METHOD IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A radio link (RL) parameter updating method of a high speed downlink packet access (HSDPA) system in a mobile communication system is disclosed. According to a radio channel situation of a terminal, an RL parameter applied to transmission and reception of control information between the terminal and a base station is dynamically controlled. For this purpose, the RL parameter updating method includes: a step in which the base station determines whether to update an HSDPA related parameter and transmits the parameter update information to the RNC to trigger updating of the RL parameter; and a step in which the RNC updates the HSDPA related parameter and transmits it to the terminal. The parameter update information is delivered through an RL parameter update response message, and the RNC is a serving RNC.04-09-2009
20090093241METHOD AND DEVICE FOR COMMUNICATION SETUP - A method for communication setup including transmitting a first message including an indication of a list with a plurality of list elements, wherein each list element specifies a communication service or a communication application computer program; receiving the first message; selecting at least one of the list elements; and transmitting a second message comprising an indication specifying which list element has been selected.04-09-2009
20130072176METHOD FOR PROVIDING SUPPLEMENTARY SERVICE CONTROL MENU AND SYSTEM TO PROVIDE THE SUPPLEMENTARY SERVICE CONTROL MENU - A system to provide a supplementary service control menu includes an information collection unit to collect state information associated with a supplementary service; a level determination unit to determine a level of the supplementary service using the state information; a menu building unit to generate an identifier (ID) of the supplementary service and to build the supplementary service control menu; and a menu display unit to display the built supplementary service control menu including the supplementary service having an effect associated with the level on a screen. A method for providing the supplementary service control menu includes collecting state information associated with a supplementary service; determining a level of the supplementary service; generating an ID of the supplementary service; building the supplementary service control menu including the generated ID; and displaying the supplementary service control menu including the supplementary service having an effect associated with the level.03-21-2013
20130072177APPLICATION CATALOG ON AN APPLICATION SERVER FOR WIRELESS DEVICES - A system, method, and computer program for providing an application catalog of served applications and data to wireless devices on a wireless network seeking to download the applications and/or data. The application catalog is displayable to a wireless device across the wireless network, and the application catalog lists at least a plurality of applications and/or data downloadable to wireless devices and the application catalog is optimized based upon predetermined criteria such that the preferred application and/or data to be downloaded by a wireless device is initially displayed to a wireless device attempting to access the application catalog.03-21-2013
20130072174METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DISABLING CERTAIN COMMUNICATION FEATURES OF A VEHICLE DRIVERS WIRELESS PHONE - A method and an apparatus for disabling certain features of a vehicle driver's wireless device include a control module strategically mounted within a vehicle passenger compartment, i.e., beneath the steering wheel. The module includes a Bluetooth device that activates a wireless-transmission device upon the slightest movement of the vehicle. The driver's wireless phone is loaded with an application that disables the ability of the user to receive emails, SMS messages or other data upon receipt of a discrete wireless signal from the transmission device. Accordingly, when the ignition is activated and the vehicle moves, the text-transmission feature is disabled. A remote server may be utilized to monitor the wireless device and notify a parent or manager if the user attempts to disable the software application.03-21-2013
20130072173SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR MANAGEMENT OF PERSONAL DEVICE ALERT MODES VIA PROXIMITY TO A TOTEM - Alert mode configuration of a mobile device can be automatically modified based on the mobile device's proximity to a totem transmitting a beacon signal. The beacon signal can include a totem ID and/or a command. When the mobile device receives a totem ID, the mobile device can access and execute stored user selected alert mode configuration. When the mobile device receives a command, the mobile device may execute alert mode configuration that is site or location selected. For totems IDs previously unknown to the mobile device, the mobile device can allow the user to store the new totem ID in addition to associated user selected alert mode configuration.03-21-2013
20130072178INTELLIGENT TEXT MESSAGE TO SPEECH SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR VISUAL VOICEMAIL - A visual voicemail system can convert visual voicemail message content to an alternate format based on the location of the recipient device, whether and how the recipient device is in motion, a priority of the message content, user preferences, or other criteria. Alternately, a recipient wireless device may also convert content to an alternate format based on the similar criteria. Content may be presented automatically to a user on recipient device based on such criteria. Content may be converted from audio to text, text to audio, or from any format to any other format. Location, motion data, user preferences, etc. may be obtained from a location based service system, a recipient wireless device, or any other source.03-21-2013
20130072179SWITCHING METHOD AND SYSTEM OF MULTIPLE INPUT MULTIPLE OUTPUT MODE - A switching method and system for a Multiple Input Multiple Output (MIMO) mode are provided by the disclosure. The method comprises that: a NodeB determines to perform MIMO mode switching for a cell (S03-21-2013
20110065429APPARATUS FOR ENHANCING EFFICIENCY OF ANTENNA IN A MOBILE TERMINAL - An apparatus for enhancing an efficiency of an antenna in a mobile terminal includes an antenna matcher whose setting is changed under control of a controller, the antenna matcher coupled to the antenna, a sensing unit for sensing whether or not a user holds the mobile terminal and a holding pattern in which the user holds the mobile terminal, and a controller for controlling the setting of the antenna matcher according to whether or not the user holds the mobile terminal and the holding pattern.03-17-2011
20090270083Communication device intervention system and method - A method of and system for intervening between a wireless communication device and a base station. A receiver is used to scan for transmissions from multiple surrounding base stations. The absolute field strength of all received transmission is measured and the information transmitted by the base stations is recorded. Then the transmission power level of a transmitter is set to have an absolute field strength greater than the highest measured absolute field strength detected from a corresponding base station. When an interface signal from a wireless communication device is received, the corresponding information is transmitted to the wireless communication device to thereafter control the wireless communication device by establishing a communication channel between the wireless communication device and the receiver and transmitter instead of between the wireless communication device and a surrounding base station to prevent use of the wireless communication device proximate the receiver and transmitter.10-29-2009
20090075640COMMUNICATION SYSTEM TRIGGER SYSTEM AND METHOD - A communication trigger system and method are disclosed. A communications device (03-19-2009
20130065575SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR CONNECTING, CONFIGURING AND TESTING NEW WIRELESS DEVICES AND APPLICATIONS - A system, apparatus, and method are provided for connecting, configuring and testing new wireless devices and applications. For example, one embodiment of a computer-implemented method for enabling a trial wireless device comprises: automatically pre-provisioning one or more trial SIM cards for operation on a particular wireless cellular network on behalf of a prospective customer; automatically pre-configuring a trial wireless machine-to-machine (“M2M”) device on behalf of the prospective customer; wherein the trial M2M device includes testing and monitoring program code which, when the trial M2M device is connected to a computer system, performs the operations of: automatically connecting to the wireless cellular network execute a plurality of test operations for testing the SIM card and the trial M2M device, the test operations including determining whether the SIM card is correctly provisioned for the wireless network; determining whether the trial M2M wireless device is operating properly; and determining the existence of wireless data connectivity.03-14-2013
20130065573Presence and Geographic Location Notification based on a Delegation Model - A user of an instant messaging system may store names of other users of the instant messaging system on a participant list (which may be referred to as a “buddy list”), and the names may be categorized into one or more groups. Similarly, a user of a mobile device, such as a mobile telephone, may store contact information about people on the mobile device. Information describing the on-line presence of the user within the instant messaging system or geographic location of a mobile device, such as a mobile telephone associated with the user system, may be disseminated to users on the participant list or people on the contact list based on notification information that is associated with groups of users or contacts. A delegation model is used to control whether a user is permitted to make modifications to the notification information.03-14-2013
20130065574Presence and Geographic Location Notification based on a Delegation Model - A user of an instant messaging system may store names of other users of the instant messaging system on a participant list (which may be referred to as a “buddy list”), and the names may be categorized into one or more groups. Similarly, a user of a mobile device, such as a mobile telephone, may store contact information about people on the mobile device. Information describing the on-line presence of the user within the instant messaging system or geographic location of a mobile device, such as a mobile telephone associated with the user system, may be disseminated to users on the participant list or people on the contact list based on notification information that is associated with groups of users or contacts. A delegation model is used to control whether a user is permitted to make modifications to the notification information.03-14-2013
20130065572DEVICE NETWORK TECHNOLOGY SELECTION AND DISPLAY IN MULTI-TECHNOLOGY WIRELESS ENVIRONMENTS - System(s) and method(s) are provided to manage utilization of radio network technology and display thereof when multiple services and radio network technologies are available to a multi-technology mobile device. Management relies at least in part on a subscriber profile that comprises a network selection profile constructed through market policy, subscriber policy, and application policy for radio technology utilization. Network preference(s) profile is generated on per subscriber, or per subscriber type, basis and is conveyed to a subscriber station over the air. Initial subscriber profile can be delivered at a time of provisioning a multi-technology mobile device, and updated based at least upon subscriber demand, a schedule established by a network operator or service provider, or an event related to coverage area relocation or contracted services. Radio technology preferences and display of associated technologies available to a multi-technology mobile device can be dynamically controlled on a per-call and/or per-application basis.03-14-2013
20090017809SUPPORT SERVICE ARCHITECTURE FOR A MOBILE VIRTUAL NETWORK OPERATOR - A system and method for implementing content or services customized for a branded company via a choice of data platforms of the brand company's choosing and independent of the wireless data infrastructure offered by the wireless network provider are disclosed. A control module receives a request for content or services from a branded company through an input interface, such as a wireless network interface, a third-party system interface or a brand system interface. The control module is adapted to communicate with a data platform services adapter which associates an external system, such as a third-party system or a data platform, with the branded company providing the request. The data platform services adapter transmits the received request to the associated external system using an output interface which adapted to communicate with the control module.01-15-2009
20090247142INFORMATION COMMUNICATION PROCESSING DEVICE, INFORMATION COMMUNICATION TERMINAL, INFORMATION COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, FUNCTION SWITCHING METHOD AND FUNCTION SWITCHING PROGRAM - Provided is the information communication processing device capable of executing terminal function switching control in linkage with an external communication content on one information communication processing device based on the external communication content without a problem in switching. The information communication processing device has at least one information processing device having a plurality of function environments for executing an application, and a switching control unit for switching a function environment, in which the switching control unit determines a function environment to be switched based on contents of communication with the outside of the information communication processing device and sets context of the function environment to be switched at context of a function environment being executed, thereby executing switching to the function environment to be switched.10-01-2009
20110045812SELECTING INPUT/OUTPUT COMPONENTS OF A MOBILE TERMINAL - A device includes a first microphone at a first position on the device, a second microphone at a second position on the device, a first speaker at a third position on the device, and a second speaker at a fourth position on the device. The first, second, third, and fourth positions of the device are different positions. The device also includes a controller configured to determine a physical characteristic of the device. The controller is further configured to select, based on the determined physical characteristic, among the first microphone at the first position on the device and the second microphone at the second position on the device. The controller is additionally configured to select, based on the determined physical characteristic, among the first speaker at the third position on the device or the second microphone at the fourth position on the device.02-24-2011
20130165102MOBILE COMMUNICATION TERMINAL AND TERMINAL CONTROL METHOD - Execution of an application that functions when a mobile communication terminal is performing communication in a particular mobile communication network. A mobile communication terminal includes an application execution unit for executing one or more applications, a mobile communication unit for performing location registration in a mobile communication network for establishing a communication state, a communication network specifying unit for specifying the mobile communication network in which location registration is made, and an application control unit for performing control on the application execution unit so as to start an application corresponding to the specified mobile communication network.06-27-2013
20130165101METHOD FOR FEATURE ACTIVATION OF MACHINE TYPE COMMUNICATION AND MTC DEVICE THEREOF - The present disclosure provides a novel method for feature activation in the Machine Type Communication and a device thereof. According to the present disclosure, the MTC device may actively trigger entry into or exit from a feature state of the MTC device, and inform the network to perform suitable configuration, so as to meet the requirements of the MTC scenario and optimize the network performance. Furthermore, for the Extra Low Power Consumption feature, it is also proposed to set a MTC device specific DRX cycle as its actual cycle such that the actual cycle may be not limited by the system default DRX configuration information. Therefore, power consumption for the MTC device in the Extra Low Power Consumption state may be reduced.06-27-2013
20130165100MODULAR WIRELESS COMMUNICATOR - A wireless communication system including a wireless communicator, including a housing, wireless communication functionality, a first subscriber identifier module for accessing a wireless network, native user interface functionality, and pouching responsive electrical interconnection functionality responsive to pouching orientation of the housing in a pouch of an enhanced function device for causing the wireless communication functionality to adapt to cooperating with parenting user interface functionality forming part of the enhanced function device at least partially instead of with the native user interface functionality, and an enhanced function device, including a pouch, a second subscriber identifier module for accessing the wireless network, and parenting user interface functionality, wherein the wireless communicator is able to access the wireless network using either the first subscriber identifier module or the second subscriber identifier module, when the wireless communicator is pouched with the enhanced function device.06-27-2013
20090233591DATA SYNCHRONIZATION METHOD BETWEEN MOBILE TERMINAL AND SERVER - The present invention relates to a method of data uplink synchronization between a mobile terminal and a server. The server modifies the stored address book data one item by one item. The present invention also relates to a method of data downlink synchronization between a mobile terminal and a server. Before the server sends address book data to the mobile terminal requesting the downlink synchronization, it performs item-by-item adaptation of the address book data according to the item's attribute and parameter supported by the mobile terminal. The present invention relates to another method of data downlink synchronization between a mobile terminal and a server. The mobile terminal, according to the received address book data, modifies the stored address book one item by one item. The present invention implements the operation on each item in the address book, the adaptation to the item's attribute and parameter of the address book according to the specific situation of the mobile terminal, and the mapping to each item according to the meaning of the attribute and parameter so as to effectively avoid information loss caused by inconsistent attributes and parameters and the operations on the record.09-17-2009
20090233589IDENTIFYING THE LOCATION OF MOBILE STATIONS - A user of a first mobile station, which is lost either in silent mode or switch-off mode may send a ‘Find-Me’ message to the first mobile station from a second mobile station. The first mobile station, after receiving the ‘Find-Me’ message, may power-on the first mobile station enabling the first mobile station to receive voice call and messages. Also, if the first mobile station is in silent mode, the first mobile station may change the profile of the first mobile station from a silent to a regular-noisy mode. The user of first mobile station may call-up the first mobile station and identifies the location of the first mobile station by tracking the ringing sound. The first mobile station may send a location message to the second mobile station in response to receiving the ‘Find-Me’ message that may be used to identify the location of the first mobile station.09-17-2009
20130165099Enhanced System and Method for Custom Programming of Large Groups of Phones Without Requiring Additional Equipment - A system and method for custom programming of mobile computing devices. The system and method include receiving, by a server computer and before activation of a mobile computing device by a user, a code from the mobile computing device over a wireless data connection; and in response to the receiving of the code, transmitting, by the server computer to the mobile computing device over the wireless data connection, a software module, the software module for execution on the mobile computing device and for installing software on the mobile computing device in response to the execution.06-27-2013
20130165098COMMUNICATION APPARATUS - An information processing apparatus that receives, from another information processing apparatus, first displacement information; senses second displacement information corresponding to movement of the information processing apparatus; and establishes a connection with the another information processing apparatus based on a predetermined relationship between the first displacement information and the second displacement information.06-27-2013
20130165103METHOD FOR THE CONDITIONAL TRANSMISSION OF A CELLULAR FRAME OVER A NETWORK AND DEVICE FOR IMPLEMENTING THE SAME - The invention relates to a method for the conditional transmission of a cellular frame by a cellular device (10) over a cellular network (06-27-2013
20120115457METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ASSOCIATING A SUBSCRIBER DIRECTORY IDENTIFIER TO A SUBSCRIBER IDENTIFIER - According to one embodiment of the present invention, there is provided a method, in a communication network, of associating a subscriber directory identifier to a first subscriber identifier. The method comprises receiving a request to connect a communication device to the network, the request including a subscriber identifier derived from the first subscriber identifier, determining the first subscriber identifier from the received subscriber identifier, and associating a subscriber directory identifier with the determined subscriber identifier.05-10-2012
20120115456LOW POWER DUAL PROCESSOR ARCHITECTURE FOR MULTI MODE DEVICES - A mobile computing device with multiple modes, for example, wireless communication and personal computing, has an application processor and a communication processor. In the computing mode, the application processor is the master processor. In the communication mode, the application processor is deenergized to conserve battery power, with the communication processor functioning as the master processor by accessing the device's peripheral bus using the memory interface of the communication processor.05-10-2012
20120115453SELF-AWARE PROFILE SWITCHING ON A MOBILE COMPUTING DEVICE - In one implementation, a computer-implemented method includes detecting, by a mobile computing device, a current context associated with the mobile computing device, the current context being external to the mobile computing device and indicating a current state of the mobile computing device in its surrounding environment. The method can also include identifying, based on at least a first portion of the current context, a location description for the mobile computing device, wherein the location description includes a textual description of the location; and determining, based on the identified location description and at least a second portion of the current context, whether to switch the mobile computing device from operating using a current profile to operating using a second profile, wherein the current profile and the second profile each define one or more settings of the mobile computing device.05-10-2012
20090011752Methods And Apparatus For Providing Restrictions On Long Distance Calls From A Wireless Communication Device - Methods and apparatus for providing restrictions on long distance calls from wireless communication devices. The wireless devices are preferably combined voice and data communication devices. In one illustrative example, each wireless device receives and stores long distance call restriction information which is pushed from a private computer network through the wireless network. During typical operation, a wireless device determines whether call attempts from the wireless device are restricted by the long distance call restriction information. If a call attempt is restricted by the long distance call restriction information, the wireless device restricts the call attempt from the wireless device and provides for a call restriction alert indication (e.g. an alert tone or visual text). If a call attempt is not restricted by the long distance call restriction information, the wireless device allows the call attempt from the wireless device. Advantageously, control over long distance calls may be established on a per-user basis in the private home network.01-08-2009
20090011751Electronic device and processing program thereof - In a cellular phone 01-08-2009
20100087180COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS - A mobile telephone network (04-08-2010
20120238258PARAMETER CONFIGURATION METHOD AND CONFIGURATION DEVICE FOR MOBILE TERMINAL - Embodiments of the present invention disclose a parameter configuration method and a configuration device for a mobile terminal. A parameter configuration method for a mobile terminal includes: obtaining a current channel change rate; comparing the current channel change rate with a maximum channel change rate and a minimum channel change rate in each scenario respectively; determining a channel change rate range to which the current channel change rate belongs, and setting a scenario corresponding to the channel change rate range as a target scenario; and obtaining a parameter configuration value group corresponding to the channel change rate range in the target scenario according to a corresponding relationship between a preset parameter configuration value group and the channel change rate range, and configuring a corresponding parameter of each module of the mobile terminal by using each parameter configuration value of the parameter configuration value group.09-20-2012
20120238257SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR SELECTIVELY RESTRICTING PORTABLE INFORMATION HANDLING SYSTEM FEATURES - Wireless telephones retrieve feature restrictions from a wires telephone network, the feature restrictions having associated predetermined conditions. A wireless telephone applies the feature restrictions if the predetermined conditions are met to disable functions at the wireless telephone as defined by the feature restrictions. For example, a wireless telephone disables camera operations if the position of the wireless phone is in an academic testing location during an academic testing period.09-20-2012
20120270528MAGNETIC STRIPE ATTACHMENT AND APPLICATION FOR MOBILE ELECTRONIC DEVICES - A mobile electronic device such as a mobile phone includes wallet application software for receiving, storing, encrypting, and transmitting selected payment card data. A tab including a programmable magnetic stripe is associated with a controller for receiving transmitted payment card data and programming the stripe with selected data. The tab is mounted directly to the electronic device or to an attachment device removably coupled to the electronic device. The attachment device may comprise a case for the mobile electronic device that allows access to a user interface and display of the mobile electronic device.10-25-2012
20090191855CALL TO ACTION LOCKOUT SYSTEM AND METHOD - A Call-To-Action Lockout on a mobile device coupled to a data network is disclosed as a method and apparatus comprising providing a media application configured to respond to a control point associated with media content, providing media content which has at least one associated control point, triggering at least one control point while experiencing the media content; and performing an appropriate Call To Action Script (CTAS) in response to the triggered control point.07-30-2009
20110034160TRUSTED SERVICE MANAGER MANAGING REPORTS OF LOST OR STOLEN MOBILE COMMUNICATION DEVICES - A Trusted Service Manager (TSM) receives installation requests (INST) from Service Providers (SPx) comprising an application (APPx), a Service Provider identifier (SPx-ID) and an identifier (MOx-ID) of a target mobile communication device (MOx) that is equipped with a memory device (MIF) to store the application (APPx). The Trusted Service Manager (TSM) transmits the application (APPx) to the target mobile communication device (MOx) and keeps a repository (REP) of the received applications (APPx), their associated service provider identifiers (SPx-ID) and their associated target mobile communication device identifiers (MOx-ID). If the Trusted Service Manager (TSM) receives queries (QU) from a Mobile Network Operator (MNO) asking for the Service Providers associated with a specific mobile communication device identifier (MOx-ID) it retrieves from the repository (REP) those Service Providers (SPx) that are associated with the queried mobile communication device identifier (MOx-ID).02-10-2011
20120046020System and Method for Deactivating Mobile Communication Devices within a Vehicle - A system and method of deactivating complete functionality of mobile communication devices while in a moving automobile. The system comprises a series of integrated chips that communicate vehicle status to a universal cell phone mount, which communicates to corresponding cell phones within the vehicle. While the vehicle is in a state of motion or when the transmission is not in ‘Park’, all mobile communication functions are prohibited except that phone placed in the universal mount, which allows hands free and voice entry command via the vehicle sound system. The goal is to reduce the use of cell phones and other mobile devices while operating a motor vehicle, improving roadway safety for all drivers.02-23-2012
20120064874MOVIE MODE AND CONTENT AWARDING SYSTEM AND METHOD - A system and method is presented for awarding content to users of mobile devices for attending events, appearing at locations, or viewing audiovisual content. One embodiment also automatically alters the configuration of mobile devices, which is particularly useful in movie theaters. An application on the device recognizes an audible signal provided at the location or in the audiovisual content. The signal can also be used to unlock content. In this way, desired content is available only when the user has attended an event such as an event sponsored by the content creator. The content can relate to the event, and can be synchronized to the event. The signal can also trigger an application or unlock content at a store location. For example, a scavenger hunt can be guided by an application on the mobile device.03-15-2012
20120231779WIRELESS COMMUNICATION DEVICE MANAGEMENT - A method and system that limits the use of a communication device present in an area controlled by an intelligent controller. The intelligent controller detects any present communication devices in the area and conducts an inventory providing information about each detected device. The intelligent controller compares that information to a standard of use data, which specifies the conditions need to be present for allowing the usage of a communication device. If such conditions are not met, the intelligent controller sends commands to the communication device to restrict its functionality. Else if, the intelligent controller is incapable of restricting the communication device, it can notify authorities of unauthorized usage of a communication device in the restricted area.09-13-2012
20120088489APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING PORTABLE TERMINAL - Provided is an apparatus and method for controlling a portable terminal. The apparatus includes a contact sensing unit which senses an area of an external surface of the portable terminal contacted by a user as the user holds the portable terminal, a recognizing unit which recognizes a function mode of the portable terminal based on information about the contacted area sensed by the contact sensing unit, and a control unit which changes the portable terminal to a function mode recognized by the recognizing unit. Since a function mode of the portable terminal is controlled according to the way a user holds the portable terminal, convenience of changing a function mode of the portable terminal is provided through a single manipulation.04-12-2012
20130017816BLUETOOTH LOW ENERGY APPROACH DETECTIONS THROUGH VEHICLE PAIRED CAPABLE DEVICES - A method of enabling communications between a Bluetooth low energy master communication device in a vehicle and a slave communication device. The slave communication device is successfully paired with a Bluetooth high energy master communication device in the vehicle. An identifier of the slave communication device is stored when it is successfully paired with the Bluetooth high energy master communication device. The Bluetooth low energy master communication device identifies an advertising event broadcast by the slave communication device. The advertising event relates to a notification by the slave communication device of the availability of its services. A determination is made whether the identifier of the slave communication device matches the stored identifier. Wireless communications between the Bluetooth low energy master communication device and the slave communication device is autonomously established without a manual pairing operation in response to an identifier of the slave communication device matching the stored identifier.01-17-2013
20130017819Method for State Transition and Network Device - A method for a state transition includes determining whether a user equipment (UE) is a UE frequently performing state transitions. When the state of the UE is required to be transitioned to the idle state, a state of the UE is transitioned to a paging channel (PCH) state if the UE is a UE frequently performing state transitions. If the UE is a UE infrequently performing state transitions, the state of the UE is transitioned to the idle state.01-17-2013
20080305784Method for Configuring a Mobile Terminal, Configurable Mobile Terminal and Mobile Radio Network Therefor - A method for configuring a mobile terminal wherein a basic configuration for use of the mobile terminal in differently organized communication networks is set up in the mobile terminal. The basic configuration for use of the mobile terminal in a particular communication network of the communication networks is modified by a change, for which purpose data for a configuration specific to the particular network is loaded into the mobile terminal. The change remains available during the use of the mobile terminal in the particular communication network. Correspondingly a suitable mobile terminal and a suitably embodied mobile radio network implement the method.12-11-2008
20110294487MANAGING SUBSCRIBERS ON A CELLULAR NETWORK - In embodiments of managing subscribers on a cellular network, a service provider tracks subscriber devices that are connected for voice communication via a network. The service provider can estimate an increased service load on the network by combining a number of the subscriber devices estimated to still be connected at an appointed time with a number of additional subscriber devices estimated to request connection at or within a predetermined range of the appointed time. The service provider can then cause a number of inactive subscriber devices to be disconnected for at least a predetermined period of time in anticipation of the increased service load.12-01-2011
20110294488SYSTEM AND METHOD OF CONTROLLING TRANSMIT POWER FOR MOBILE WIRELESS DEVICES WITH MULTI-MODE OPERATION OF ANTENNA - A radio control system in a communication device is disclosed, the radio control system comprising: (a) a sensor capable of detecting a change in use mode of said device; (b) a power controller connected to said sensor to determine a power configuration based on the use mode; and (c) a power regulator connected to said power controller to apply the power configuration to a transmitted signal. A method of controlling a power configuration in a communication device is disclosed, comprising the steps of: (a) detecting a use mode; (b) changing the power configuration as a function of the use mode; and (c) communicating at the changed power configuration. A radio control system in a communication device is disclosed, comprising: (a) a sensor capable of detecting a change in use mode of said device; (b) a radio controller connected to said sensor to determine a radio configuration based on the use mode; and (c) a radio configuration module connected to said radio controller to apply the radio configuration to the transmitted signal.12-01-2011
20110294486EXTENSIBLE PHONE APPLICATION - The present invention provides an extensible phone application that uses extensions to interact with other applications executing in a mobile communication device. The extensible phone application is operable to handle wireless communication for the mobile communication device. Another application may interact with the extensible phone application by incorporating an extension. The extensible phone application enables the extension to register with the phone application for receiving a notification associated with an event. In response to the event, the extensible phone application sends the notification to the extension.12-01-2011
20110294484System and Method for Performing a Light Weight, Wireless Activation of a Mobile Communication Device - A method, mobile device and activation server for wirelessly activating a mobile communication device at an activation server sends an activation summary to the mobile communication device in response to receiving a request for activation. The activation summary provides notification of a number of services that can be activated on the mobile communication device. Responsive to receiving a selection of at least one of the services, the method downloads at least one of configuration information and routing information for the selected service to the mobile communication device.12-01-2011
20110294485Methods And Apparatus For Increasing Voice Call Performance Through Controlled Interruption Of Data Transfer In A Relay Network - Methods and apparatus for use by a mobile communication device (MCD) operating in a wireless communication network for increasing call performance through controlled temporary interruption of data transfer by the relay network outside of the wireless network. One illustrative method involves identifying a voice call request at the MCD operating in the wireless network and, in response to identifying the voice call request, performing the following actions of sending a pause data indicator to the relay network over the wireless communication network; sending a call confirm or setup voice call message to the wireless communication network for establishing the voice call; and maintaining the voice call at the mobile communication device. The pause data indicator is defined to pause data transfer for the MCD at the relay network. The method may further involve identifying a voice call termination request during the voice call and, in response to identifying the voice termination request, performing the following actions of sending a disconnect voice call message to the wireless communication network; and sending a resume data indicator to the relay network over the wireless communication network.12-01-2011
20110294483METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR IDENTIFYING NETWORK FUNCTIONS BASED ON USER DATA - Techniques for identifying network functions include determining first data that indicates a concept represented in content provided by a device. A function provided by a network service is determined based on the first data. In some embodiments, techniques include forming a data structure that associates each function of a plurality of functions provided by a plurality of network services with at least one identifier for a concept.12-01-2011
20110281573COMMUNICATION APPARATUS, COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND METHOD FOR CONNECTING DEVICES - A connected-device-information managing unit that obtains connection information that is predetermined information for connection from a connected device as a communication counterpart, holds it, and, when a communication process is completed normally, holds a parameter value used in the communication process as normal connection information which is a part of the connection information for each connected device, and a hands-free controller that performs a communication process based on the connection information. When a communication process is started with a device that normal connection information has been already stored in the connected-device-information managing unit, the hands-free controller sets a parameter based on the normal connection information to perform the communication process.11-17-2011
20110281570METHOD TO CONTROL CONFIGURATION CHANGE TIMES IN A WIRELESS DEVICE - A method to control configuration change times is performed at a mobile wireless communication device when the mobile wireless communication device is connected to a wireless network. The mobile wireless device is connected in a first configuration mode. The mobile wireless communication device receives a control message from a radio network subsystem in the wireless network at a local receive time. The received control message includes a time indication for when to start a configuration mode change of the mobile wireless communication device, which the device extracts from the control message. The mobile wireless communication device reconfigures to a second configuration mode, different from the first configuration mode, based on the extracted time indication and the local receive time.11-17-2011
20110281572APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR COMMUNICATION OF MULTIPLE-STANDBY MOBILE TERMINAL - An apparatus and method for a communication by a multiple-standby mobile terminal is provided. The apparatus includes a master communication module that directly receives a signal from a communication network and then processes it, or processes a signal to be transmitted and then directly transmits it to the communication network. Additionally, the master communication module indirectly receives a signal from the communication network through a slave communication module and then processes it, or processes a signal to be transmitted and then indirectly transmits it to the communication network through the slave communication module. Therefore, even though the slave communication module has only elements for transmitting and receiving a signal with the other elements eliminated, the multiple-standby mobile terminal may operate favorably.11-17-2011
20110281571IDLE ACCESS TERMINAL-ASSISTED TIME AND/OR FREQUENCY TRACKING - An access point (e.g., a femto cell) that is connected in an active call with an access terminal may cooperate with that access terminal or another access terminal to derive timing information from one or more neighboring access points (e.g., macro access points). In addition, an access point may cooperate with an idle access terminal to derive timing information from one or more neighboring access points. For example, an access terminal may determine the difference between pilot transmission timing or frame transmission timing of a femto cell and a macro cell, and report this timing difference to the femto cell. Based on this timing difference, the femto cell may adjust the timing and/or frequency of its transmissions so that these transmissions are synchronized in time and/or frequency as per network operation requirements.11-17-2011
20130023255METHOD OF CONFIGURING BLUETOOTH SIM ACCESS PROFILE OF COMMUNICATION DEVICE - A method of configuring a Bluetooth SIM access profile (SAP) of a communication device is provided, wherein the communication device is coupled to a plurality of SIM cards, and the method comprises: connecting the communication device with a target communication device according to a Bluetooth protocol; and executing an automated operation. Further, the automated operation comprises: detecting a connection status of at least one of SIM card of the SIM cards, and accordingly generating a checking result; and configuring the Bluetooth SAP of the Communication device to use a specific SIM card selected from the plurality of SIM cards according to at least the checking result.01-24-2013
20130023260SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR MULTIPLE RADIO ACCESS BEARIER TRAFFIC THROTTLING - Various embodiments for data throttling are disclosed. One embodiment is a method performed by a mobile device for managing a voice call. The method comprises determining a voice call status. Based on the voice call status, a determination is made on whether at least one application executing on the mobile device is concurrently accessing data via the mobile device during an active call. In response to the occurrence of an active call and concurrent data access by the mobile device, the data access mode used by the mobile device for accessing the data is determined. Based on the determined data mode, data access by the at least one application is suppressed.01-24-2013
20090312001Providing subscriber identity for cell traffic trace in E-UTRAN - Embodiments of the invention include methods, apparatuses, systems and computer programs related to providing a cell traffic trace functionality in E-UTRAN. A cell trace activation message is received, a cell traffic trace session is then started for a cell, and call set up is started. A trace recording session is started and, simultaneously, a unique identifier is generated for the recording session. A trace notification may then be sent to a core network or mobility management entity. The trace notification may include a trace recording session reference which comprises the unique identifier for the recording session. The IMSI and/or IMEI may also be determined for the call, and the trace recording session reference is forwarded to a trace collection entity.12-17-2009
20100267375SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR MANAGEMENT OF WIRELESS DEVICES ABOARD AN AIRCRAFT - A method of management of a wireless device in an aircraft may include transitioning the wireless device from a first mode to a second mode based on data that is indicative of a change in flight condition of the aircraft. One of these modes may be a state of the device in which a transmitter of the device is deactivated and the other mode may be a state of the device in which the transmitter is activated. The data indicative of the change in flight condition may either be downloaded to the device from an external source, acquired from a sensor(s) embedded in the device, or may be determined based on both the data acquired by the sensor(s) and data downloaded to the device.10-21-2010
20110130132SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR INHIBITING TEENAGERS' TEXTING WHILE DRIVING MOVING VEHICLES - A system is disclosed for preventing teenage moving vehicle drivers from cellphone texting while that vehicle is moving. This system comprises a motion detector, ignition key input that indicates whether the driver is a teenager, and courtesy signal transmitter in a vehicle which sends the state of its motion detector and ignition key to a cellphone having a text keyboard, a microphone, and a courtesy signal receiver disposed in the microphone which is in the keyboard. Said vehicle may have a moving vehicle driver, who may also be the aforementioned cellphone user, disposed to operate these cellphone devices. The cellphone may enable or disable the driver's keyboard based on the motion indicator, closeness to the driver, or driver's maturity, but this determination may be overridden by the cellphone service provider, or person inserting an ignition key that permits texting while driving.06-02-2011
20130023262PROFILE SWITCHING METHOD BASED ON MOBILE PHONE WIFI AND A MOBILE PHONE - The present invention relates to a field of mobile communication, a profile adjusting method based on mobile phone WIFI is disclosed herein. An acquired SSID of the WLAN is compared with a pre-stored SSID, when the acquired SSID of the WLAN and the pre-stored SSID are determined to be the same, a user is prompted and the profile of the mobile phone which corresponds to the pre-stored SSID is activated. The profile switching method based on mobile phone WIFI provided in the present invention utilizes the existing mobile phone WIFI under the control of the mobile phone software to prompt that the user's mobile phone is in different locations based on the different WIFI connecting statuses, and automatically switching the profiles which correspond to locations which is pre-set by the user is achieved, as well as the user is provided convenience.01-24-2013
20110136481APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR AUTOMATICALLY CHANGING TELEPHONY MODE IN PORTABLE TERMINAL - An apparatus and method for automatically changing a telephony mode in a portable terminal is provided. The apparatus includes a mode changing unit. The mode changing unit determines a distance between the portable terminal and a user's body and changes the telephony mode using the determined distance.06-09-2011
20110136480System for Preventing Text Messaging While Driving - A system and method are described to disable texting while driving a moving vehicle. The position and speed of a user's cell phone are compared with that of a registered master phone. If the position and speed track that of the master phone, it is assumed that the user is a passenger and not a driver, and texting is enabled for that user. Texting at speed is disabled for a master phone user who may be an ordinary citizen or may be a professional driver of a mass transit vehicle. The user of a master phone may utilize a different service provider than a passenger. Information parameter measurements such as cell phone position, velocity, and direction of travel are time stamped and then passed between service providers or alternately made available to other service providers by way of a central database.06-09-2011
20110136479MOBILE TERMINAL AND METHOD OF CONTROLLING THE SAME - A mobile terminal that controls the output of an audio based on contact or approach of an external object and a method of controlling the mobile terminal, are discussed. According to an embodiment, the mobile terminal includes an audio output module configured to output an audio; a sensing unit arranged to sense an object approaching the audio output module; and a controller configured to stop the outputting of the audio, when the sensing unit senses the object approaching the audio output module while the audio is being output through the audio output module.06-09-2011
20110136478SELF-OPTIMIZING NETWORKS FOR FIXED WIRELESS ACCESS - An embodiment of the invention relates to a method of modifying communication parameters of a wireless network, the wireless network having at least two antennas, and each of the antennas providing coverage to at least one sector. The method including obtaining measurement data for at least two sectors of the wireless network, determining, from the obtained measurement data, if a signal strength indicator of one or more sectors of the at least two sectors is at or below a target value, determining, if the one or more sectors is at or below the target value, a communication parameter to be applied to the wireless network such that the signal strength indicator of the one or more sectors is above the target value, and modifying the communication parameters of the wireless network such that the determined communication parameter is applied to the wireless network.06-09-2011
20120108225MOBILE TRAFFIC CATEGORIZATION AND POLICY FOR NETWORK USE OPTIMIZATION WHILE PRESERVING USER EXPERIENCE - Systems and methods of mobile traffic categorization and policy implementation for network use optimization are disclosed. In one aspect, embodiments of the present disclosure include a method, which may be implemented on a system, of detecting an activity state of an application on a mobile device to which traffic is originated from or directed to, detecting a time criticality of data contained in the traffic to be sent between the mobile device and the host server, determining a timing with which to allow the traffic to pass through, based on the activity state or the time criticality and/or controlling radio use on the mobile device based on the timing with which the traffic is allowed to pass through. The method may further include selecting a network configuration in the wireless network for use in passing traffic to and from the mobile device.05-03-2012
20120108224USING QUALITY OF SERVICE TO CONTROL HARDWARE FOR LOW BATTERY SCENARIOS - Certain embodiments of the present disclosure relate to methods for reducing power consumption of a mobile device while maintaining QoS of communication links. If the available battery power is below a predefined threshold, then several power-saving techniques may be triggered that increase an air time of the mobile device by shutting down one or more modem hardware components.05-03-2012
20110300846AUTOMATED SWITCHING OF USER NOTIFICATION PROFILES IN A MOBILE DEVICE - A mobile device such as a wireless communication device includes a component to automatically switch between profiles defining user notification options for notifying of device events such as new data or voice communications, calendar or alarm events. Switching is automated upon the happening of a switching condition defined in response to time or location information or both. For example, a user may enable a profile which disables event notification for a particular duration or while the user is at a particular location. That profile may be expired and automatically switched to another profile to re-enable notification upon the expiry of the duration or change to the location.12-08-2011
20110300845MOBILE TERMINAL AND METHOD OF CONTROLLING FUNCTION THEREOF - A method of controlling a function of a portable terminal having a touch screen is provided. In the method, ultrasonic waves are outputted through a speaker when a communication event is performed. Whether the outputted ultrasonic waves are inputted through a microphone is determined. A lock function of the touch screen is performed when the outputted ultrasonic waves are inputted through the microphone.12-08-2011
20110300844METHOD FOR RESTRICTING COMMUNICATING SERVICE IN ROAMING IN MULTI MODE TERMINAL AND APPARATUS THEREFOR - A method for performing roaming in a dual mode terminal, which includes a first wireless communication module corresponding to a first communication network and a second wireless communication module corresponding to a second communication network, is disclosed. The method comprises acquiring a public land mobile network (PLMN) identifier by camping on the first communication network; determining whether connection to the first communication network is roaming by comparing roaming decision information included in the PLMN identifier with roaming decision information stored in the dual mode terminal; turning off the second wireless communication module if it is determined that connection to the first communication network is roaming; and transmitting and receiving a signal to and from the first communication network.12-08-2011
20110300843SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR MONITORING THE LOCATION OF A COMMUNICATION DEVICE IN A VEHICLE BASED ON SIGNAL STRENGTH - A system for locating a personal communication device (PCD) in a vehicle is provided. A controller is configured to receive a first signal from the PCD at a first antenna in a driver zone and to generate a first signal strength value for the first signal. The controller is configured to receive the first signal from the PCD at the second antenna and to generate a second signal strength value for the first signal. The controller is configured to determine whether the first signal at the first antenna and the second signal at the second antenna are received within a predetermined amount of time of one another and to compare the first signal strength value to the second signal strength value if the first signal at the first antenna and the second signal at the second antenna are received within the predetermined amount of time.12-08-2011
20110300842Method for Installing a Radio Base Station - The present invention relates to a method for installing an end user controllable radio base station in a wireless communications network. The radio base station is adapted to provide access for the end user of wireless user equipment in the wireless communications network. The radio base station further comprises a display and a power level adjusting equipment. The method is characterized by a first step of connecting the radio base station to the wireless communications network. A second step is to activate a self configuration procedure of the radio base station. As a third step the display on the radio base station further displays instructions to the end user as part of the installation procedure. These instructions comprise a request for wireless user equipment activity. The activity of the wireless equipment is monitored, and the power level is adjusted, if needed, as a following step for completing the installation.12-08-2011
20110143739Methods and Apparatus for Wireless Phone Optimizations of Battery Life, Web Page Reloads, User Input, User Time, Bandwidth Use and/or Application State Retention - This disclosure teaches using a wireless phone by a user to save and/or send a state in response to the user turning away. The user may interact with a web view to send the state as a non-empty transaction list in response to the user triggering a web navigation activator, with an application by storing the application state after the user looks away, and/or through an operating environment with at least two applications by storing the application state of the previous active application in response to the active application changing. The wireless phone may embody at least one of these interactions and may include a processor. Also disclosed, a program system, installation package and/or a download server in accord with at least one of these embodiments. A wearable display configured to wirelessly communicate with the phone and display web view presentations and/or application displays is also disclosed.06-16-2011
20110287756METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR POWER SAVING OF FEMTO BASE STATION USING ANR FUNCTION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Provided are a method and an apparatus for power saving of a femto base station operating as a CSG cell in a wireless communication system. A femto base station according to an exemplary embodiment of the present invention includes: a reception unit receiving signals from adjacent second femto base stations; a transmission unit transmitting signals to second femto base stations, and a control unit controlling to be transitioned to an active mode when a mode transition command is received from at least one second femto base station while operating in a sleep mode, in a wireless communication system constituted by a plurality of femto base stations using automatic neighbor relation (ANR).11-24-2011
20110287755METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR POWER SAVING OF CSG FEMTO BASE STATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Provided are a method and an apparatus for power saving of a CSG femto base station in a wireless communication system. A method of controlling a femto base station according to an exemplary embodiment of the present invention includes: a macro base station to which the femto base station belongs to verify whether or not terminals registered in the femto base station exist in a service coverage of the macro base station, verifying an operation mode of the femto base station if at least one of the registered terminals exists in the service coverage of the macro base station on the basis of the verification result; and allowing the macro base station to direct the switching to an active mode to the femto base station when the femto base station operates in a sleep mode on the basis of the verification result.11-24-2011
20110287753MOBILE TERMINAL AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING THE OPERATION OF THE MOBILE TERMINAL - A mobile terminal and a method for controlling the operation of the mobile terminal are provided. In a mobile terminal including a first processor and a second processor, the first processor controls execution of a first operation and displays a screen corresponding to the execution of the first operation on a display module. When a predetermined user command is input, the first processor is deactivated and the second processor performs a control operation for continuously executing the first operation with reference to operation information associated with the first operation and displays a screen corresponding to the continuous execution of the first operation on the display module. The first processor or the second processor is selectively activated according to a user command such that the user can use a phone mode suitable for the environment in which the mobile terminal is used.11-24-2011
20110287752METHODS AND APPARATUS TO MAKE OPEN MARKET HANDSETS (C.S0023-D OR C.S0065-B COMPLAINT) BACKWARD COMPATIBLE WITH OLD RUIM CARDS - A method and apparatus for enabling backward compatibility in open market handsets (OMH) is provided. The method may include determining a type of an identity module based on one or more internal parameters of the identity module, and obtaining one or more credentials based at least in part on the determined the type identity module.11-24-2011
20090275318Method and apparatus for transferring data between mobile telephones and other digital devices - The method and apparatus of the present invention provide a means for users to transfer the data contents of a cell phone memory to a PC. The apparatus of the present invention comprises a low complexity digital device having two I/O (Input/Output) connectors, one for the user's cell phone and one for connecting to the PC. Central to the apparatus of the present invention is an Inter-device Data Transfer Processor (IDTP) which contains the necessary hardware and software to automatically move the data contents of a cell phone memory to a PC using a two step process.11-05-2009
20080287114Adaptive Resource Handling for Radio Link Reconfigurations - The present invention relates to a method and arrangement in a radio base station (11-20-2008
20120270529COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND APPARATUS FOR PROVIDING SUPPLEMENTARY SERVICE IN FEMTO CELL - When a femto cell base station used for a communication system provided with a function of providing a predetermined supplementary service receives first information indicating supplementary service control from a radio terminal, the femto cell base station converts the received information to a SIP (Session Initiation Protocol) message including the first information and transmits the SIP message to a higher apparatus in the communication system.10-25-2012
20100035596HANDHELD NAVIGATION UNIT WITH TELEPHONE CALL - A system, apparatus, and method for techniques to retrieve and process information from communication networks on a mobile computing device are described. The apparatus may include a first interface module to receive a query and to display results of said query. The results include location information of at least one entity associated with the query. The apparatus may include a second interface module to transfer the query to a data source server, receive the results from the data source server, and transfer the results to said first interface. Other embodiments are described and claimed.02-11-2010
20090124244METHOD FOR BOOTING UP A MOBILE PHONE QUICKLY AND THE MOBILE PHONE THEREOF - A method for booting up a mobile phone quickly is disclosed. The method includes the steps of: driving hardware devices when the mobile phone is turned on; initializing application software installed in the mobile phone; loading data in the mobile phone from a storage to a memory; creating a table for each kind of data in the memory, and ordering data in each table according to a particular order condition; converting each table into a binary file, and storing the binary file in the storage; loading the binary file of each table directly from the storage to the memory when the mobile phone is turned on. A related quickly booting mobile phone is also disclosed.05-14-2009
20090233590METHODS AND DEVICES FOR CONTROLLING RECEIVERS - Methods and devices for controlling receivers are disclosed. An exemplary method comprises detecting a first event at a device, and in response to the first event, broadcasting a first central signal including a control command, wherein the central signal is transmitted using a frequency modulated signal.09-17-2009
20090215439TECHNIQUES TO MANAGE AUDIO SETTINGS - Techniques to manage audio settings are described. For example, a mobile computing device may comprise an audio management module to receive information from a sensor and automatically adjust at least one audio setting based on the information. Other embodiments are described and claimed.08-27-2009
20110263240SYSTEM AND METHODS FOR MONITORING THE CONTEXT ASSOCIATED WITH A MOBILE COMMUNICATION DEVICE - Systems, methods and interfaces are disclosed for managing communications associated with a mobile communication device. Mobile communication devices process environmental inputs and transmit mobile communication device context information to a communication management system. The context information may, for example, reflect the motion and/or geographic location of the mobile device, and may reflect the risk associated with using the device to handle a call or other communications session. The communication management system uses the context information, optionally in combination with communication device profiles, to determine how to manage incoming and/or ongoing calls or other communication sessions. Mobile device users may also be inhibited from initiating communication sessions.10-27-2011
20100112995METHOD OF PROVIDING MOBILE APPLICATION - A method of providing a mobile application is disclosed. In accordance with the method of the present invention, a transmission time and a loading time of the mobile application, and a limitation on a number and a size of the mobile application are minimized, and providing the personalized mobile application is possible.05-06-2010
20090124246USER EQUIPMENT, METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR SIMULTANEOUS SESSION CONTROL - A user equipment (UE), method and system for processing session based communications, are discussed. According to an embodiment, the method includes receiving a message from a terminal that informs whether the terminal supports simultaneous PT (push-to) sessions; recognizing that the terminal supports simultaneous PT sessions according to the received message; and transporting data to one or more terminals through the server operating in B2BUA (Back-to-Back User Agent) mode, wherein a simultaneous PT session refers to a session where the server performs a PT session priority function or a PT session locking function.05-14-2009
20090312000ENVIRONMENT RESPONSIVE MOBILE COMMUNICATION DEVICE OPERATION - A parameter of a mobile telephone operation, such as type of ringtone and/or ringtone volume, is changed upon determination that the mobile telephone is within an enclosed container or environment such as a briefcase, a purse, a pocket, or the like. Near field communication technology is utilized to detect proximity of the telephone within the enclosure. The parameter of the mobile telephone also may be changed upon determination that the telephone is in a noisy environment such as crowded room or stadium.12-17-2009
20090149168System and method for disabling text message functionality - A system and method for disabling text message functionality is provided. The method includes, for example, determining the velocity of the text messaging capable device, comparing the velocity to a specified threshold value, disabling the text messaging functionality of the device if the velocity of the device exceeds the specified threshold, comparing the velocity of the text message enabled device after a specified time delay and enabling the text message functionality of the device if the velocity does not exceed the specified threshold.06-11-2009
20100267377AUTOMATED SWITCHING OF USER NOTIFICATION PROFILES IN A MOBILE DEVICE - A mobile device such as a wireless communication device includes a component to automatically switch between profiles defining user notification options for notifying of device events such as new data or voice communications, calendar or alarm events. Switching is automated upon the happening of a switching condition defined in response to time or location information or both. For example, a user may enable a profile which disables event notification for a particular duration or while the user is at a particular location. That profile may be expired and automatically switched to another profile to re-enable notification upon the expiry of the duration or change to the location.10-21-2010
20100267376Accessory Configuration and Management - The invention provides methods and devices for configuring or displaying parameters of an accessory device at a connected device. A template file including parameters and associated user interface components is stored at the accessory and transmitted when required, and the receiving device may, based on this template file and current parameter values received in a separate message, create a user interface for display and/or configuration of parameters.10-21-2010
20100056125PORTABLE ELECTRONIC DEVICE PROVIDING GAMING FUNCTIONS - A portable electronic device includes a keypad, a memory system, and an audio effect system. The memory system includes a video game application and an audio file associated with the video game application. The audio file includes a collection of trigger signals and a collection of notations where each trigger signal is associated with a corresponding notation. The audio effect system includes an audio player, a signal generator, and a control module. The signal generator is configured for generating a trigger signal in response to operation of the keypad. The control module is configured for reading a notation from the audio file, which corresponds to the generated trigger signal and instructing the audio player to play a corresponding music sound associated with the read notation.03-04-2010
20080311897NETWORK CONTEXT BASED POLICY MANAGEMENT12-18-2008
20090143057METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DISTINCTIVE ALERT ACTIVATION - An approach is provided activating a distinctive alert in a mobile station. An input from a user is received for generating an alert on a mobile station. In response to the input, a control signal is generated to activate the alert on the mobile station irrespective of any pre-existing alert setting of the mobile station.06-04-2009
20100087181SERVER FOR SENDING NEW APPLICATION PORTIONS TO MOBILE WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS DEVICES AND RELATED METHODS - A communications system is to communicate with an application server storing a plurality of applications. The communications system includes a mobile wireless communications device configured to store at least one application from among the plurality of applications, the at least one application having stored version information associated therewith. An intermediate server is configured to update the mobile wireless communications device by at least obtaining respective current version information for associated current versions of the plurality of applications and obtaining the stored application version information from the mobile wireless communications device for the at least one stored application. The stored application version information is compared with the current version information for the at least one stored application. New application portions are downloaded from a current application associated with the current version information, and the new application portions are sent to the mobile wireless communications device.04-08-2010
20110201323System Information Update For Carrier Aggregation - A method for providing SI updates for a carrier aggregation system is described. The method includes, for each other CC of a configured set of CCs, determining a start time for the other CC when updated SI for the other CC becomes valid. A first time prior to each start time for the at least one other CC is determined. A message including the updated SI for the at least one other CC and an indication of the first time is sent on a first CC. A UE configured for a set of CCs receiving the message. For each CC of the configured set of CCs, a next time for the other CC which begins after the first time is determined and the UE is configured to use the updated SI for the other CC beginning at the next time. Apparatus and computer readable media are also described.08-18-2011
20110201322INTERFACING A MULTIMEDIA APPLICATION BEING EXECUTED ON A HANDSET WITH AN INDEPENDENT, CONNECTED COMPUTING DEVICE - Embodiments are directed to interfacing a multimedia application being executed on a handset with an independent computing device. A connection between the handset and the computing device is established, which triggers a proxy application to be launched on the computing device. The proxy application is configured to interact with an agent application that runs on the handset. The computing device receives one or more user inputs associated with the multimedia application, and one or more messages are sent from the proxy application to the agent application based on the user inputs. The handset modifies the execution of the multimedia application based in part on the one or more messages conveyed to the agent application from the handset, and the handset also sends media and/or signaling related to the multimedia application to the computing device.08-18-2011
20100120406Secure platform management with power savings capacity - An electronic device, for example, a laptop computer includes a processor, a transceiver module, for example, a Bluetooth module and a memory. The memory includes a platform proximity agent, which may be implemented as a series of instructions, which when executed by the processor, causes the processor to receive a Bluetooth signal from a corresponding provisioned Bluetooth device, for example, a cellular telephone. Next, determine whether the received signal exceeds both a strength threshold level and a predetermined time threshold level, where the signal strength and time threshold levels are established when the laptop and a corresponding cell phone are paired during a provisioning process. When the received signal strength and duration both exceed the corresponding policy based thresholds, the laptop enters (or remains in) a full power state with full access to the monitor and the platform. On the other hand, when the received signal strength and duration both fall below (or are less than) the corresponding policy based threshold, the laptop enters (or remains in) a reduced power, or locked state.05-13-2010
20130023256COMMUNICATION DEVICE AND METHOD USING SAME - A communication device and method selectively establishes or cuts off a communication with an external communication device. The communication device stores a number of communication conditions. The communication device acquires identification information of the external communication device. The communication device determines whether the identification information of the external communication device satisfies the communication conditions. The communication device selectively establishes or cuts off the communication with the external communication device according to the determination.01-24-2013
20100081420MOBILE COMMUNICATION TERMINAL AND MOVING SPEED DETECTION METHOD FOR THE SAME - A mobile communication terminal and a moving speed detection method which are capable of detecting a moving speed with high accuracy are provided. A mobile communication terminal 04-01-2010
20090291677Media Content for a Mobile Media Device - Various embodiments enable a user of a mobile media device to select one or more channels to load onto the device. Each channel comprises a collection of media content files, such as video content, audio content, and so on. Each collection of media content files can be associated with a particular genre (or genres) of media content. A channel can be managed such that its collection of media content can be rearranged, augmented, and/or otherwise edited to produce a refreshed version of the channel. A user's interaction with content within a channel can be monitored to produce behavior data about the user. The behavior data can be used to customize the playback of a particular channel to reflect user preferences. The behavior data can also be used to produce channels that are custom tuned for the user and can be used to produce a customized version of a mobile media device.11-26-2009
20090082002Apparatus and method for supporting cells with different characteristics in a broadband wireless communication system - An apparatus and method for supporting cells with different characteristics in a wireless communication system are provided. To operate for communications in a frame divided into a first part of a system common signal structure and a second part of a communication environment-dependent signal structure in a wireless communication system in which cells co-exist under different communication environments, a BS generates physical configuration information about a signal of the second part, transmits the physical configuration information about the signal of the second part in the first part, and conducts communications by processing signals transmitted and received in the second part according to the physical configuration information.03-26-2009
20100099395APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR PROCESSING A FUNCTION EXECUTION RECOMMENDATION ALARM EVENT IN WIRELESS TERMINAL - Disclosed are an apparatus and method for processing function events in a wireless terminal. The apparatus includes a memory for storing a character UI image according to the function events of the wireless terminal; an event collection section for collecting the function events occurring in the wireless terminal, and generating event messages for identifying the function events; an agent control section for including a plurality of specialists for processing the function events, determining a specialist corresponding to the event message among the specialists, selecting and outputting a character UI ID based on the function event of the determined specialist, and processing received user feedback information on a corresponding event according to the user feedback information; and an agent expression section for outputting a character image and text corresponding to the function event and the feedback information.04-22-2010
20120270530ALERT SIGNAL CONTROL USING RECEIVER VELOCITY - An electronic communication system provides text or voice messages to remote receiving devices, such as cell phones or PDA's. The remote receiving devices are equipped with velocity sensors, or position sensors from which velocity may be inferred. The remote receiving devices periodically report a velocity or current position to an alert signal control node of the communication system. The alert signal control node determines a most recent-determinable velocity for each receiving device before transmitting a message alert signal. If the velocity exceeds a predetermined threshold, the alert signal may be delayed until the velocity drops below the threshold. The system may be operated as a safety measure to prevent reception of distracting alert signals while driving, thereby silencing messaging devices at appropriate times.10-25-2012
20090264116COMMUNICATION DELIVERY FILTER FOR MOBILE DEVICE - Messages received by a mobile device can be processed in one of at least two modes. In the normal mode, the messages are handled in accordance with the normal settings of the mobile device. In the filtered mode, or “night-time” mode, incoming messages are examined to determine if they are to be filtered or if they are exempt from filtering. If a message is exempt from filtering, it is processed in accordance with the normal mode. However, if the message is to be filtered, the mobile device is prevented from providing normal message reception alert notifications. Messages can be identified as being exempt to being filtered by editing an address book or selecting entries from an address book. All messages not identified as exempt then get filtered.10-22-2009
20090264115METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR ASSIGNING WIRELESS SPECIAL NUMBER CALL ROUTING AMONG CALL ANSWERING POSITIONS - A method for assigning special number wireless call routing responsibilities among special number call answering positions, each respective special number call answering position having a respective designated special number service area, includes: (a) in no particular order: (1) establishing a plurality of cell sector areas for wireless call service; and (2) establishing respective special number service areas in the vicinities of the plurality of cell sector areas; (b) associating respective cell sector areas with the respective special number service areas to establish cell sector-special number areas; (c) establishing at least one population area in the vicinity of the cell sector-special number areas; (d) associating the cell sector-special number areas with the at least one population area to establish cell sector-special number-population areas; (e) determining portions of population attributed to each respective cell sector-special number-population area; and (f) assigning the responsibilities in proportion with the portions of population.10-22-2009
20100124916APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR MANAGING SPAM NUMBER IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION TERMINAL - An apparatus and a method for managing a spam number in a mobile communication terminal are provided. The method includes determining a spam index for each of at least one phone number using a reception record by phone number, and determining spam number registration or non-registration for each phone number depending on the spam index.05-20-2010
20090143058TELEPHONE WITH DYNAMICALLY PROGRAMMABLE PUSH BUTTONS FOR ACCESS TO ADVANCED APPLICATIONS - A device and method for providing simple access to subscriber selected applications that reside in a telephone network. A programmable communication device that includes programmable push buttons operable for providing a user one button access to voice based and text based applications. A storage register is associated with each of the programmable push button and is operable for storing a directory number, such as a telephone number and a server address. The communication device includes a unique programming permission code for security purposes, such as restricting the use/reprogramming of the push buttons. A method of programming device push buttons including entering the programming permission code and selected advanced application information into the device. The method of programming may be done remotely or manually using various provisioning techniques.06-04-2009
20090143054Apparatus and method for automatic adjustment of ring volume based on perceived volume of digital audio playback - A system and method are for adjusting ringtone volume on a telephony device based on a current user-selected volume level used for digital audio playback. For example, a method according to one embodiment of the invention is implemented within a telephony apparatus having digital audio playback and ringtone playback capabilities, the method comprising: decoding and playing digital audio content in response to user input; monitoring the playback of the digital audio content to determine a first volume level associated with the digital audio content; receiving an incoming telephone call on the telephony apparatus; adjusting a second volume level associated with a currently-selected ringtone based on the value of the first volume level; and playing the currently-selected ringtone at the adjusted second volume level.06-04-2009
20100099394Method of unlocking a mobile electronic device - A method of unlocking a mobile electronic device and a mobile electronic device are disclosed. The mobile electronic device is operable in a locked state with the touch screen of the mobile electronic device being deactivated. In an embodiment, the mobile electronic device comprises a pressure sensor coupled to the touch-screen for detecting an application of pressure to the touch screen.04-22-2010
20090093244COMMUNICATION SERVER, MOBILE COMMUNICATION TERMINAL, COMMUNICATION METHOD, AND COMPUTER PRODUCT - A communication system limits use of compressed dictionary content stored in a mobile communication terminal to only the mobile communication terminal. The mobile communication terminal transmits terminal identification information to a communication server. The communication server uses the received terminal identification information as a master key to encrypt compression parameters and transmits encrypted compression parameters to the mobile communication terminal. The mobile communication terminal decrypts the compression parameters encrypted using the terminal identification information and uses the decrypted compression parameters to decompress the compressed dictionary content.04-09-2009
20090093242SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR ACCOUNT SETUP FOR MOBILE DEVICES, SUCH AS AN E-MAIL ACCOUNT SETUP - A mobile communication device includes a display configured to provide a graphical user interface, a memory configured to store computer program instructions and a communication-setup database having setup information associated with each of a plurality of different communication account types, and a processor configured to execute the computer program instructions to provide a communication-setup client via the graphical user interface. The communication-setup client enables a user to perform an initial setup of a plurality of different communication account types on the mobile communication device, and subsequent easy access to the communication-setup database to provide access to a specific desired communications client within a limited amount of clicks or data entries.04-09-2009
20110171945Handheld Electronic Device with Dedicated Standby Key - A handheld electronic device comprises a dedicated standby key for initiating a standby mode in the handheld electronic device. The handheld electronic device further comprises means for disabling at least a portion of a keyboard and any navigation actuator of the handheld electronic device upon entry into the standby mode. The dedicated standby key is embedded along a first edge of the handheld electronic device.07-14-2011
20110171944WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, REMOTE ACCESS DEVICE, AND BASE STATION DEVICE - A wireless communication system includes a base station including a determining section that determines control information indicating signal processing for each of wireless resources used for wireless communication with terminal equipment units, and remote access sections each including a first signal processing section that performs first signal processing on a first downlink signal received from the base station so as to generate a second downlink signal to be transmitted to the units via the wireless communication, and a second signal processing section that performs second signal processing on a second uplink signal received from the units via the wireless communication so as to generate a first uplink signal to be transmitted to the base station, and at least one of the first signal processing and the second signal processing being performed for each of the wireless resources based on the control information.07-14-2011
20090275319WIRELESS COMMUNICATION TERMINAL APPARATUS, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION BASE STATION APPARATUS, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND TELEPHONE CALL CONNECTING METHOD - A wireless communication terminal apparatus, a wireless communication base station apparatus, a wireless communication system and a telephone call connecting method wherein the message size in a telephone call connection can be reduced. A broadcast information producing part (11-05-2009
20090280792SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR ENABLING A MOBILE CONTENT PLAYER TO INTERFACE WITH MULTIPLE CONTENT SERVERS - A system and method is provided for a wireless device for adding a content server as a content source for the wireless device in a push content delivery system having a plurality of content servers configurable for delivering push content to the wireless device. The process operable on the wireless device comprises receiving an invitation from the content server at the wireless device; determining if a mobile content player is to be installed on the wireless device; determining if the invitation is accepted; sending wireless device data to the content server from the wireless device if the invitation is accepted, where the wireless device data is for configuring the content server to push content to the wireless device; and retrieving and installing the mobile content player on the wireless device if the mobile content server is to be installed.11-12-2009
20090280791SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR MONITORING COMMUNICATION RECORDS OF A COMMUNICATION DEVICE - A method for monitoring communication records of a communication device is disclosed. The method generates the communication records of the communication device, and sends the communication records to a controller according to preset data, such as basic information of the monitor and a monitoring mode. A system for monitoring communication records of a communication device is also provided. By utilizing the method and the system, the communication records of the communication device may be monitored by someone needs to control/manage/track the communication device.11-12-2009
20090280790APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR SETTING COMMUNICATION SERVICE BLOCKING MODE IN MOBILE TERMINAL - An apparatus and method for setting a flight mode in a mobile terminal are provided in which menu items are displayed such that executable functions may be distinguished from non-executable functions.11-12-2009
20090286523COMMUNICATIONS METHOD BETWEEN A COMBINATIONAL TERMINAL AND MULTIMEDIA TERMINAL - Communication method between a first terminal and a second terminal on a communications network includes establishing a first connection between the terminals, the first connection being of a first media type at the first terminal and of a multimedia type at the second terminal; establishing a second connection between a repository apparatus and the second terminal, the second connection being coupled to the first connection and being of a second media type at the repository apparatus different from the first media type; said multimedia type including the first and the second media types; disabling the second connection after a request for a third connection between the terminals, the third connection being of the second media type at the first terminal; and establishing the third connection, the first and third connections forming a combinational session at the first terminal and a multimedia type connection at the second terminal.11-19-2009
20090291676METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PROVIDING SPIN-HOME FUNCTION FOR MOBILE COMMUNICATION TERMINAL - A method and an apparatus for providing a spin-home function for a mobile communication terminal having a key input module, a microprocessor, a program memory, a data storage module, and an LCD display module so that applications are circulated and displayed on an idle screen. The method includes steps of (a) designating at least one application as a spin-home; (b) running a spin-home program stored in the program memory; (c) circulating next application designated as the spin-home and displaying the application on the LCD display module every time the user operates a second key button for circulating the idle screen; and (d) setting an application currently displayed on the LCD display module as the idle screen when the user operates a confirmation key button.11-26-2009
20080207188METHOD OF DISPLAYING MENU IN A MOBILE COMMUNICATION TERMINAL - A method of displaying a menu in a mobile communication terminal and a mobile communication terminal are provided. The method of displaying a menu in a mobile communication terminal comprises displaying a standby screen in a display of the mobile communication terminal, selecting one of a plurality of specific directions through an input device of the mobile communication terminal, and displaying each menu corresponding to the selected specific direction on the standby screen.08-28-2008
20080207186RADIO CONTROL METHOD AND RADIO CONTROL APPARATUS - A radio control method is arranged to use a mobile station 08-28-2008
20080207185Method For Providing Device Ids In a Mobile Radio Device Which Identify Said Mobile Radio Device in a Mobile Radio Network - The invention relates to a method for providing device IDs in a mobile radio device (08-28-2008
20110171947WIRELESS COMMUNICATION APPARATUS, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORK AND SOFTWARE UPGRADING METHOD - A base station control portion 07-14-2011
20110171943Safety promoting techniques for mobile communication - A method for controlling operation of an active mobile communication device, including the following steps: performing a first determination of whether the device is in a moving vehicle at a relevant location; performing a second determination of whether the user of the device is the vehicle operator; and producing a risk indication signal as a function of the first and second determinations07-14-2011
20110171946MOBILE TELEPHONE WITH INERTIAL SENSOR - At least one inertial sensor is configured to sense movement of a mobile telephone. Information derived at least in part from data output by the inertial sensor related to the movement of the mobile telephone is used as an input to a user interface implemented by software executing on the mobile telephone.07-14-2011
20090275321SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR VIRTUAL BLOCKING OF NON-VOCAL MESSAGING SERVICES - A blocking system and a method for virtual blocking of SMS/MMS/EMS protocols based on vehicular and handset conditions are disclosed. One aspect of the invention is to virtually block the non-voice related messaging on a handset by disabling the display and keyboard. In one embodiment, a blocking module is installed on the handset and when conditions are met, the blocking module will disable the display and keyboard of the handset. Several parameters are monitored for determining whether the driver is engaged in driving the vehicle or is parked. Furthermore, the method and the blocking system are adapted to disable virtual blocking in times of emergency.11-05-2009
20090275320MEASURING END USER ACTIVITY OF SOFTWARE ON A MOBILE OR DISCONNECTED DEVICE - A hardware and/or software facility measures end user activity associated with a software application or service on a mobile phone or other mobile device. The facility tracks and stores usage data associated with a mobile user's use of the application or service. When the mobile user initiates transmission of the usage data, the facility retrieves from the mobile phone or other mobile device a usage code representing the usage data. The facility relies on user transcription, text input-buffer insertion, or other indirect means of data transport to deliver the usage code from the mobile phone or other mobile device to an application developer, service provider, or another entity. The recipient extracts the usage data contained in the usage code, and may perform various data mining and analysis techniques on the usage data in order to evaluate how the application or service is used.11-05-2009
20080214170System and Method of Updating Presence Information - A network node provides presence updates to mobile users. The node reduces the amount of network traffic by eliminating the need for explicit messaging used to inform a user of presence updates. Additionally, the node reduces network traffic by consolidating presence updates, and sending the user only changed portions of the presence information.09-04-2008
20090170490BINDING CACHE SUPPORT IN A LOAD BALANCED SYSPLEX - Embodiments of the present invention provide a method, system and computer program product for Mobile IPv6 binding cache support for a load balanced sysplex. In one embodiment of the invention, a load balancing sysplex can be configured for mobile device binding cache support. The sysplex can include a distributor coupled to different targets in a load balancing arrangement, where each of the targets can support a correspondent node enabled to communicate with a mobile device. A master binding cache can be coupled to the distributor and a binding cache manager can be coupled to the distributor. Notably, the binding cache manager can perform return routability with the mobile device and can provide a corresponding entry in the master binding cache for use by a target supporting a correspondent node for the mobile device. In one aspect of the embodiment, a replica of the master binding cache can be provided in each of the targets for use by supported correspondent nodes in communicating with different mobile devices associated with binding cache entries in the replica.07-02-2009
20090280793Method Of Controlling A Communications Device - A method of enabling at least one function of a telephone to be controlled is provided. The telephone is operative to perform the function in response to a command from a computer system. The method includes the steps of: (a) providing a control interface containing information relating to the function, the control interface including coded data indicative of at least one operation relating to the command; (b) receiving, in the computer system and from the sensing device, indicating data regarding the operation and movement data regarding movement of the sensing device relative to the control interface, the sensing device, when moved relative to the control interface, generating the indicating data using at least some of the coded data and generating the movement data; and (c) effecting, in the computer system and from the indicating data and the movement data, the at least one operation.11-12-2009
20090280789TELEPHONE AND METHOD OF CONTROLLING TELEPHONE - In a telephone having a presence function, it is possible to easily register a presence state. The telephone includes: presence detection means for detecting a presence state of a user; a presence state storage unit for storing the presence state detected by the presence detection means; and control means having a presence modification function for modifying the presence information stored in the presence state storage unit according to the user presence state detected by the presence detection means. When the presence detection means has detected a presence of a user, the control means modifies the presence information stored in the presence state storage unit to presence information indicating a presence. When the presence detection means has detected an absence of the user, the control means modifies the presence information stored in the presence state storage unit to presence information indicating an absence. The control means registers the presence information stored in the presence state storage unit in a presence server.11-12-2009
20090286524METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR ACTIVATING AN APPLICATION ON A MOBILE DEVICE - A system for running an application on a mobile device may include a mobile device having an application associated with a service provider, a computing device in communication with the mobile device and a computer readable storage medium in communication with the computing device. The computer readable storage medium may have one or more programming instructions for determining an inactive time associated with the mobile device, determining whether the inactive time is equal to or greater than a threshold value and in response to the inactive time being equal to or greater than the threshold value, sending a message to the mobile device. The inactive time may represent a length of a period of inactivity associated with the mobile device, and the message may include one or more instructions to activate the application.11-19-2009
20090291678MOBILE TERMINAL AND METHOD OF CONTROLLING THE MOBILE TERMINAL - A mobile terminal and a method of controlling a mobile terminal are provided. The method includes assigning at least a first function and a second function to each of one or more variable function keys and performing a first function assigned to a selected one of the variable function keys when the mobile terminal is in a first operating mode and performing a second function assigned to the selected one of the variable function keys when the mobile terminal is in a second operating mode, while maintaining the functions of non-variable function keys.11-26-2009
20130023258MOBILE TERMINAL AND METHOD OF CONTROLLING THE SAME - Disclosed are a mobile terminal and a method of controlling the same. The mobile terminal according to the present invention includes a Near Field Communication (NFC) module and a controller configured to set up a first communication link with at least one first terminal, placed within a specific distance, by using the NFC module, activate a first operation mode based on data obtained through the first communication link, and execute at least one function included in the activated first operation mode. In accordance with the present invention, the mobile terminal can be easily set so that it is operated in a specific operation mode based on data obtained through a communication link using the NFC module.01-24-2013
20130023259MOBILE PHONE HAVING A NON-TELEPHONE FUNCTION AND TIMING RESET UNIT - A mobile phone having a non-telephone function (e.g. a radio function) that is different from a telephone function, and including: a timer operable to count time; a camera unit operable to execute the camera function; a camera function stop unit operable, during execution of the camera function to automatically stop the execution of the camera function when the timer indicates an elapse of a predetermined time period; a telephone unit operable to execute the telephone function; and a reset unit operable, if the timer is being operated in response to the execution of the camera function, to reset the timer to an initial state when a predetermined operation relating to the telephone function is executed, wherein when the timer is reset to the initial state, the timer starts to measure the predetermined time period, and the camera function stop unit stops the execution of the camera function at the elapse of the predetermined time period from the execution of the predetermined operation relating to the telephone function.01-24-2013
20130023261REDUCING POWER CONSUMPTION OF WIRELESS DEVICES - Described in example embodiments herein are techniques that combine at least two network (communication) technologies (such as protocols, signaling methods, etc.) and limit when a wireless device employs one of the technologies. In an example embodiment, a passive technology, such as a Radio Frequency Identification (RFID) technology, can be employed to determine whether a certain network technology is available.01-24-2013
20100144336SYSTEM FOR PROVIDING APPLICATION AND MANAGEMENT SERVICE AND MODIFYING USER INTERFACE AND METHOD THEREOF - Disclosed is a system for downloading an application from a server and providing the same to a client by using a short message or a subscriber interface module (SIM) card. The system modifies a function key for each application according to a client's selection, and randomly modifies a user interface used for selecting an application. The system extends a usage range of the SIM card. The system periodically checks and analyzes the client' use log for a predetermined time, presents at least one application to the client according to the analysis result on the use log, provides a single application selected by the client to the client, and updates at least one application stored in the client mobile terminal according to the analysis result on the use log. Therefore, the system increases service satisfaction for the client.06-10-2010
20120295603Accessing a Base Station - Method, base station and computer program product for controlling access to the base station, the base station being arranged to serve a zone, the zone comprising a first cell implementing an access mode as one of an open access mode, a hybrid access mode, and a closed access mode. Operating conditions of the zone served by the base station are determined and then the access mode of the first cell is controlled based on the determined operating conditions of the zone served by the base station.11-22-2012
20110269443APPARATUS, AND METHOD, FOR IMPLEMENTING DETECTION OF SYSTEM INFORMATION CHANGES IN UNIVERSAL MOBILE TELECOMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS - In a mobile telecommunications system comprising a network of a plurality of cells and at least one user equipment device, the user equipment is arranged, when the user equipment re-configures itself to enter a new state or performs cell reselection, to read broadcast system information and, when the broadcast system information indicates a change in system information, to update the system information of the user equipment device.11-03-2011
20110269445MOBILE DEVICE MANNERS PROPAGATION AND COMPLIANCE - The present invention includes methods and technologies for defining and administering device manners policy (“DMP”), propagating DMP, reception and recognition of, and compliance with DMP. Such policy may be used to communicate to various mobile and other devices the “manners” with which compliance is expected or required. Similar to some of the social manners honored among people, such as with “no smoking” or “employees only” zones, “no swimming” or “no flash photography” areas, and scenarios for “please wash your hands” or “no talking out loud”, devices may recognize and comply with analogous “device manners” policy.11-03-2011
20110269444MOBILE DEVICE MANNERS PROPAGATION AND COMPLIANCE - The present invention includes methods and technologies for defining and administering device manners policy (“DMP”), propagating DMP, reception and recognition of, and compliance with DMP. Such policy may be used to communicate to various mobile and other devices the “manners” with which compliance is expected or required. Similar to some of the social manners honored among people, such as with “no smoking” or “employees only” zones, “no swimming” or “no flash photography” areas, and scenarios for “please wash your hands” or “no talking out loud”, devices may recognize and comply with analogous “device manners” policy.11-03-2011
20110269442METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR RECONFIGURING CONTROL CHANNEL IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method for receiving control information by a User Equipment (UE) in a wireless communication system is provided. The method includes monitoring channel quality of a control channel, determining whether reconfiguration of the control channel is needed, based on the channel quality of the control channel, if the reconfiguration of the control channel is needed, requesting an evolved Node B (eNB) to reconfigure the control channel, and receiving the control information through the reconfigured control channel.11-03-2011
20090170492User-programmed automated communications - A communications device may be programmed to initiate a communications operation when a particular condition is met. The user may set any suitable condition, including for example a date and time, location, event, received or sent communications operation, or any other suitable criteria. The user may select any suitable contact method for the communications operation, including for example telephone, voicemail, email, text message, chatting, fax, or any other suitable method.07-02-2009
20100136961Controlling Mobile Terminals - For an automatic control of a mobile terminal, a method is proposed for the control of a mobile terminal by receiving a set of control commands in a mobile terminal comprising a processor, a subscriber module and a communications unit, storing a set of control commands in a memory of a subscriber module of a mobile terminal, and activating of functions of the mobile terminal by the subscriber module as a function of commands of the set of control commands via an interface between the subscriber module and the mobile terminal.06-03-2010
20080274722METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DATE-BASED INTEGRATED PROCESSING OF DATA IN MOBILE TERMINAL - A method and apparatus wherein data generated in a mobile terminal can be classified in an integrated manner based on dates and can be displayed in various forms. User data generated in the mobile terminal can be processed by the mobile terminal or can be sent to and processed by a separate information processing appliance. The data processing method includes executing an integrated data processing application; selecting a reference date; collecting pieces of data created at the reference date regardless of their types; processing the collected pieces of data in an integrated manner according to preset processing conditions; and displaying processing results together with associated screens of the integrated data processing application. The integrated data processing application can be, for example, a life diary application.11-06-2008
20090054046Method and apparatus for voice and internet programming of wireless device features - A system and method for use in remotely adjusting, activating, or reprogramming features of a wireless device by utilizing a web interface or portal, such as a computer connected by a network to a server, or by telephone access to an IVR menu on the server, is described. Upon recognition of the command, the server issues a short message service (SMS) message, GPRS message, Bluetooth transmission, WIFI transmission, JAVA, or other data signal, or other type of wireless instruction to the wireless device to modify the desired feature. Alternatively, the wireless device can be prompted by a predetermined caller ID number as a unique programming command to be implemented by the wireless device for adjustments to an operational feature.02-26-2009
20100248705WIRELESS COMMUNICATION APPARATUS, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORK AND SOFTWARE UPGRADING METHOD - A base station control portion 09-30-2010
20090170493METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONTROLLING A MOBILE PHONE DEVICE - A method and apparatus for controlling operation of a communication device is provided. In one embodiment, a mobile phone device includes: a communication section configured to perform radio communication; an operation section including number keys and a call-initiating key; and a control section configured to activate, on the basis of an operation that is performed using the operation section, a call-initiating program or a non-call-initiating program, and depending on what operations are performed by a user using the operation section of the mobile phone device, determining whether to interrupt a currently activated program to initiate a predetermined call with increased ease of use and convenience to the user.07-02-2009
20080293396Integrating Mobile Device Based Communication Session Recordings - Mobile device based communication sessions are recorded and communicated via a receiver to a session data manager. The session data manager processes received representations of the communication sessions in response to metadata generated on the mobile device. In some embodiments, the session data manager is coupled to a data store that indexes the representations. A server identifies and forwards a stored representation in response to a request from a requester with appropriate access privileges.11-27-2008
20080293395USING DOWNLOADABLE SPECIFICATIONS TO RENDER A USER INTERFACE ON A MOBILE DEVICE - A representation is rendered on the user interface of a mobile device using a presentation specification and a behavior specification. The presentation specification defines styles, and the behavior specification defines interactions. Each specification can be used to set corresponding rules and libraries for rendering the user interface. The mobile device can communicate with one or more cellular radio networks and render the user interface using at least one new presentation and behavior specification downloaded and corresponding to a new cellular radio network.11-27-2008
20080287113Allocation system and method - A method of recording allocation of resources in response to a request for a data item to be transmitted to a device in the network where the request comprises data indicative of one or more requested items. The device is typically a mobile device and the requested items can be key words making up a search request or can be web site names indicating web sites of interest to the user. In response to the request, data listings having items generating a match with the requested data item are identified and data indicative of a network location corresponding to the or each matched data item are retrieved. In addition data indicative of an amount of data and a resource allocation associated with the set of data accessible via the network location are retrieved and these data, together with a network subscription associated with device and the amount of data, are used to evaluate actual usage of network resources when accessing the set of data. If data are subsequently requested from the network location the evaluated actual usage is offset against the resource allocation so as to identify an amount of usage of network resources to be charged to the network subscription, and a record associated with said data listing is updated so as to log said resource allocation event.11-20-2008
20130217376CONTROLLED MOBILE COMMUNICATION AS A SERVICE IN A COVERAGE AREA BOUNDED BY RADIATING CABLES - A method of providing controlled mobile communication as a service includes storing, in a memory associated with a data processing device and/or a base station controller, a level of control of wireless communication associated with a mobile device of a customer of the controlled mobile communication as a service. The wireless communication is provided through a mobile network operator. The method also includes identifying, through the base station controller, the mobile device based on an identification data associated therewith when the mobile device is within a controlled area associated with the controlled mobile communication service, and controlling the wireless communication associated with the mobile device of the customer through the base station controller in accordance with the level of control stored in the memory following the identification of the mobile device.08-22-2013
20120196586TRANSFERRING CONTENT TO A MOBILE DEVICE - In general, apparatuses, methods and computer program products for transferring content to a mobile device are disclosed. Particularly, a system is disclosed that provides for pushing content from an external apparatus such as an automated teller machine (ATM), smart poster, contactless payment terminal, etc. to a mobile device or allowing the mobile device to pull such content from the external apparatus. The content may include one or more coupons, ads, or offers, images, financial receipts, account-related documentation, a reissued card, a new card, a prepaid card, or the like.08-02-2012
20120196585Global Automatic Cellular Provisioning - The described method and system provide for the provisioning of a telematics unit on a telematics-equipped vehicle with cellular service information without pre-loading the information during manufacture of the vehicle or telematics unit. A telematics unit may be manufactured without cellular service information (e.g. MIN, MDN, carrier information) pre-loaded. At the vehicle assembly plant where the telematics unit is installed on a vehicle, the assembly plant's programming system may determine the final country destination for the vehicle and program the destination of the vehicle into the telematics unit. The assembly plant may further obtain vehicle attribute data (including a cellular identifier for the telematics unit) and send the data to a TSP. The TSP may then work with the wireless carrier in the destination country to assign the telematics unit a phone number and other cellular service information. After the telematics unit has determined that the vehicle is at the destination, the telematics unit may connect to a network using cellular commands to request an “over-the-air” cellular programming session. The wireless carrier may then push a phone number and other cellular service information into the telematics unit through the over-the-air cellular programming session.08-02-2012
20100144334LIST ELIMINATION FOR DISTRIBUTED DOWNLINK COORDINATED MULTI-POINT (CoMP) FRAMEWORK - Providing for record filtering in distributed dynamic clustering algorithms for coordinated multipoint (CoMP) wireless communication is described herein. By way of example, strategy selection records distributed as part of a belief propagation network are pruned at recipient nodes, thereby reducing processing overhead for dynamic clustering. As a result, cooperative policies can be determined with greater efficiency, and with greater relevance to local clusters of cooperating base stations. In some aspects, record pruning can comprise identifying and discarding redundant or incompatible sets of policy decisions. In at least one aspect, a number of evaluated records can be capped based on relevance, while preserving deployment-wide applicability of the belief propagation network. Accordingly, dynamic distributed CoMP decisions are optimized on a deployment-wide scale that more efficiently converges to maximum utility solutions.06-10-2010
20100144335 METHOD FOR INITIATING A CONNECTION BETWEEN COMMUNICATION DEVICES OF AT LEAST TWO PARTIES - A method and system for initiating a connection between at least a first communication device and a second communication device respective of a first party and a second party. According to the present invention initiating a connection includes obtaining a destination subscriber identifier from the first party, wherein the destination subscriber identifier is a string including at least one character different than a numeric character and is respective of the second party. Then, a resolution request that includes data indicative of the destination subscriber identifier is conveyed to a hosting information storage server respective of the destination subscriber identifier, a resolution response including a destination address respective of the second communication device wherein the second party is available is obtained, and then, the present invention includes initiating a connection between the first communication device and the second communication device.06-10-2010
20090054048Apparatus and Method for Configuration of Telecommunication Terminals - An apparatus and a method for configuration of terminals, in which a service detection unit detects a service to be configured for that terminal, and a transmitting/receiving unit transmits/receives at least configuration data via a communication network. A control unit drives the transmitting/receiving unit such that configuration data associated with the detected service is loaded from a configuration server, with a configuration unit configuring the terminal for the detected service by means of the loaded configuration data. In this way, the configuration data that has been entered by a small number of users can be made available easily and at low cost to a multiplicity of other users.02-26-2009
20090054045Device and Method for Warm Boot Persistence - A mobile device comprises a volatile memory and a processor. The volatile memory is partitioned into first and second storage spaces. The first storage space stores a first data while the second storage space stores a second data. The processor detects a value. The value indicates that the volatile memory is to be partitioned so that a driver for the volatile memory creates the first and second storage spaces. The second data is persisted during a warm reboot of the mobile device.02-26-2009
20090054047Network Optimisation - There is disclosed an apparatus and method for configuring a set of network elements, comprising: selecting the set of network elements; determining a configuration parameter for each network element in the set; measuring a performance parameter dependent upon said configuration parameter for each selected network element; and selectively adjusting the configuration parameter of at least one network element in dependence on the measured performance parameter for said network elements in the set.02-26-2009
20120142329System and Method for IMEI Detection and Alerting - A system and method for detecting and storing information regarding a mobile communications device within a mobile communications network. Initially, a first data record is received at a subscriber/device database comprising subscriber/device data. Next, a second data record is received at the subscriber/device database comprising additional subscriber/device data. A first data record of a subscriber may then be compared to a second data record of the same subscriber, and if the first data record is different from the second data record a service provider may be notified.06-07-2012
20120142327System and Method of Wireless Communication - A method of providing wireless communication service to a mobile phone is provided. The method comprises identifying common mobile phone applications and selectively supported mobile phone applications, installing the common mobile phone applications and the selectively supported mobile phone applications in read only memory of the mobile phone, each of the selectively supported applications associated with a selection switch initially disabled. The method further comprises, when activating the mobile phone, enabling at least one of the selection switches and writing at least one reference to branded content to a random access memory of the mobile phone based on a service plan associated with the mobile phone.06-07-2012
20110269441CONTROLLING MOBILE DEVICE CALLS, TEXT MESSAGES AND DATA USAGE WHILE OPERATING A MOTOR VEHICLE - Disclosed are an system and method of regulating mobile device communications while operating a motor vehicle. One example method may include determining a speed event indicating that a speed of the motor vehicle has performed at least one of exceeded a first threshold above which mobile device usage restriction policies are invoked and fallen below a second threshold allowing the mobile device restriction policies to be removed. The first threshold may be equal to or greater than the second threshold. As a result of obtaining the speed event, the method may also provide transmitting the speed event to a remote edge gateway server located remotely from the motor vehicle, which stores the speed event for reference purposes when determining a policy for routing a particular mobile device call, text message and/or mobile data session.11-03-2011
20120064875METHOD AND APPARATUS OF PROVIDING MESSAGING SERVICE AND CALLBACK FEATURE TO MOBILE STATIONS - Disclosed are an apparatus and method of performing automated administrative operations on a mobile device. The mobile device user may be unaware of any updates or other administrative operations being performed. One example method may include detecting that an event has occurred, interrupting a previously executed program, initiating a new program different from the previously executed program to perform a new function and notifying an application of the program interruption. The message may be a SMS type message.03-15-2012
20090131029SYSTEM, METHOD, AND COMPUTER-READABLE MEDIUM FOR CALL TERMINATION PROCESSING BY A FEMTOCELL SYSTEM - A system, method, and computer readable medium for terminating a call in a network system are provided. A femtocell system receives a notification to terminate a call that includes a user equipment serviced by the femtocell system. The femtocell system conveys a clear command to a base transceiver station of the femtocell system, transmits a release message to the user equipment, receives a clear completion message, and deletes a connection allocated for the call.05-21-2009
20110207448SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING THE USE OF A HANDSET COMMUNICATION DEVICE - The invention provides a system and method for controlling use of handset communication device for communication by driver. A system in accordance with an embodiment includes: an obtaining component for obtaining driving state information of the vehicle; a directional antenna for capturing a wireless communication signal of the handset communication device around the driver; a judging component for judging whether a driving state of the vehicle is in an unstable state based on predefined criteria and the driving state information of the vehicle; and a control component for transmitting a remote control signal, based on a judging result of the judging component, to intervene in a communication of the handset communication device during a call.08-25-2011
20090082000Communications system - A second software radio set requests a first software radio set to send a profile analysis result of the second software radio set. If it is stored in the first software radio set, the second software radio set composes an update application delivered from an update server using the profile analysis result received. If not, the second software radio set itself performs a profile analysis and composes the update application using a result of the profile analysis. The second software radio set sends the profile analysis result to the first software radio set and has it stored in the first software radio set.03-26-2009
20090298488SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING A FEATURE OF A MOBILE COMMUNICATION UNIT - A system for controlling at least one feature of at least one mobile communication unit includes: At least one sensor unit coupled with the at least one mobile communication unit. The at least one sensor unit senses at least one parameter associated with the at least one mobile communication unit. Each respective sensor unit of the at least one sensor unit presents a respective indicator relating to a respective sensed parameter of the at least one parameter. The system also includes at least one feature management system coupled with the at least one sensor unit. The at least one feature management system receives a representation of each respective indicator. The at least one feature management system employs the representation in cooperation with the at least one mobile communication unit to effect the controlling.12-03-2009
20090163193Method and Apparatus for Launching Activities - A handheld electronic device having a microprocessor housed within a body including a display area and a contact-sensitive area is disclosed. The contact-sensitive area detects contact engagement therewith and produces instruction data based thereupon. A microprocessor-run software program receives instruction data from the contact-sensitive area. The contact-sensitive area has a home zone area and a plurality of activity launch zone areas. The software program is programmed to process the instruction data and determine sweeping contact motion detected on the contact-sensitive area originating at the home zone area and terminating at one of the plurality of activity launch zone areas. The program responsively launches an operator-instructed activity corresponding to the activity launch zone area at which the sweeping contact motion terminated.06-25-2009
20090088142DEVICE MIGRATION - Personalization data such as settings and/or state is migrated across devices including mobile phones. Device personalizations are pushed to a cloud service or other mechanism for backup and subsequent transmission to other devices. The personalization data can later be employed to configure one or more other devices in the same manner as a first device.04-02-2009
20090137235METHOD FOR SETTING DATA TRANSMISSION PARAMETERS AND COMMUNICATION DEVICE - A method for setting data transmission parameters of a first communication connection comprising determining information about data transmission parameters of at least one established second communication connection and setting the data transmission parameters of the first communication connection taking into account the information about the data transmission parameters of the at least one second communication connection.05-28-2009
20090005026METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR ENABLING TIMED EVENTS OF A PORTABLE COMPUTING DEVICE TO TRIGGER REMOTE CONTROL OF EXTERNAL DEVICES - One embodiment in accordance with the present invention includes using a portable computing device to remotely control devices and/or systems wirelessly. Specifically, a software timer application operating on the portable computing device enables its user to predefine the time, date, and the operation(s) that one or more properly enabled devices and/or systems perform in the future. That is, the timer software operating on the portable computing device is able at some predefined time to wirelessly trigger an action or a sequence of actions from devices and/or systems. For example, a user of the portable computing device is able to utilize the timer software to program a predefined date and time that the portable computing device will turn on a favorite radio program and turn up the thermostat. The wireless communication of the portable computing device may occur using a radio frequency (RF) technology like Bluetooth, IEEE 802.11, or HomeRF.01-01-2009
20090005025METHOD OF MAKING A USER INTERFACE APPLICATION COMPRISING A TEMPORARY INVERSION SEQUENCE - Method of executing an interactive user interface application between a terminal client (01-01-2009
20090143055Mobile Application and Content Provisioning using Web Services Technology - A method for provisioning one or more mobile applications. The method including deploying the mobile application as a web service in a UDDI directory, downloading the mobile applications from the UDDI directory by invoking the web service. The method may also include locating the mobile application in the UDDI directory. The method further includes extending a WSDL template to define the mobile application, wherein the extending provides for wrapping the mobile application as the web service, and publishing the WSDL defined mobile application in the UDDI directory.06-04-2009
20090258638MOBILE TERMINAL USING VARIABLE MENU ICONS - A method for controlling a mobile terminal includes setting a variable menu icon to represent different functions for first and second operating modes, displaying a plurality of menu icons including the variable menu icon during the first operating mode, and switching the variable menu icon from a function different from a previous function of the variable menu icon during the first operating mode when the mobile terminal changes from the first operating mode to the second operating mode. The other menu icons may be controlled to maintain previous functions that they assumed during the first operating mode after the function of the variable menu icon is switched.10-15-2009
20100151847METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR CUSTOMIZING A USER INTERFACE OF A MOBILE DEVICE - A method and system for coordinating a specific subscribed service on a mobile communication device are provided. In accordance with one embodiment, this is provided a method for coordinating a specific subscribed service on a mobile communication device, comprising: registering the mobile communication device with a node; transmitting identification information to the node, the identification information including an identifier of a device, an identifier of a vendor, an identifier of a user, and an identifier of a subscribed service; receiving information from the node in response to the transmitting; and enabling the specific subscribed service in accordance with the received information.06-17-2010
20080318563SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR USER PROFILING FROM GATHERING USER DATA THROUGH INTERACTION WITH A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION DEVICE - A system, method, and wireless communication device that profiles a user thereof, or a user at a second wireless communication device in communication therewith. The wireless communication device gathers user data for a user thereof, or from a user at a second wireless communication device, and either directly generates, or has generated elsewhere, a user profile, such as a personality or psychological profile, or medical diagnosis of the user, and can display the user profile to the user and/or alter the wireless communication device functionality based upon the user profile. The gathered user data can be from physical user interaction with the wireless communication device, or from other equipment resident at the wireless communication device, such as a camera and medical diagnostic devices.12-25-2008
20080318562SYSTEM AND METHODS FOR MONITORING THE CONTEXT ASSOCIATED WITH A MOBILE COMMUNICATION DEVICE - Systems, methods and interfaces are disclosed for managing communications associated with a mobile communication device. Mobile communication devices process environmental inputs and transmit mobile communication device context information to a communication management system. The context information may, for example, reflect the motion and/or geographic location of the mobile device, and may reflect the risk associated with using the device to handle a call or other communications session. The communication management system uses the context information, optionally in combination with communication device profiles, to determine how to manage incoming and/or ongoing calls or other communication sessions. Mobile device users may also be inhibited from initiating communication sessions.12-25-2008
20090325562HYPERVISOR FOR MANAGING A DEVICE HAVING DISTINCT VIRTUAL PORTIONS - A single device can be compartmentalized into two or more virtual portions, wherein each virtual portion is associated with a user role. Each virtual portion can retain information, communications, resources, and/or functions separate from the other virtual portions. As a user changes roles, a different virtual portion can be accessed (automatically and/or manually) in order to maintain separation or confidentiality among the portions and associated roles. In such a manner, a user can utilize a single device for multiple roles.12-31-2009
20090325564PROGRAMMABLE MOBILE PHONE TERMINAL - Mobile phone terminal, having a transmitter stage, a receiver stage and an antenna switch-over and adapter stage which each have an arrangement of passive structural elements, which arrangement is assigned a multiplicity of electrostatic-mechanical microswitches or microrelays and which can be programmed by actuating a predetermined configuration of the microswitches or microrelays in, in each case, at least one functional parameter, in particular the frequency characteristic, and a programmable control unit.12-31-2009
20090209244METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR SINGLE-STEP ENABLEMENT OF TELEPHONY FUNCTIONALITY FOR A PORTABLE COMPUTER SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for automatic delivery of a phone call on an electronic device regardless of whether other tasks are running on the operating system. A separate background task (“thread”), independent of the operating system, enables telephony functionality without regard to the mode of a graphical user interface. The background task is always active and functions to respond to an incoming call even if the user is in a graphical user interface window that requires some input from the user (e.g. the graphical user interface is blocked).08-20-2009
20080233940Method and Apparatus for Handling Random Access Procedure in a Wireless Communications System - A method for handling a random access procedure in a user equipment, called UE hereinafter, of a wireless communications system includes sending a negative acknowledgement to a network or not sending an acknowledgement corresponding to a message 09-25-2008
20090082001METHOD AND DEVICE FOR CONTROLLING THE FUNCTION OF MOBILE COMMUNICATION EQUIPMENT - The present invention discloses a method for controlling functions of a mobile equipment. In the method, current location of a mobile equipment is compared with preconfigured location information associated with a function of the mobile equipment and the mobile equipment is controlled, according to a result of the comparing. The present invention may be implemented by an approach that the mobile equipment itself is in control or by an approach that a user identity module or a network is in control on the basis of the existing toolkit technology or over-the-air technology. The present invention also provides device solutions corresponding to the different approaches. With the present invention, an organization may set a restriction for the purpose of information security, while the employees of the organization may use high-end mobile equipments without changing the mobile equipments frequently. A mobile equipment may change its function status depending on different locations.03-26-2009
20090298489SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR A CONVERGED NETWORK-BASED ADDRESS BOOK - A converged address book system having a converged address book (CAB) client for managing contact information, the CAB client including: an interface for interacting with a CAB server; and a synchronization interface for communicating with a synchronization module for interacting with a data synchronization enabler for synchronization between the CAB client and CAB server; the interface allowing the CAB client to manage contact information by making requests to and receiving responses from the CAB server. The CAB server including an interface for interacting with a CAB client; a data synchronization manager for synchronizing information between at least one CAB user device and the CAB server; a data synchronization interface for synchronizing data with the CAB client; a subscription manager for managing CAB subscription and authorization information; a document management interface for communicating with a CAB XMDS; and an XDMC for accessing and manipulate CAB data stored in the XDMS.12-03-2009
20130217377LANGUAGE SETTING METHOD FOR MOBILE TERMINAL AND MOBILE TERMINAL - The disclosure discloses a language setting method for mobile terminal and mobile terminal, wherein the method includes: the mobile terminal acquires the language used by the current location of the mobile terminal; and the mobile terminal sets the acquired language as the current default language of the mobile terminal. The disclosure achieves the effect of improving the user experience.08-22-2013
20130217375AUTOMATED BILLING AND DISTRIBUTION PLATFORM FOR APPLICATION PROVIDERS - Systems and methods according to certain embodiments of the invention include integrating a network-enabled application with a platform having a plurality of users and a plurality of communication channels with a respective plurality of wireless network carriers. The systems and methods include providing a developer library for use by developers in creating their network-enabled applications.08-22-2013
20110143738METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR MANAGING AUTONOMOUS SEARCH IN VARIOUS MODES IN A LONG-TERM EVOLUTION ENVIRONMENT - A method for wireless communication in a Long-Term Evolution (LTE) or LTE-equivalent environment which allows a mobile device to manage autonomous search functions (ASF) is disclosed. In an LTE-equivalent environment, a mobile device may function in several modes, including idle and connected. In either mode, the mobile device may need to use an autonomous search function (ASF) to find or exchange information with base stations. The mobile device first determines the mode the current operation pertains to. When modifying the availability of an ASF, the mobile device distinguishes between the modes that will execute the ASF. When calling an ASF, the mobile device determines the availability of that function based on the device's current mode. In idle mode, the mobile device uses the idle mode ASF. Conversely, in connected mode the mobile device uses the connected mode ASF. The two functions are distinctly managed and operated by the mobile device.06-16-2011
20110143737METHOD FOR ESTABLISHING BASE STATION INFORMATION OF FEMTOCELL BASE STATION, AND FEMTOCELL BASE STATION APPLIED THEREWITH - A method for setting base station information of a femtocell base station includes: upon a power application to the femtocell base station, setting all or some of terminals accessing the femtocell base station as console terminals; and receiving a radio environment parameter related to radio environment around each console terminal from the console terminals through a communication interface unit. The method further includes setting the base station information including an operation mode of the femtocell base station and a cell identifier of a femtocell covered by the femtocell base station based on the first radio environment parameter.06-16-2011
20090203371DEVICE, SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR SELECTING NUMBER AND OPENING ACCOUNT FOR PREPAID SUBSCRIBER - A system, device and method for selecting numbers and opening accounts for prepaid subscribers are disclosed. The system includes at least one device for selecting numbers and opening accounts for prepaid subscribers and at least one terminal for selecting numbers and opening accounts for prepaid subscribers. The technical solution of the present invention separates the International Mobile Subscriber Identity (IMSI) from the Mobile Station International Integrated Services Digital Network Number (MSISDN); a prepaid subscriber selects a number and opens an account through a terminal and device for selecting numbers and opening accounts; the device for selecting numbers and opening accounts opens an account for the subscriber only after the subscriber selects an MSISDN, and registers the subscriber data with the relevant network entities, thus reducing occupation of equipment resources and costs of network operation and improving equipment performance.08-13-2009
20110230177METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR RESTORING TRANSFERRED MOBILE TERMINAL BY MOBILE TRANSFER SERVICE - The present invention relates to a method and system for restoring a transferred mobile service by a mobile transfer service.09-22-2011
20120142331EVOLVING ALGORITHMS FOR TELECOMMUNICATIONS NETWORK NODES BY GENETIC PROGRAMMING - A method is provided of evolving algorithms for network node control in a telecommunications network node by updating a model of the network node, and genetic programming by (a) generating algorithms, (b) determining fitness level of the algorithms based on the model of the network node, and (c) selecting the algorithm that meet a predetermined fitness level. The steps (a), (b) and (c) are repeated automatically to provide a series of algorithms over time adapted to the changing model of the network node for possible implementation in the network node.06-07-2012
20120142330System and Method For Transactional Application Lifecycle Management For Mobile Devices - The present disclosure relates to networks and lifecycle transaction management of mobile devices. There is provided a system and method for managing the lifecycle of applications on mobile devices. The system has components for implementing a method comprising the steps of creating a transaction context comprising a transaction command, sending the transaction context in a transaction context message to a plurality of mobile devices, and evaluating an ending scenario based on transaction statuses of the plurality of mobile devices.06-07-2012
20090203370Mobile Device Peer Volume Polling - A system for performing peer volume polling is presented. A request is transmitted to peer mobile devices using a polling function in a mobile device. The polling function requests audible operation level setting data from peer mobile devices within a predetermined distance of the mobile device. A map is computed of the peer mobile devices, along with their associated audible operation level settings, based on responses to the request. The map and audible operation level settings are analyzed using rules to detect an inappropriate volume setting for the mobile device. In response to determining that a current audible operation level setting for the mobile device is inappropriate, a new audible operation level setting is applied to the mobile device.08-13-2009
20090221279Medthod And Apparatus For Controlling Use Of Mobile Phone While Operating Motor Vehicle - A method and apparatus for controlling use of mobile communication device while operating a vehicle, wherein the mobile communication device (MS) uses one or more ways to determine its speed while moving in order to alter the default behavior of the device based on a stored safety policy. Using existing technologies such as Global Positioning System (GPS), Assisted GPS (AGPS), Location-Based Services (LBS), Global System for Mobile (GSM), Code Division for Multiple Access (CDMA), or an accelerometer, a MS determines the current or last known state of motion to modify the behavior of the MS based on its speed and a stored safety policy. The human interface of the MS is altered to inform the user of the modification, features and functions can be disabled and enabled, the user is prompted to change their behavior, and automatic functions take place. The logging functions of the MS can be enhanced to record the motion state of the MS while using any feature of the MS.09-03-2009
20090117888WIRELESS DEVICE HAVING CONFIGURABLE MODES - A wireless device having user defined configurable modes includes a memory have at least one configuration segment containing configuration information relating to at least one application or mode. The user enters the user defined configuration that causes a control processor to configure the wireless device based on the configuration information.05-07-2009
20090247139SYSTEM FOR ADAPTING ONLINE ADVERTISING CAMPAIGNS TO INCORPORATE MOBILE ADVERTISING - A system is described for adapting online advertising campaigns to incorporate mobile advertising. The system may include a processor, a memory and an interface being operatively connected. The memory may store ad groups of an advertiser, and mobile advertisements. An ad group may include keywords and web advertisements. The interface may allow the advertiser to associate the ad groups with mobile carriers. The processor may identify the ad groups and may provide the interface to the advertiser. The processor may receive associations of ad groups and mobile carriers. The processor may create mobile advertisements based on the web advertisements and mobile carriers. The processor may associate the mobile advertisements and the mobile carriers with the ad groups. The processor may provide one of the mobile advertisements to a user when the user performs a mobile search for one of the keywords on a mobile device associated with the mobile carriers.10-01-2009
20080261578Methods and Devices for Set-up of a Call in an Intelligent Network - Methods and devices for set-up of a call in an intelligent network (10-23-2008
20120077480SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR ROTATING A USER INTERFACE FOR A MOBILE DEVICE - A system and method for determining the orientation of a mobile device for displaying a graphical user interface and for activating an audio user interface in response to an incoming call or outgoing call. For the graphical user interface, depending on the detected orientation of the mobile device, the graphical user interface can be displayed in a first vertical orientation, a second vertical orientation, a first horizontal orientation, and a second horizontal orientation. For the audio user interface, depending on the detected orientation of the mobile device, a speaker and a microphone can be activated based on the detected vertical orientation so that the activated speaker is near the top of the mobile device and the activated microphone is near the bottom of mobile device.03-29-2012
20090221276USER INTERFACE FOR CUSTOM RECORDABLE RING TONES - An electronic device and a method implemented within the electronic device for displaying a user interface window on the electronic device for associating an audible notification with a specific event; activating a record function from the user interface window for recording an audio file; and saving the audio file as the audible notification associated with the specific event.09-03-2009
20090221278Method for Customizing the Operation of a Telephonic Terminal - A method serves for customizing the operation of a telephonic terminal, in particular a mobile telephonic terminal of a user. A profile file is provided for storing information relating to operation parameters of the telephonic terminal. The information stored in the profile file can be modifiable by the user. Additionally, a policy file is provided for storing information relating to the possibility to modify one or more of the operation parameters by the user. Typically, a profile manager software module manages the profile file and a policy manager software module manages the policy file. When a user attempts to carry out modifications on information stored in the profile file, the profile managing module interacts with the policy managing module in order to check the possibility to carry out the modifications and to get the authorisation or the denial from the policy managing module.09-03-2009
20090221277DISCONNECTION TECHNIQUES IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS NETWORKS - An apparatus includes a host, and a communications control module. The communications control module exchanges information with a communications network, such as a Universal Mobile Telecommunications System (UMTS) network. The host determines whether a termination condition exists. Based on this determination, the communications control module performs a signaling connection release indication procedure when a termination condition exists.09-03-2009
20090221275METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR ESTABLISHING CONNECTION TRIGGERED BY MOTION - Numerals crossed out in abstract and typographical error corrected. A method and system for establishing a connection or service between two mobile devices within a communication network is provided. At least one of the mobile devices includes a motion detector, which detects a movement of the mobile device. Connections between the mobile devices are established based upon the detection of movement of at least one of the devices.09-03-2009
20090253421LOCAL NETWORK MANAGEMENT OF FEMTOCELLS - A system and method of minimizing signal interference within a wireless network is provided, wherein the wireless network includes a controller communicatively coupled to at least one femtocell, and the femtocell is operative to wirelessly transmit and receive data. A portable electronic device is used to collect signal environment data, and the collected signal environment data is analyzed. Based on the analyzed signal environment data, the at least one femtocell is commanded to alter at least one signal transmission characteristic.10-08-2009
20090247140SYSTEM FOR PROVIDING MOBILE ADVERTISEMENT ACTIONS - A system for providing mobile advertisement actions may include a memory to store a request, mobile carrier data, mobile advertisement data, and mobile advertisement action data. The system may include an interface operatively connected to the memory to communicate with a mobile device. The system may include a processor operatively connected to the memory and the interface. The processor may receive information and a request from the mobile device via the interface and may determine the mobile carrier data relating to a mobile carrier associated with the mobile device. The processor may identify the mobile advertisement data and the mobile advertisement action targeted to the request and the mobile carrier data. The processor may append the mobile advertisement action data to the mobile advertisement data. The processor may provide the mobile advertisement data with the appended mobile advertisement action data to the mobile device via the interface.10-01-2009
20090247144COMMUNICATION APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR MODIFYING SYSTEM FEATURES THEREOF - An exemplary communication apparatus includes at least one system feature. The communication apparatus includes a storage device, a motion sensor, and a controller. The storage device stores a plurality of system parameters for the at least one system feature. The motion sensor detects a movement of the communication apparatus and generates motion data in response to the movement. The controller receives the motion data and the system parameters. The controller selects a system parameter based on the motion data, and modify the at least one selected feature according to the selected parameter.10-01-2009
20090247143MOBILE PHONE, AND METHOD OF LIMITING OPERATIONS OF MOBILE PHONE - The present invention provides a mobile phone which is capable of giving a high priority to communication with a party that corresponds to a particular phone number, and which is capable of allowing the settings of whether or not the priority function is to be enabled to be easily made.10-01-2009
20100151846SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR SAVING DATA IN RESPONSE TO OPEN AND CLOSE EVENTS IN A MOBILE COMMUNICATION DEVICE - A method for automatically saving data in a wireless device is provided. The wireless device has a sensor connected to a processor and a memory connected to the processor. The sensor provides an open signal to the processor indicating an open event when the wireless device is opened and providing a close signal to the processor indicating a close event when the wireless device is closed. The method includes detecting occurrence of the close event while data is being entered in an application; saving the data in the memory; creating and saving a notification in the memory that the data is saved; linking the notification to the saved data; and displaying the saved notification on a primary display screen of the wireless device.06-17-2010
20100151848Digital Upgrade System and Method - Digital upgrade system and method for translating analog commands and digital commands in wireless customer services premises equipment (CPE). The digital upgrade system receives a command from a CPE Host and translates the command from analog to digital in order to broadcast it over a wireless digital network to be received by a client. Alternatively, the digital upgrade system receives a digital command from a digital network and translates it to an analog command to be received by a functionality module of a wireless CPE Host.06-17-2010
20090275322PREVENTION OF AUDIO POP IN A DIGITAL AUDIO DEVICE - An electronic audio device with a digital audio output channel in which an amplifier output voltage is gradually ramped up and down to avoid causing a popping sound when the device is turned on and off. This is accomplished without employing any additional hardware, by incrementally changing a digital input word applied to a digital audio source, such as a DSP, so as to gradually change the amplifier output voltage between a minimum, such as zero volts, and a DC working voltage. On powering up, the amplifier is only turned on after the digital word is applied, but while it still results in a minimum amplifier output, and on powering down the amplifier is turned off after it's output has been ramped down, but before removing the digital input word. Sources and output channels can also be switched over by powering down, and then powering up, following the same method.11-05-2009
20100178909Apparatus and method for managing data in portable terminal - A portable terminal is capable of managing data. The portable terminal includes a controller, a display, a memory and a data management unit. The data management unit can sort pre-stored data in the memory as keyword-related data. The data management unit also can sort the pre-stored data depending on frequency of user's use, and outputting, to the display, the sorted data by layer.07-15-2010
20100184420Method and Apparatus for Prolonging Battery Life in a Mobile Communication Device Using Motion Detection - A telecommunication device is equipped with circuitry that can detect phenomena indicative or predictive of motion of the telecommunications device, such as GPS circuitry. When the circuitry determines that the telecommunication device is stationary, it controls the device to perform neighboring cell polling at relatively large intervals or not at all. However, when the circuitry determines that the telecommunication device is moving, it controls the device to poll neighboring cells more frequently.07-22-2010
20090047940METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PROVIDING IDLE SCREEN SERVICE - A method and apparatus for providing an idle screen service are disclosed. A mobile communication terminal receiving contents provided from at least one content provider server in a mobile communication system environment is also disclosed. The mobile communication terminal may include a content receiver module which receives contents provided through a mobile communication system by separating into layers, a handset operating system module which operates the terminal and runs an application and which has a user interface, and a content management application module which synthesizes the contents separated into layers received from the content receiver module into one idle screen layer and which provides it to the idle screen of the mobile communication terminal. According to at least one embodiment of the invention, several contents provided in a mobile communication system environment can be provided at once on a mobile communication terminal idle screen in an idle mode, to satisfy the demands of the user for DIY services and increase the content participation rate.02-19-2009
20100184419SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR DISPLAYING PRESENCE INFORMATION IN COMMUNICATION DEVICES - A communications system may include a communication device that may be configured to display presence information for one or more contacts. The presence information may include a current time for a location associated with the contact, a time zone associated with the contact, status information, and/or other suitable presence information for the contact. The presence information may be automatically changed in response to a location associated with the contact changing. The presence information may be generated using a schedule associated with a contact and a current time for a location associated with a contact.07-22-2010
20090270084HANDHELD ELECTRONIC DEVICE AND SAVING NUMBER METHOD AND DIGITAL STORAGE MEDIA - A method for saving number applied to a handheld electronic device is provided. The method has the following steps. An entered number is shown on a screen of the handheld electronic device. Whether the entered number is one of saved numbers is determined. If the entered number is not corresponding to one of the saved numbers, a save button is shown on the screen, and the entered number is saved after the save button is triggered.10-29-2009
20100261464MOBILE TERMINAL, ASSOCIATED STORAGE DEVICES AND METHODS OF USING THE SAME - A mobile terminal and its associated storage devices and various methods of controlling and using them are discussed. According to an embodiment, a method for launching an application for a mobile terminal, includes receiving, by a first storage device connected to the mobile terminal, information on a second storage device after the second storage device is connected to the mobile terminal; and accessing, by the first storage device, a content stored in the second storage device based on at least the received information on the second storage device.10-14-2010
20130122883DEACTIVATION SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR A TRANSFERABLE DEVICE - Methods and systems for deactivation of one or more applications operating on a transferable device are provided.05-16-2013
20130122884CONTROL APPARATUS, COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND CONTROL METHOD - A control apparatus includes a memory, and a processor that executes a procedure stored in the memory, the procedure including, comparing a first index value with a second index value, the first index value indicating a magnitude of a difference between a coverage in an area to which a communication service is provided by a radio base station to be controlled and a first target value, the second index value indicating a magnitude of a difference between a capacity of the communication service in the area and a second target value, and controlling an operation state of the radio base station that varies at least one of the coverage and the capacity so as to decrease a difference between the first and second index value when the result of the comparing indicates that the magnitude of the difference between the first and second index value exceeds a given value.05-16-2013
20130122886MOBILE INFORMATION APPARATUS AND MANNER MODE SHIFTING PROGRAM05-16-2013
20130122887Method and Device for Communication - The present invention relates to a method for processing a channel conflict between services and a communication device. The method includes: when a service channel required by a first service initiated by a user is occupied, saving information required for processing the first service; and when the service channel is released, processing the first service according to the saved information required for processing the first service. By using the method or device, the case where a service is directly interrupted when a service channel is occupied is prevented, and user experience is enhanced.05-16-2013
20100159910APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR ADAPTIVE MULTIMEDIA RECEPTION AND TRANSMISSION IN COMMUNICATION ENVIRONMENTS - The present invention provides a method and apparatus for configuration of adaptive integrated circuitry, to provide one or more operating modes or other functionality in a communication device, such as a cellular telephone, a GSM telephone, another type of mobile telephone or mobile station, or any other type of media communication device, including video, voice or radio, or other forms of multimedia. The adaptive integrated circuitry is configured and reconfigured for multiple tasks, such as channel acquisition, voice transmission, or multimedia and other data processing. In the preferred embodiment, the configuration and reconfiguration occurs to adaptively optimize the performance of the particular activity over time, such as to increase the speed of channel acquisition, increase throughput rates, increase perceived voice and media quality, and decrease the rate of dropped communication sessions.06-24-2010
20100222049METHOD FOR RELEASING A LOCKING IN MOBILE TERMINAL AND MOBILE TERMINAL USING THE SAME - The present disclosure is related to a method for releasing a locking on a mobile terminal, the method comprising: locking the mobile terminal; generating a locking-release preliminary signal on the locking; creating a locking-release icon based on a generated position of the locking-release preliminary signal; and releasing the locking by selecting the locking-release icon, and to a mobile terminal using the same.09-02-2010
20100216448USER INTERFACE FOR SUPPORTING CALL FUNCTION AND PORTABLE DEVICE USING THE SAME - Disclosed is a user interface for supporting a call function and a portable device using the user interface. With respect to a portable device having a call function, icons are allocated to telephone numbers of devices or indexes corresponding thereto and are displayed on a display unit, and a touch sensor setting is performed to support generation of a touch event with respect to icons output on the display unit, so that various call functions are supported through movement, disposition and removal of the icons.08-26-2010
20110059733MOBILE TERMINAL AND METHOD OF CONTROLLING THE MOBILE TERMINAL - A method of controlling a mobile terminal, and which includes displaying, on a display module of the mobile terminal, a first screen corresponding to a current operating mode and including a plurality of objects relevant to the current operating; receiving an input signal indicating a screen reconfiguration event has occurred on the mobile terminal, the screen reconfiguration event including at least one of a predefined movement of a main body of the mobile terminal and a blow signal being obtained by blowing onto the mobile terminal; and reconfiguring, via a controller on the mobile terminal, the first screen by removing at least one of the plurality of objects that do not meet a predefined screen reconfiguration condition from the first screen, and displaying a second screen obtained by the reconfiguration of the first screen on the display module based on the received input signal.03-10-2011
20100227600METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MODIFYING NOTIFICATION SETTINGS ON A MOBILE ELECTRONIC DEVICE - A method and apparatus for modifying notification settings on a mobile electronic device is provided, the mobile electronic device comprising a processing unit, a display, a memory, an input device, and at least one notification device. It is determined that the at least one notification device has been activated using a given notification setting. A menu list is responsively changed to include a notification setting change option, the menu list associated with the input device and stored in the memory, such that when the input device is activated, the display is controlled by the processing unit to provide a representation of the menu list such that the notification setting option can be selected and the given notification setting changed.09-09-2010
20100159907DYNAMIC CONFIGURABLE TRANSACTION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to the field of electronic transactions and more particularly concerns a dynamic configurable transaction system capable of dynamically configuring a transaction terminal and dynamically processing a transactional operation, as well as to a method associated thereto. There is provided a dynamic configurable transaction system enabling a user to complete a transactional operation through a central server. The system comprises a transaction terminal in communication with the central server via a system network and a server application at the central server. The transaction terminal includes a user interface allowing to exchange input and output information related to the transactional operation with the user and a terminal application in communication with the user interface, the terminal application comprising updatable configuration parameters and a transaction module for dynamically building a transaction flow related to the transactional operation based on the input information received via the user interface and on the updatable configuration parameters. The server application comprises a configuration update module for preparing updated configuration parameters and transmitting the updated configuration parameters to the transaction terminal.06-24-2010
20100159909Personalized Cloud of Mobile Tasks - A dynamically created and automatically updated personalized cloud of mobile tasks may be displayed on an interactive visual display via a personalized cloud generator application. The personalized cloud generator application may receive and/or capture information representing a mobile task performed by a mobile computing device user. The personalized cloud generator application may then store the information and determine a relevance of a given performed mobile task. If the relevance of the performed mobile task meets a prescribed threshold, the personal cloud generator application may display a selectable visual representation (e.g., selectable icon) of the performed mobile task. Given a user's activity, the visual representation may be automatically updated (displayed, removed, moved, resized, etc.) based on the information received and/or captured. Subsequent selection of the displayed visual representation allows quick and easy access or performance of the associated mobile task.06-24-2010
20100222047SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR LOCKING AND BRANDING A MOBILE COMMUNICATION DEVICE TO A NETWORK - There is disclosed a system and method for locking and branding a generic mobile communication device to a carrier network. In an embodiment, the method comprises: inserting in the device a subscriber or user identification module specifying a selection of a carrier network to which the mobile communication device is to be wirelessly connected; issuing from the device a request to lock and brand the device to the selected carrier network; in response to the request, receiving a customized configuration file for the selected network containing a device locking command, and one or more branding commands to brand the device to the selected carrier network; executing the device locking command to lock the device to the selected carrier network; and executing the one or more branding commands to brand the device to the selected carrier network with one or more customized features specific to the selected carrier network.09-02-2010
20100227599AMPLIFER SYSTEM FOR CELL SITES AND OTHER SUITABLE APPLICATIONS - In one embodiment, an amplifier system has a tap, a delay filter, a linearized amplifier, and a hybrid combiner. The tapped portion of an input signal is amplified by the amplifier, the untapped portion of the input signal is delayed by the delay filter, and the combiner combines the resulting amplified, tapped portion and the delayed, untapped portion to generate an amplified output signal. By re-combining the delayed, untapped portion of the input signal with the amplified, tapped portion, the power of the untapped portion is not lost, and the amplifier does not have to compensate for all of the distortion that would otherwise be associated with the total output power level. Such an amplifier system is applicable, for example, in upgrading an existing GSM cell site to support both GSM communications as well as UMTS communications without degrading GSM operations.09-09-2010
20100227604AUTOMATIC LOCAL ACCESS SURROGATE NUMBERS FOR LONG DISTANCE CALLING - A unique call mapping and routing device combines Voice over Internet protocol (VoIP) and public switched telephone network (PSTN) technologies such that mobile device users are able to dial international calls that are automatically and transparently directed through local access numbers using the mobile carrier PSTN network.09-09-2010
20100227602SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR MANAGING MOBILE PHONE RING TONE PROFILES - A system and method for managing mobile phone ring tone profiles sets a first ring tone profile, a second ring tone profile, and a trigger value. If a phone number of an incoming call or an incoming message exists in a contact list of the mobile phone, or if the phone number exists in a call log and a communicate count of the phone number is more than the trigger value, the first ring tone profile is selected as a current ring tone profile of the mobile phone. If the phone number does not exist in the contact list and the call log, or if the phone number exists in the call log but the communicate count of the phone number in the call log is not more than the trigger value, the second ring tone profile is selected.09-09-2010
20100227601System for Inhibiting Wireless Communication - A system for inhibiting functions of select wireless communications devices—predominately for driver cell phones—through the use of a radio frequency transmitter synchronized with a software application that is downloaded into the cell phone or provided by the manufacturer in firmware or the operating system of the phone. The radio frequency transmitter is wired into the power supply of the vehicle and its signal is only emitted and received by the cell phone when the vehicle's power is flowing. When the cell phone receives the unique signal, the software application disables most communications and other distracting functions of the cell phone. The radio frequency transmitter also may be portable and plugged into a wall socket so that wireless communication in select rooms is inhibited when the circuit is closed.09-09-2010
20100144332Lightweight Application Level Policy Management For Portable Wireless Devices Under Varying Network - Devices and methods are disclosed which relate to dynamically adapting network policy on a wireless communications device to account for changes in network environment. These network policies are enforced, at least in part, at the device level, as opposed to solely at the network edges. The network policy is broad so as to encompass changes in network environment, such as increases and decreases in available bandwidth and presence or absence of security.06-10-2010
20100222046METHOD AND HANDHELD ELECTRONIC DEVICE FOR TRIGGERING ADVERTISING ON A DISPLAY SCREEN - A method and handheld electronic device for triggering the display of content on a display screen are provided. In accordance with one embodiment, there is provided a method of triggering the display of content on a display screen of a handheld electronic device, the method comprising: monitoring for the occurrence of trigger conditions comprising one or more of: inputs to change an operational mode of the handheld electronic device, changes in orientation of the handheld electronic device, or changes in a screen orientation of a graphical user interface (GUI) displayed on the display screen; and reproducing content on the handheld electronic device in response to detection of one of the trigger conditions.09-02-2010
20090264117METHOD FOR HANDLING INCOMING CALL IN SCREEN LOCK STATE, COMMUNICATION DEVICE AND RECORDING MEDIUM THEREOF - A method for handling an incoming call in a screen lock state, a communication device and a recording medium thereof are provided. In the present method, when a communication device in a screen lock state receives an incoming call, the communication device exits the screen lock state and displays an incoming call frame. Then, the incoming call is handled according to an input instruction. After the completion of a handling of the incoming call, an idle time of the communication device that receives no operation is counted. When the idle time reaches a predefined value, the communication device returns to the screen lock state. As a result, a user may conveniently inspect and handle the incoming call even if the communication device is in the screen lock state.10-22-2009
20100144330Downloading - In an embodiment, a mobile device is provided comprising a network interface and download controller. In an embodiment, the download controller is configured to check if a file to be downloaded can be handled by the mobile device and to transmit a download request to a further device if the mobile device cannot handle the file.06-10-2010
20090042552SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR DEPLOYING APPLICATION PROGRAMS - A communication system includes a development sector for registering a plurality of wireless devices, a business sector for controlling utilization of an application program and for receiving application data, a service sector for deploying the application program and for providing the application data to the business sector in accordance with communication with at least one wireless device of the plurality; and a mobile sector comprising the plurality of wireless devices, each device for receiving the application program deployed by the service sector, executing the application program in response to the business sector, and communicating with the service sector to support provision of the application data to the business sector. The wireless device, such as a cell phone, personal digital assistant, or palm top computer may include an auxiliary device such as a bar code scanner, a magnetic stripe card reader, or a printer. The business sector or service sector may monitor or limit utilization of the auxiliary device. Deployment of application programs may be controlled by the business sector or the development sector by rendering an application program or auxiliary device available for use only after a particular time or after receipt of a message. Distributed processing application programs having components in the business, service, and mobile sectors may thereby be updated in an orderly manner. An application program on a wireless device may assist confirmation of an order made by a buyer via a web site. The wireless device is expected to be operated by the buyer. Fraud reporting is accomplished by comparing data obtained by registration of the wireless device with data provided in the confirmation.02-12-2009
20100222048SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR PROVISIONING MOBILE COMMUNICATION DEVICE UPGRADES - There is disclosed a system and method for provisioning mobile communication device upgrades. In an embodiment, the method comprises: providing an automated web service device management interface (“WSDMI”) accessible to one or more carriers; adapting a supplier provisioning system to receive via the WSDMI one or more upgrade requests from the one or more carriers; adapting the supplier provisioning system to respond via the WSDMI to the one or more upgrade requests from the one or more carriers; and adapting the supplier provisioning system to execute one or more device upgrades on one or more supplier provisioning system connected devices. In an embodiment, the receiving and responding via the WSDMI is based on SOAP encoded XML messages.09-02-2010
20100210253Cellular telephone audience appreciation display signalling - A cellular telephone is programmed to provide a user input menu for presenting a list of visual signals, from which a user may select one of the signals to be displayed on the screen of the telephone. Such visual signals as monochromatic color displays, national flags, or team emblems or colors may be selected in order to signal appreciation at mass events such as concerts and sporting contests.08-19-2010
20100210254System and Method for Regulating Mobile Communications Use by Drivers - The present invention relates to a system for regulating use of mobile communication functions while driving. The system includes a vehicle diagnostic device configured to generate vehicle diagnostic data indicating a current state of a vehicle, a vehicle diagnostic information port configured to provide the vehicle diagnostic data, a transceiver configured to plug into the vehicle diagnostic information port and transmit the vehicle diagnostic data using a wireless communication protocol; and a vehicle responsive phone including communication blocking software configured to receive the vehicle diagnostic data and to terminate the operation of at least one function of the vehicle responsive phone based on the received vehicle diagnostic data.08-19-2010
20120196587Methods And Apparatus For Use In Switching User Account Data And Operations Between Two Different Mobile Communication Devices - A host server is configured to switch communications associated with an account between first and second mobile devices. The server stores a mapping of the account to a first PIN which identifies the first mobile device, and communicates messages via a wireless network based on the stored mapping using the first PIN for data synchronization therebetween. The server then receives a request for device switching. In response, the server switches the mapping of the account to a second PIN which identifies a second mobile device, and communicates messages via the wireless network based on the switched stored mapping using the second PIN for data is synchronization therebetween. The mapping of the account to the first PIN may be maintained even after switching the stored mapping to the second PIN, for a subsequent request for switching back to the first mobile device for the account.08-02-2012
20090075639Device and method for preserving customized user settings when transitioning between mobile communication devices - There is disclosed a system, method, and computer readable medium for applying customized settings to a mobile communications device utilizing a removable storage media. The mobile communications device detects when a removable storage media has been operatively inserted. Next it is determined whether there is a customized settings file stored on the removable storage media. The customized settings file contains fields that define one or more characteristics relating to the mobile communications device's configuration. The customized settings in the customized settings file are then applied such that the mobile communications device is configured with the specific settings contained in the customized settings file. The customized settings file may also be stored at and retrieved from a remote location or received in a message using a mobile messaging service utilizing the RF module within the mobile communications device.03-19-2009
20120142328SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR ASSISTING IN POWERING ON SLEEPING NETWORK ENTITIES - Techniques are provided to facilitate offloading of mobile entities from a serving network entity. For example, there is provided a location-based method that involves, in response to a load of the requesting entity exceeding a load threshold, identifying candidate network entities to which to offload a user equipment (UE), each of the candidate network entities being in sleep mode. The method may involve determining coverage and location information for the candidate network entities, and determining location information for the UE. The method may involve selecting a given network entity to turn ON based at least in part on the coverage information and the location information. The method may involve sending an ON-request message to the at least one selected network entity, the ON-request message including a timer that can be used to deactivate the selected network entity in case it is not useful in offloading the serving network entity.06-07-2012
20100197289System and method for managing a wireless device from removable media with processing capability - Systems and methods for managing a wireless device from removable media with processing capability are described. One aspect may include a system for operating the radio hardware of a wireless device from a media device, comprising a media device, including a processor; a memory, coupled to said processor; and a radio host side peer layer, adapted to run on said memory and said processor, and adapted to communicate with the radio hardware of said wireless device.08-05-2010
20100197291MOBILE TERMINAL AND PRESENCE INFORMATION MANAGEMENT METHOD THEREOF - Disclosed are a mobile terminal and a presence information management method thereof, wherein a reception range of presence information preset by a user is pre-stored and then presence information is received from a server according to the pre-stored reception range of the presence information upon an initiation of a presence service to thusly display on a screen, whereby upon receiving the presence service, part of presence information can be received according to the preset reception range of the presence information, or presence information relating to contacts who are not in interest or infrequently engaged in a call is not needed to be processed, resulting in reducing a current consumption due to processing of the presence information and improving a UI performance.08-05-2010
20100197290TELECOMMUNICATIONS POLICY PROGRAM SYSTEMS, PROCESSES AND DEVICES - Telecommunications Policy Program Systems, Processes and Devices for the reduction of radiation hazard and/or other risks involved in the use of wireless telecommunication devices, are disclosed in the present application. According to the invention an Authorized User, using a Policy Program, can enable and/or disable at least one of the sound input and/or output channels of a telecommunication device in order to force a Subordinate User to use radiation-safer, and/or otherwise safer, sound input and/or output channels of said telecommunication device. According to two of the several preferred embodiments described in the application, the Policy program can be transferred to the telecommunication device from an external source or be built-in into said device.08-05-2010
20090239516Method of transferring data, computer programme for switching a mobile communication unit, and primary and secondary data converter - The present invention provides a method of transferring data from a primary data converter (09-24-2009
20090247137POTENTIAL CALL DROP INDICATOR - Mobile device user notifications of highly likely call drops or service losses are provided. A wireless network can determine from the location history of a mobile device if that mobile device is likely to lose connectivity to the wireless network or to a particular wireless service and issue an alert to the user. The form of the alert can be through one of various types of mobile device messages, or through an application on the mobile device. The mobile device's location can be determined using the global positioning system. Alternative directions can be provided to the user so that the user can travel without losing connectivity. The user may provide a destination before beginning travel, and receive a suggested course of travel that keeps the user within a higher quality coverage area.10-01-2009
20090247141MOVING OF A NODE - A system and a method for moving a node within a real time communications network, where said node is at least connected to a first controller node and the node is disconnected and moved from the first controller node to a second controller node, where the system comprises a macro adapted to handle moving of the node and the method uses the same macro. According to the present invention the macro will delete data in the a first controller node, thereafter generate new data adapted to a second controller node by reusing data associated with said node, and where the node is assigned a identity associated with the second controller node.10-01-2009
20090215438METHODS FOR PERFORMING TRANSPARENT CALLBACK - A method for facilitating wireless communication of a client device with a destination telecommunication device is provided. The method includes receiving a first telecommunication signal from the client device by a server managed by an enterprise. The method also includes analyzing the first telecommunication signal to determine if a less expensive telecommunication option is available. The method further includes, the server sending a callback signal to the client device if the less expensive telecommunication option is available. The method yet also includes accepting the callback signal via a non-human initiated response by the client device, thereby establishing a telecommunication connection between the client device and the server. The method yet further includes sending a second telecommunication signal by the server to the destination telecommunication device. The method in addition includes establishing a telecommunication session between the client device and the destination telecommunication device when the second telecommunication signal is accepted.08-27-2009
20100184421A METHOD AND APPARATUSES FOR ALLOCATING SERVICE AREA IDENTIFIERS IN A WIRELESS SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a method for allocating service area identifiers (SAI) for a femto cell (07-22-2010
20090163194Telematics Unit Having Interactive Radio Features - The present invention provides a method for implementing interactive radio features within a telematics equipped mobile vehicle. The method includes receiving radio station information, detecting an initiation command received from a user interlace, and providing the radio station information to the telematics unit responsive to the detected initiation command. The radio station information may include a radio station message having a telephone number associated with a radio station advertiser. The method may further include receiving a communication command, and initiating a wireless communication via the telematics unit responsive to the received communication command.06-25-2009
20120244850MEID-BASED PAGING TO REACH DE-ACTIVATED TELEMATICS MODULES - A method of operating a telematics unit includes replacing a mobile identification number (MIN) or a mobile dialed number (MDN) stored in a telematics unit with a temporary geographical mobile identification number (GMIN) that prevents the telematics unit from using all of its features; associating the GMIN with a mobile equipment identification number (MEID) of the vehicle telematics unit; storing the associated GMIN and MEID at a central facility; paging the telematics unit using the associated GMIN and MEID; and instructing the telematics unit via the page to communicate with the central facility over a wireless data connection.09-27-2012
20090111450WIRELESS COMMUNICATION APPARATUS, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORK AND SOFTWARE UPGRADING METHOD - A base station control portion 04-30-2009
20090111451WIRELESS COMMUNICATION APPARATUS, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORK AND SOFTWARE UPGRADING METHOD - A base station control portion selects one or multiple signals in accordance with the state of radio waves from signals received through multiple communication paths. A wireless communication apparatus communicates with a wireless terminal and a wired communication network at multiple frequencies. In response to a request for software upgrading from a network management device, the wireless communication apparatus selects one frequency, controls the state of transmission waves of a wireless interface such that a communication path in which a communication service is being provided can be switched to another communication network without interruption, rewrites software for each wireless interface to software received through a wired interface in advance, and returns the state of transmission waves of the wireless interface. Thus, the software can be upgraded without blackouts of the communication service to the wireless terminal.04-30-2009
20090111445METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONTROLLING UPLINK TRANSMISSION TIMING IN A COMMUNICATION NETWORK - A method and corresponding system for controlling uplink timing in a communication network (04-30-2009
20090137236PORTABLE APPARATUS, METHOD AND USER INTERFACE - A method for handling a plurality of processes running on a portable apparatus including: receiving a first user input and in response to the first user input suspending a subset of the plurality of processes. Corresponding portable apparatus, computer program product and user interface are also presented.05-28-2009
20110237234SYSTEM AND METHODS FOR REMOTE MAINTENANCE IN AN ELECTRONIC NETWORK WITH MULTIPLE CLIENTS - A client supported by remote maintenance in an electronic network configured to serve a plurality of clients may comprise a plurality of nodes, a first virtual machine (VM), a second virtual machine, and a virtual machine manager (VMM). The first VM may handle data associated with an external data center. The second VM may be associated with one of the plurality of nodes. The VMM may be configured to manage data transfer between the first VM and the second VM. The first VM may be configured to assess a state of the client system and identify a software update for installation on the one of the plurality of nodes. The software update may be configured to maintain identity between the data in the one of the plurality of nodes and the data center. The VMM may manage an attestation process prior to delivering or installing the software update on the client system using the first VM.09-29-2011
20090111448SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR ENABLING WIDGET INTERACTION - Methods and systems for transmitting a widget as an interactive component of a broadcast service (e.g., mobile TV broadcast service) in a manner that does not require the widget provider or creator to know or understand the broadcast transmission protocol are described. A widget may be transmitted as a pseudo widget that includes temporary content source information to be replaced by a receiving device with valid content source data. Alternatively or additionally, a content item to be displayed in the widget may be identified by fragment association. That is, a content item may be represented by content and access fragments while a widget may be transmitted as an interactivity fragment. These fragments may be associated with one another such that a content fragment may be identified by inspecting an interactivity fragment and vice versa.04-30-2009
20090111449System apparatus and method for updating communication services - A system for updating communication services includes user equipment configured to communicate using a first communication service standard and a second communication service standard, a subscriber database, an application server, and a network device. The network device detects an update trigger corresponding to a user equipment, requests that the user equipment discontinue using the first communication service standard, and flags the user equipment as updated by communicating with the application server and the subscriber database. The network device also receives a communication from the user equipment and determines whether the communication corresponds to the first communication service standard or the second communication service standard. If the communication corresponds to the first communication service standard the network device communicates an error message to the user equipment. However, if the communication corresponds to a second communication service standard, the network device processes the communication.04-30-2009
20090111447Intelligent recipient list - Selecting at least one recipient to receive a communication, identifying and presenting a list of additional recipients to the user, the additional recipient list including contacts who have received messages in combination with the at least one selected recipient in the past, and allowing the user to select one or more of the additional recipients to receive the communication.04-30-2009
20090104900METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR CONTROLLING THE OPERATION OF WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS - Methods and apparatus for controlling events, timing and operational characteristics of wireless communications devices. An exemplary wireless communications apparatus comprises a baseband processor, radio frequency (RF) generating circuitry, a programmable event controller, and a memory device. The RF generating circuitry and programmable event controller are integrated in the same integrated circuit. The memory device, which may also be embedded in the same integrated circuit as the event controller and RF generating circuitry, is configured to store a sequence of instructions the event controller executes in response to a baseband command. The memory device is also configured to store control parameter data, which the event controller retrieves and uses to enable, disable, select and deselect various devices on the integrated circuit and to set, adjust or modify the operational characteristics of the RF generating circuitry (e.g., band selection and tuning) and other circuitry (e.g., power control circuitry) of the communications apparatus.04-23-2009
20110117901ASYNCHRONOUS COMMUNICATION OVER COMMON PUBLIC RADIO INTERFACE (CPRI) - A distributed radio base station (05-19-2011
20130130669MOBILE DEVICE SESSION SWITCHING - A method includes identifying, by a mobile device, a time, a day, a date or a location, and accessing a database storing first information correlating the time, day, date and location to a personal mode or a business mode for the mobile device. The method also includes identifying, exception information associated with the time, day, date, or location, and identifying user preference information associated with the personal mode and the business mode. The user preference information identifies a background associated with a home screen, icons provided on the home screen, or links to information accessible via the home screen. The method further includes configuring the mobile device in the personal or business mode based on the first information and the exception information, wherein the configuring includes providing, on the home screen, information corresponding to the user preference information associated with either the personal or business mode.05-23-2013
20130130670METHOD FOR OPERATING AN ENERGY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM IN A WIRELESS RADIO NETWORK - For allowing a particularly economic operation of a network with a high degree of energy conservation a method for operating a wireless radio network, especially a radio access network, is claimed, wherein the wireless radio network includes a core network, a number of base stations and at least one mobile host for wireless communication via at least one base station, wherein the method is characterized in that an association of powered on and powered off base stations within definable base station partitions will be arranged in a coordinated manner, thereby maintaining a minimum number or the smallest possible number of powered on base stations being necessary for accommodating a current traffic demand. Further, a network is claimed, preferably for carrying out the above mentioned method.05-23-2013
20130130671AUDIO SYSTEM FOR A MOTOR VEHICLE - An audio system for a motor vehicle is provided. The system includes a radio with loudspeakers for outputting a sound pattern. The radio comprises a data connection with an engine control of the vehicle. The system also includes a mobile telephone with computer functionality, including a data connection with the radio via which audio data is transferable from the mobile telephone to the radio, and further data is transferable from the radio to the mobile telephone. This results in a sound pattern being generated which is an artificial driving noise.05-23-2013
20090054049Telematics system and method of communication - A telematics system and method is provided, wherein the telematics system includes a processor having a core, a cell in communication with the core, and an applications processor in communication with the mobile processor. The system further includes at least one communication channel in communication between the mobile processor and the applications processor, wherein the mobile processor and the applications processor communicate data over the at least one communication channel during normal operation of a telematics system, and the mobile processor and applications processor communicate data over the at least one communication channel when the telematics system is at least one of being developed and manufactured.02-26-2009
20090069001SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR IMEI DETECTION AND ALERTING - A system and method for detecting and storing information regarding a mobile communications device within a mobile communications network. Initially, a first data record is received at a subscriber/device database comprising subscriber/device data. Next, a second data record is received at the subscriber/device database comprising additional subscriber/device data. A first data record of a subscriber may then be compared to a second data record of the same subscriber, and if the first data record is different from the second data record a service provider may be notified.03-12-2009
20130143542Content And RAN Aware Network Selection In Multiple Wireless Access And Small-Cell Overlay Wireless Access Networks - Methods for steering the access technology selection by a mobile device in an overlay Small-Cell and Macro Network, such as UMTS, LTE, CDMA, or WIFI are disclosed. This selection determination is based on the observed, real-time correlated and estimated network congestion, content-awareness, application/service expectations, and other criteria. Methods and procedures to influence network selection or control currently selected networks by propagating real-time correlated and consolidated information on a plurality of Radio Access Technologies to Access Points, or modifying the list of alternative Radio Access Technologies available at a location using standards defined mechanisms and parameters are identified. Additionally, steering content access and delivery through alternative access technologies, based on anticipated network usage by user's service activation, and the knowledge of the type, state and resource usage of a plurality of access networks when a mobile device connects to multiple access technologies through in-band or out-of-band mechanisms is identified.06-06-2013
20130143543METHOD AND DEVICE FOR AUTOMATICALLY SWITCHING A PROFILE OF A MOBILE PHONE - A device and a method for automatically switching profiles in mobile phones based on the environment of a user are disclosed. The device and the method take into consideration various parameters for changing the profile. The parameters include acoustic parameters, accelerometer parameters, network strength and clock time. Based on all these measured parameters the method builds a graphical model. The graphical model is trained for different profiles. Further, as and when the environment of the user changes, the parameters change. Based on these parameters the graphical model is employed to analyze the probability of different states or profiles. Accordingly, the mobile phone is switched from one profile to another automatically.06-06-2013
20130143545BASE STATION APPARATUS AND TRANSMISSION CONTROL METHOD - A base station apparatus, when performing the transmission controls of pico base stations, can perform an appropriate transmission control for each pico base station, while suppressing the increase of the amount of feedback information from a macro terminal to a macro base station and also suppressing the increase of the amount of transmission control information from the macro base station to the pico base station. In this apparatus, a transmission control unit (06-06-2013
20090036110Connecting apparatus, connecting method, and computer product - A large-screen display apparatus recognizes an ID (e.g., user telephone number information) from terminal information, and transmits a telephone connection request to an IC card portable terminal corresponding to the ID. The large-screen display apparatus also transmits an IP telephone connection request to a hotel reception system of a hotel selected by the user of the IC card portable terminal. The large-screen display apparatus connects the user and the hotel system through an IP telephone according to, for example, call control by a third party (3PCC: 3rd Party Call Control).02-05-2009
20090036108User terminal for performing a plurality of applications simultaneously - A user terminal for running a plurality of applications simultaneously is disclosed. In the method for running a plurality of applications simultaneously in accordance with the present invention, a first application is run in a foreground mode in accordance with an inputted first operation start command, and then the operation mode of the first application is switched to a background mode if a mode conversion command is inputted. Then, a second application in accordance with an inputted second operation start command can be run in the foreground mode. With the present invention, a plurality of applications can be run simultaneously in a separate operation mode, maximizing the convenience of the user.02-05-2009
20100330974SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR GENERATING CALENDAR EVENTS ASSOCIATED WITH CONTACT INFORMATION - The described embodiments relate generally to systems and methods for generating calendar events that include contact information. In example embodiments, upon an unanswered incoming call being regarded as a missed call, a calendar event is generated and stored in a calendar database. The generated calendar event includes contact information corresponding to the missed call. The systems and methods also provide notifications based on a scheduled calendar event, wherein the notifications provide an option to directly place an outgoing call to the contact information included in the calendar event.12-30-2010
20110039532METHODS FOR TRANSFER OF USER IDENTITY BETWEEN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION DEVICES - Embodiments of methods are provided for transferring a user identity from one wireless communication device to another in a wireless communication system having a network system controller. A first device sends a deactivation request to the network controller, which includes information identifying the first device and a second device. The second device sends an activation request to the network system controller, which includes the information identifying the second device. The first device also sends repertoire information to the second device via the network system controller. The repertoire information is associated with the first device, and is selected from a group consisting of personal phone books, stored messages, stored recent call logs, and calendar information.02-17-2011
20110039531Method for Announcing a Calling Party From a Communication Device - A system and method are disclosed for announcing a calling party from a communication device. A system that incorporates teachings of the present disclosure may include, for example, a call processing system can have a controller for processing calls in a communication system. The controller can be programmed to detect an incoming call initiated by a third party communication device over a first voice channel, transmit to a communication device over a control channel a notification signal associated with the incoming call, detect a connection made by the communication device to a second voice channel, transmit to the communication device over the second voice channel audio signals that identify a calling party, and link the first and second voice channels upon detecting over the control channel a call acceptance action by the communication device. Additional embodiments are disclosed.02-17-2011
20110039530METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MANAGING PHONEBOOK IN A PORTABLE TERMINAL - A method and apparatus for managing a phone book in a portable terminal are provided. The method includes determining whether at least one of a message and a call is generated for a phone number registered to the phone book, storing information on the at least one of the message and the call by mapping to the phone number and displaying the stored information together when the phone number registered to the phone book is displayed.02-17-2011
20110039529Method And Apparatus For Dynamically Changing The Monitoring Of A Cellular Data Connection - A method and apparatus for changing monitoring of a cellular data connection at a mobile device, the method checking, using a processor at the mobile device, whether the mobile device is connected to both the cellular data connection and an alternative data connection; and if yes, extending the slot cycle or suspending monitoring of a slot for the cellular data connection at the mobile device.02-17-2011
20110039527NETWORK SELECTION AND BASE STATION ACQUISITION WITH OTA PROGRAMMING FOR A VEHICLE TELEMATICS UNIT - A system and method for making vehicle originated calls to a telematics service provider or other call center. The method includes identifying a call type associated with a desired wireless communication of speech or data to the call center, and then carrying out one of a number of different call connection processes depending on the call type. For voice channel cellular connections, an in-band modem cellular connection is preferably established in most instances using a connection retry strategy that includes primary, secondary, and possibly tertiary connection attempts. Cell selection can be carried out using an acquisition task, background scan and inter-country PLMN reselection process that are used to select among available PLMNs and base stations. The system and method can be carried out in connection with various cellular system technologies, but is especially suited for use with GSM systems.02-17-2011
20110039526WIRELESS HANDSET CONNECTIVITY TIME OPTIMIZATION - A system includes a user device configured to communicate with an application server over a network. A plurality of network elements are in communication with one another over the network, and each of the plurality of network elements have at least one parameter representative of network behavior. An adaptive server is in communication with the user device, the application server, and at least one of the network elements. The adaptive server is configured to estimate a connectivity time with the application server based on the parameter.02-17-2011
20110039528VEHICLE TELEMATICS DATA LOGGING - A system and method for data logging of telematics events by a vehicle telematics unit. Upon detection of a telematics event, checks are made to determine if location data logging is enabled and if the telematics event is an incoming personal call. If the location data logging is enabled and the telematics event is not an incoming personal call, then a data log entry is created that includes the current vehicle location; otherwise, a data log entry without any location information is created. Thereafter, the data log entries can be uploaded to a call center for analysis. Procedures for handling data logging during a standby mode of the telematics unit are also provided.02-17-2011
20110009107Systems, Methods, And Devices For Policy-Based Control and Monitoring of Use of Mobile Devices By Vehicle Operators - Systems, methods, and devices for controlling and limiting use of functions, such as calling, texting, chatting, emailing, Internet surfing, and similar applications, on a mobile device when the mobile device is in a moving vehicle, includes use of an on-board computer installed within the vehicle, a transmitter in electronic communication with the on-board computer that periodically transmits speed data of the vehicle to a receiver installed on the mobile device, wherein the mobile device includes suitable software and a rules-based policy that define and control when and which functions of the mobile device are disabled or interrupted by the software when the vehicle is in motion above a minimum threshold speed. Policies are set by default but may be customized for particular individuals, devices, or circumstances. Policies may also be customized for particular groups or subgroups of employees or contractors for company or legal compliance to reduce distracted driving.01-13-2011
20110009106DISPLAY SCREEN AND OPERATION OF SAME - A display screen comprises a receiving module, a control module electronically connected to the receiving module, a backlight drive module, and a backlight module. The receiving module is configured for receiving incoming calls and transmitting the incoming calls to the control module. The control module is configured for converting incoming calls to control signals and transmitting the control signals to the backlight drive module. The backlight module has different operation modes according to the incoming calls. One end of the backlight drive module is electronically connected to the control module, the other end of the backlight drive module is electronically connected to the backlight module. The backlight drive module is configured for driving the backlight module. A method of shining the display screen is also provided.01-13-2011
20110009105SELF-ORGANIZING NETWORKS USING DIRECTIONAL BEAM ANTENNAS - A method for determining whether to reconfigure a self-organizing network (SON) comprising coverage areas each having a BTS and an antenna and mobile units operating in each coverage area. The method comprises: at each BTS, scanning an antenna beam, measuring performance data, and determining whether measured performance data indicates a network reconfiguration; if a result is negative, at a first BTS returning to the step of scanning the antenna beam; if the result is affirmative, selecting one or more of reconfiguring the SON by changing the RF output power of the first BTS, changing an antenna beam pattern of the antenna at the first BTS, changing an antenna tilt angle of the antenna at the first BTS, changing an operating frequency of the first BTS and updating a proximate cell site list of the first BTS.01-13-2011
20110009104METHOD FOR ADAPTING RADIOFREQUENCY SIGNAL SPECTRUM - Method for adapting radiofrequency signal spectrum, particularly in TETRA communications systems. The invention proposes using over-the-air signaling for communications systems according to the TETRA standard, to configure the characteristics of the radiofrequency signal, with the advantage that there is no loss of performance in data transmission speed and no need to change the type of modulation.01-13-2011
20110009109EMOTICON INPUT METHOD FOR MOBILE TERMINAL - There is provided a method of easily inputting icons representing user emotions (emoticons). In the emoticon input method in a mobile terminal, a plurality of 5 emoticons, formed by utilizing a plurality of typical characters and special characters in combination, are grouped and stored by groups in the mobile terminal. The mobile terminal enters an emoticon input mode, displays the stored emoticon groups, displays the emoticons of an emoticon group selected by a user, stores an emoticon selected by the user, and transmits an SMS message including at least one emoticon selected by the user.01-13-2011
20110014905QUERYING A USER OF A MOBILE COMMUNICATION DEVICE - There is provided a method for providing a question to a user of a mobile communication device connected to a mobile communication network. An exemplary method comprises receiving a command in the mobile communication device via the mobile communication network, the command specifying a question to be presented to the user of the mobile communication device. The exemplary method also comprises passing the command to an application of the mobile communication device, the application controlling the mobile communication device to present the question to the user within a standard graphical environment provided by the mobile communication device. The exemplary method additionally comprises receiving a user input via the application, the user input being made at the mobile communication device in connection with the presentation of the question. The exemplary method further comprises instructing the mobile communication device, via the application, to the send an answer to the question via the mobile communication network, the answer corresponding to the user input.01-20-2011
20110014903METHOD FOR IDENTIFYING A TELECOMMUNICATIONS SUBSCRIBER - The present invention relates to a method for identifying a telecommunications subscriber. According to the method, a call from a second telecommunications device (MFG01-20-2011
20100178908COMMUNICATION DEVICE AND METHOD FOR MANAGING COMMUNICATON DATA - A communication device and method for managing communication data include acquiring communication data of the communication device, searching the storage system for communication data of a selected contact according to an inputted name of the selected contact. The communication device and method further include generating a communication report of the selected contact according to the searched communication data of the selected contact, displaying the communication report on a display of the communication device.07-15-2010
20100159908Apparatus and Method for Modifying Device Configuration Based on Environmental Information - A system for reconfiguring a mobile device based on environmental input is disclosed. The mobile device uses various components, including camera, microphone, and accelerometer, to gather data about the local environment. The system uses these components, separately or together, to determine the level of activity of the local environment. If the system determines that there is little activity in the local environment for a specified period of time, it enters low presence mode. In low presence mode, the system reconfigures the mobile device. The reconfiguration may include pausing or stopping applications, changing the device's volume settings, redirecting incoming telephone calls or text messages, or deactivating individual hardware components.06-24-2010
20110117900METHOD, APPARATUS AND COMPUTER PROGRAM PRODUCT FOR PRESENTING CALL RELATED MESSAGES TO A USER - A method is provided for transmitting a communication request to a user device of a first communication type, receiving a message during the communication request or within a predetermined amount of time after the communication request, of a second communication type. If the message received is from the user device, then it may be immediately presented or displayed. If the message is not from the user device, then it is precluded from being presented until the communication request is completed. The first communication type may be in the form of a voice call and the user device may be a mobile phone. The second communication type may be a text message, E-mail, or other mode of communication that differs from the first communication type.05-19-2011
20100144331TEMPORALLY LIMITED MOBILE DEVICE CONTACT INFORMATION - Archiving mobile device contact information as a function of occurrence of one or more temporal conditions is provided herein. By way of example, contact information stored in an active contact list of a mobile device can be associated with a temporal condition, such as frequency of use, or location of the mobile device, or the like. If the temporal condition is met, the contact information is archived at remote data store and/or passive portion of mobile device memory. Once the temporal condition is no longer met, the contact information can be re-downloaded into active memory and incorporated into the active contact list. As a result, aspects of the claimed subject matter provide for organizing a mobile device contact list according to temporal condition(s) to provide added efficiency and to manage such information according to a determinable situational context.06-10-2010
20110086629METHOD AND APPARATUS ALLOWING FOR USER-SELECTABLE ACOUSTIC EQUALIZER SETTINGS FOR VOICE CALLS - A user is allowed to select an acoustic equalizer setting from among a plurality of predetermined acoustic equalizer settings. Upon receiving an indication of a selection of a given acoustic equalizer setting, a handheld telephony device processes voice call downlink audio, based on the given acoustic equalizer setting and drives an audio output device with the processed audio signal.04-14-2011
20110086628METHODS, SYSTEMS, AND COMPUTER READABLE MEDIA FOR DYNAMICALLY AND CONDITIONALLY SETTING SERVICE TRIGGERS IN A COMMUNICATIONS NETWORK - Methods, systems, and computer readable media for dynamically and conditionally setting service triggers in a communications network are disclosed. According to one aspect, a system for dynamic and conditional trigger insertion includes a dynamic trigger insertion (DTI) rules database for maintaining conditions or rules for dynamic trigger insertion and a DTI screening module for receiving a first mobility management message that is associated with a mobile subscriber, using the DTI rules database to determine whether a condition or rule for dynamic trigger insertion is satisfied, and, in response to determining that a condition or rule for dynamic trigger insertion is satisfied, generating a second mobility management message that includes a dynamically inserted trigger condition.04-14-2011
20090088143MOBILE TERMINAL, METHOD OF DISPLAYING DATA THEREIN AND METHOD OF EDITING DATA THEREIN - A mobile terminal, method of displaying data therein and method of editing data therein are disclosed, by which an alignment sequence of data can be changed. The present invention includes a touchscreen displaying a first data and a second data thereon and a controller, if the second data is touched and dragged to the first data, the controller generating a single data file using the first and second data in a specific sequence based on a dragged position of the second data.04-02-2009
20110098028METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR UPDATING A MOBILE DIALING NUMBER OF A TELEMATICS-EQUIPPED MOBILE VEHICLE - A method and system for updating a mobile dialing number of a telematics-equipped mobile vehicle is disclosed herein. The method involves generating, via a processor operatively associated with an automated system at a call center, a mobile dialing number update trigger in response to an event. The call center is in selective and operative communication with an activated telematics unit having a first mobile dialing number. The method further includes recognizing the mobile dialing number update trigger via the automated system; and in response to the recognizing initiating a mobile dialing number update routine via the automated system. The automated system then selectively automatically updates the first mobile dialing number with a second mobile dialing number in response to the mobile dialing number update routine.04-28-2011
20100136960Control software for unlocking relocking cellular telephones - Cellular telephone handsets often include electronic or software coding that “locks” them to a specific wireless network. Provided herein, is a method for provisioning locked handsets by unlocking them from their established network and relocking them on a new cellular network. The handset is connected in communication with the control process, identified, and provisioned. The method allows for provisioning of multiple models and brands to be provisioned from different carriers and to different carriers. It further allows multiple handsets to be provisioned simultaneously. During the process, the handset may be sensitivity tested. Further, the identification portion of the method can be used in conjunction with phone support tools beyond the provisioning process.06-03-2010
20100227603METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR FACILITATING A COMMUNICATION BETWEEN AN ACCESS POINT BASE STATION AND A NEIGHBORING BASE STATION - Aspects are disclosed for self-configuring an access point via a backhaul connection. A backhaul connection is established between an access point base station and a neighboring base station. Information associated with an external neighbor parameter is then received via the backhaul connection, and an internal neighbor parameter is self-configured based on the external neighbor parameter.09-09-2010
20100003972Advanced System And Method For Dynamically Discovering, Provisioning And Accessing Host Services On Wireless Data Communication Devices - A system and method for pushing a service book to a mobile device is provided. A service book includes a plurality of fields relating to a host service. At least one mobile device is identified that is to receive the service book. Wireless propagation information is provided that identifies an address for the mobile device to receive the service book. The service book is transmitted over a wireless network using the address for the mobile device, and is received by the mobile device.01-07-2010
20110086627CALL NOTE MANAGEMENT ON COMMUNICATION DEVICE - Displaying call note information on a communication device having stored thereon telephone call log information identifying telephone calls made to or from the communications device, the telephone call log information including the time and date of the telephone calls, wherein associated call note data is stored on the communications device for at least some of the telephone calls, including: detecting an input at the communication device requesting display of a call note history; and displaying on a display of the communication device, after detecting the input, a call note history list that lists telephone calls from the telephone call log information that have associated call note data stored on the communications device, wherein the telephone calls in the call note history list are listed according to the time and date of the telephone calls.04-14-2011
20110086626Speaker activation for mobile communication device - In one embodiment, an apparatus includes a mobile communication device configured for operation in a first operating mode wherein a speaker function is off and a second operating mode wherein a speaker function is on. The mobile communication device includes a position sensor for detecting placement of the mobile communication device in a specified position and a controller for switching the mobile communication device between the first and second operating modes based on input from the position sensor. A method for speaker activation at a mobile communication device is also disclosed.04-14-2011
20110086625Devices, Systems and Methods for Managing Custom Alpha Tags - Devices, systems and methods are disclosed for a subscriber of services on a network to display a custom operator name or alpha tag on the subscriber mobile communications device. The custom alpha tag (or operator name) is selected or defined by the subscriber via an interface on a communications device, and a custom operator name request is submitted to a provisioning logic on the network. The provisioning logic communicates with a business rule logic on the network, the business rule logic being configured to retrieve and/or update a first account associated with the subscriber with the custom operator name. A billing logic within a billing subsystem may be invoked to debit a second account associated with the subscriber. A programming logic on the network then updates one or more mobile devices with the custom alpha tag. The several logic units may be part of an Over-the-air (OTA) platform on the network.04-14-2011
20100069054COMMUNICATIONS DEVICE HAVING A COMMUTE TIME FUNCTION AND METHODS OF USE THEREOF - Apparatuses and methods to operate a commute time function of a communications device are described herein. In one embodiment, the commute time function is automatically activated based on an event and is then performed by (i) determining an up-to-date commute time based on commute information and (ii) displaying or speaking the up-to-date commute time on the device. In one embodiment, triggered by and before the occurrence of a calendar event, a device obtains a current commute time (based on the commute information and based on current traffic conditions). In this embodiment, the device reschedules the calendar event based on the current commute time, by sending an update to the contacts with whom the user is to meet that indicates a change to the calendar event. Other embodiments are also described.03-18-2010
20110244844MOBILE TERMINAL DEVICE, METHOD OF OPERATION NOTIFICATION, AND PROGRAM OF OPERATION NOTIFICATION - A mobile terminal device includes: input sensing means for outputting an operation signal when sensing an operation on an input device; operation determining means for determining that a long-period operation is performed in the case where a period for which the input sensing means outputs the operation signal is not less than a predetermined period, and determining that a short-period operation is performed in the case where the period for which the input sensing means outputs the operation signal is less than the predetermined period; and user notifying means for performing notification in a different mode by changing an operating mode of notifying means, depending on whether the operation determining means determines that the long-period operation is performed or determines that the short-period operation is performed.10-06-2011
20100056126Communication Method, Communication System, Communication Terminal Apparatus and Base Station Apparatus03-04-2010
20090036109WIRELESS COMMUNICATION TERMINAL, TRANSMISSION FUNCTION ADJUSTING METHOD AND TRANSMISSION FUNCTION CONTROL PROGRAM FOR USE IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION TERMINAL - To provide a wireless communication terminal enabling to reduce the load on a mobile communication network and saving upstream wireless resources.02-05-2009
20100056128AUDIO FILE EDIT METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MOBILE TERMINAL - A file edit method and apparatus that allows editing and utilizing various audio files stored in the mobile terminal in an intuitive manner are provided. An audio file edit method for a mobile terminal includes executing an audio file edit application in response to a touch event detected on a touch screen, selecting at least one audio file to be edited by means of the audio file edit application in response to a touch event detected on the touch screen, displaying an oscillation graph representing the at least one audio file within an oscillation window, selecting a part of the oscillation graph in response to a touch event detected on the touch screen, and displaying the selected part of the oscillation graph within an edit window.03-04-2010
20100056127System and Method for Application Layer Widgets for Mobile Devices - A communication system includes a wireless device and a computer server that is in communication with the wireless device. The computer server is adapted to receive at least one parameter associated with the wireless device and to select at least one widget that is optimized to be run on the wireless device. The widget is transmitted to the wireless device. A method of selecting a widget that is best suited for a mobile device platform is also disclosed.03-04-2010
20100056124SYSTEM AND METHOD OF PROVIDING MODE CHANGES TO WIRELESS DEVICES - A method of providing mode changes to wireless devices is provided. The method may include receiving a request from a wireless device to connect with a network device and sending a signal to the wireless device to enter a location defined mode.03-04-2010
20100056123INTER-SECTOR CONTROL CHANNEL TRANSMISSION - Provided is a more efficient manner of transmitting a control message to reach into a neighboring sector (e.g., inter-sector) of a wireless network environment. The control message can be utilized for purposes such as handoff, indicating an amount of interference, inter-sector power control for managing inter-sector interference, sector loading, or other control messages. The control message can be placed on a set of resources utilizing planned reuse and/or statistical reuse. Statistical reuse includes selecting a subcarrier set for carrying the control message. According to some aspects, the control message can be sent over a backhaul channel.03-04-2010
20100069053System and Method For Transactional Application Lifecycle Management For Mobile Devices - The present disclosure relates to networks and lifecycle transaction management of mobile devices. There is provided a system and method for managing the lifecycle of applications on mobile devices. The system has components for implementing a method comprising the steps of creating a transaction context comprising a transaction command, sending the transaction context in a transaction context message to a plurality of mobile devices, and evaluating an ending scenario based on transaction statuses of the plurality of mobile devices.03-18-2010
20090117889METHODS AND SYSTEMS FOR HANDLING SOFTWARE OPERATIONS ASSOCIATED WITH STARTUP AND SHUTDOWN OF HANDHELD DEVICES - Systems and methods for improving software operations on startup. A system and method can provide for the storage of volatile memory contents of an application upon shutdown of a mobile device, and restoration of the contents upon startup.05-07-2009
20100062755Handling of Dynamic Neighbouring Cell Relations Using a TimeToLive Concept - The present invention relates to a network element such as a base station controller, for a cellular network comprising one or more cells being served by at least one transceiver for enabling communication sessions with a mobile cellular terminal. The element comprises communication means adapted for communicating with other network nodes. The element further comprises register software adapted for creating, configuring and/or removing information about the cell on which a communication session is running and its relationship to at least one neighbouring cell to which a running communication session can be transferred and resource management software adapted for managing the communication session between the transceiver and the terminal. The element is further characterized in that the register software is adapted for creating and/or configuring a counter value on each relationship to a neighbouring cell, which value limits the time or number of events the neighbouring cell can be part of so that when the counter value corresponds to a removal value the relationship is removed.03-11-2010
20100062752AREA-BASED POSITIONING METHOD IN MOBILE COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - A positioning method in a SUPL based position information (positioning) system, and particularly a positioning method capable of variously efficiently performing an area-based positioning (location tracking) performed by a location server or a mobile communications terminal when the location server and the mobile communications terminal respectively manage triggers generating the area-based positioning.03-11-2010
20110098027System and method for spectrum split for 1X and HRPD operations of femtocell - A femtocell management system can configure a femtocell base station in a wireless communications network. The femtocell management system determines a list of carriers available per a technology type, without operator action, on per county basis using the county carrier information, Macro database information and resource configuration table. The femtocell management system transmits the list of carriers available per a technology type to the femtocell base station and list of common carriers used by Macro base stations on a county level. The femtocell base station can receive this information and can select an operation carrier from the list of carriers available per a technology type on a county level. The femtocell base station also can use the list of carriers to determine locally available carriers. If no available carriers exist, the femtocell base station can select an operation carrier based on common carriers used by Overlay Macro base stations.04-28-2011
20090209243Message Filter Program For A Communication Device - A communication device is configured to receive messages. The communication device may comprise a display screen upon which messages are displayed. A microprocessor configured to execute at least one message management program on the communication device, filters incoming messages. The message management program comprising a message filter application filters received messages based on a comparison of sender identification data associated with a received message to approved sender identification data.08-20-2009
20100069055METHOD AND DEVICE FOR RESTRICTED ACCESS CONTACT INFORMATION DATUM - A method in a mobile communication device and a network for transmitting, receiving, and processing a user-accessible contact information data entry in a contact information storage medium (03-18-2010
20110081898DETERMINING WHETHER SYSTEM INFORMATION CAN BE REUSED AND MANAGING SYSTEM INFORMATION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present disclosure relates to determining whether system information can be reused and managing system information in a wireless communication system. A wireless communication device may read and compare a physical cell identity and specific system information of a target component carrier with the physical cell identity and specific system information of a source component carrier to determine whether generic system information needs to be read or can be reused. A base station may determine whether a change in system information impacts generic system information and specific system information. The base station may update a data control variable such that it is synchronized for particular sets of component carriers.04-07-2011
20110098029SENSOR-BASED MOBILE SEARCH, RELATED METHODS AND SYSTEMS - A smart phone senses audio, imagery, and/or other stimulus from a user's environment, and acts autonomously to fulfill inferred or anticipated user desires. In one aspect, the detailed technology concerns phone-based cognition of a scene viewed by the phone's camera. The image processing tasks applied to the scene can be selected from among various alternatives by reference to resource costs, resource constraints, other stimulus information (e.g., audio), task substitutability, etc. The phone can apply more or less resources to an image processing task depending on how successfully the task is proceeding, or based on the user's apparent interest in the task. In some arrangements, data may be referred to the cloud for analysis, or for gleaning. Cognition, and identification of appropriate device response(s), can be aided by collateral information, such as context. A great number of other features and arrangements are also detailed.04-28-2011
20110250875LOCATION-BASED APPLICATION PROGRAM MANAGEMENT - Methods, program products, and systems for location-based application program management are described. A mobile device can receive a first application program to be executed in an application subsystem. The first application program can be configured to be invoked or notified when the mobile device is located at a defined location. The mobile device can register the first application program to a second application program that executes in a baseband subsystem. The mobile device can set the application subsystem to a power-saving operating mode. The second application program can monitor a current location of the mobile device. When the mobile device is currently located at the defined location, the second application program can set the application subsystem to an active operating mode, and invoke the first application program.10-13-2011
20110076997System And Methods For Data Communications In A Wireless Communication System - In one embodiment, a method of operating a mobile device comprises receiving an enable message at the mobile device, the enable message being indicative of a pending message to be retrieved; opening an application at the mobile device subsequent to the receiving of the enable message; and sending a fetch message to retrieve the pending message, the sending occurring pursuant to the opening of the application.03-31-2011
20110076996Automatic short messaging system and/or call suspension for wireless devices in motion - Automatic suspension of call and/or short text message service for a mobile device in motion. The speed of the wireless device is obtained or detected, and compared with a predetermined speed threshold to determine whether the speed has reached or exceeded the predetermined speed threshold. If so, suspension of a text messaging service is automatically triggered in response to the speed exceeding or reaching the threshold. Emergency call and/or text messaging capabilities may be retained even during suspension of service. An indication of the service suspension may be displayed on the mobile device. Suspension of the relevant service may be maintained for a predetermined period of time to provide a hysteresis so that when the device momentarily stops but is generally still in a driven situation, the service(s) remain suspended. The wireless device may permit a user to temporarily disable the suspension of service for a given period of time.03-31-2011
20110081899Mobile Device Panic Function with Recordability - Devices, systems and methods are disclosed which relate to recording a conversation on a portable communications device. This allows the user to press a panic button or a series of buttons on their portable communications device to begin recording the conversation. This conversation may be stored on a memory of the portable communications device or in a network in communication with the portable communications device. With the conversation recorded, there is a record of what was said during the call. This record may later be used if necessary.04-07-2011
20110081897DYNAMIC RECONFIGURATION OF CELL SITE SERVICE(S) - The described subject matter relates to an architecture that can dynamically update or set facility variables for adapting cell site (e.g., base station) characteristics in a wireless communication network. In particular, based upon a current configuration or state of facility equipment as well as various operation data, the architecture can determine or infer a reconfiguration of a facility variable that can adjust the configuration or state of the facility equipment. The reconfiguration can be directed to improving efficiency, mitigating errors, and/or more effectively providing services and allocating resources.04-07-2011
20110070875WIRELESS COMMUNICATION APPARATUS, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORK AND SOFTWARE UPGRADING METHOD - A base station control portion selects one or multiple signals in accordance with the state of radio waves from signals received through multiple communication paths. A wireless communication apparatus communicates with a wireless terminal and a wired communication network at multiple frequencies. In response to a request for software upgrading from a network management device, the wireless communication apparatus selects one frequency, controls the state of transmission waves of a wireless interface such that a communication path in which a communication service is being provided can be switched to another communication network without interruption, rewrites software for each wireless interface to software received through a wired interface in advance, and returns the state of transmission waves of the wireless interface. Thus, the software can be upgraded without blackouts of the communication service to the wireless terminal.03-24-2011
20110070874DYNAMICALLY SELECTING A CELL RANGE OF A BASE STATION - Method and system for dynamically selecting a cell range of a base station connected to User Equipments, according to the distances between each of the User Equipments and the base station, and the percentage of a maximum baseband capacity of the base station used by connections with the User Equipments.03-24-2011
20110151853COMMUNICATION DEVICE FOR LIMITING DATA TRANSITION AND COMMUNICATION METHOD THEREOF - A communication device includes a switch, a sensor, a controller, an indication module and a wireless communication module. When the communication device is in a safety mode, the sensor detects a velocity of the communication device when an incoming call of the communication device is received, the wireless communication module communicates with at least one terminal by answering the incoming call. When the velocity exceeds a preset threshold value after a buffer time, the controller terminates the communication.06-23-2011
20110151852I am driving/busy automatic response system for mobile phones - A cell phone which has been modified by the addition of software which responds to the press of one or more Busy keys by automatically sending a pre-typed text message to the sender of the latest text message just received or automatically answering an incoming call immediately upon pressing the Busy key and playing a pre-recorded audio message. The outgoing text or audio message can inform the sender of the incoming text or the caller that the user is driving or otherwise engaged and cannot respond immediately. In some embodiments, one or more Busy keys can be added keys or one or more existing keys on the cell phone or on the keypad of the cell phone or on a touchscreen or a visual depiction of a keypad on a touchscreen of the cell phone. In some embodiments, only the text of the automated reply message is entered automatically, and all other commands to launch the SMS service, select the text message to reply to and send the automated reply message are manually given.06-23-2011
20110151851Methods and Communication Devices Configurable for Silence Mode and Exceptions to the Silence Mode - The disclosed are methods and communication devices include a user interface configured receive input to place the device in silence mode and to make exceptions to the silence mode and an indicator to provide an announcement that there is data stored related to incoming communications so that even when the device in silence mode, the user may not miss important notifications. The exceptions to the silence mode include at least one of receipt of an identified communication signal, an identified application indication or an identified event notification. The disclosed methods and communication device may further include a sensor to that the processor will provide an indication whether there is data stored related to detect a user action with respect to the device so incoming communications since a silence mode commenced. The disclosed methods and devices may provide a user choice in how to control incoming communications of the mobile device.06-23-2011
20110053573FUNCTION UPDATING SYSTEM AND FUNCTION UPDATING METHOD - A function updating system and function updating method enabling a user to recognize what functions are installed in a mobile terminal of a communicating party, by automatically notifying the functions in the mobile terminal and updating the address book with the functions. When a mobile terminal (03-03-2011
20100311402METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PERFORMING SOFT SWITCH OF VIRTUAL SIM SERVICE CONTRACTS - A system and method for providing updated rules governing the switching of enabled provisioning data supporting a wireless service contract. A mobile device may be initially programmed with a profile data table and priority list index data table to automatically enable provisioning data supporting one of the plurality of service providers stored in a VSIM internal memory unit to conduct a wireless communication when certain operational parameter values are satisfied. The profile data table and priority list index data table may be automatically updated in response to a variety of triggers. The profile data table and priority list index data table may be stored remotely. Operational parameters regarding each call request are collected and transmitted to a remote service contract selection server. The selection of an optimal service provider account may be made remotely in the service contract selection server and transmitted back to the mobile device.12-09-2010
20110256856UE Detach - The present invention relates to a method for closing all network connections to a detached user equipment. The local mobility anchor (LMA) receives and reads a control message saying that the user equipment is detached and all the network connections must be closed. The LMA performs the instructions in the control message, i.e. closes all the network connections to the user equipment. After the instructions have been executed, the LMA sends an acknowledgement back to indicate which actions have been performed. Thus, the closing of all network connections is done using only one message exchange and thereby saving signalling in the Core Network.10-20-2011
20090023434Jurisdiction based parameter setting for wireless transceivers - Low cost semiconductor manufacturing techniques have provided consumers with a wide range of electronic devices supporting communications according to multiple standards. These electronic devices will be deployed within many operational jurisdictions, particularly with roaming features, such as Japan, Europe, Asia-Pacific, South America and North America. However, operational compliance requirements can vary substantially with these different jurisdictions. Current electronic devices are designed, manufactured, calibrated and operated according to a specification providing compliance with broad range of operational jurisdictions despite the performance limitations this applies in many of the operational jurisdictions. Accordingly, there is provided a method of dynamically configuring the electronic device based upon a geographically based determination of the operational jurisdiction from global navigation systems data received by the electronic device. Based upon the determined operational jurisdiction, the operational parameters of a device's communication interfaces are adjusted for improving performance and efficiency of the device within these jurisdictions.01-22-2009
20090023433METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR UTILIZING AND MODIFYING USER PREFERENCE INFORMATION TO CREATE CONTEXT DATA TAGS IN A WIRELESS SYSTEM - A Wireless mobile communication (WMC) device may be utilized to generate and/or maintain multimedia data files. Context data tags may be utilized to tag the generated multimedia data files to enable convenient identification of multimedia data files. Context data tags may comprise time/date stamps, subject, and/or location attribute. User preference information that is unique to the WMC device and/or a specific device user may be utilized to create context data tags for multimedia data files. The user preference information may be modified and/or updated. Modifications and/or updates of user preference information may be based on post-processing operations, biometric information, and/or self-learning techniques that may comprise operations performed on the multimedia data files. Post-processing operations may be performed on multimedia data files in the WMC device and/or a remote device. Tagged multimedia data files may be re-tagged based on modification to user preference information and/or post-processing operations.01-22-2009
20090023432METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR TAGGING DATA WITH CONTEXT DATA TAGS IN A WIRELESS SYSTEM - A wireless mobile communication (WMC) device may be utilized to generate and/or maintain multimedia data files. Context data tags may be created to tag the generated multimedia data files, enabling identification of multimedia data files without directly accessing the contents of the multimedia data files. Context data tags may comprise such attributes as time/date stamps, location, subject, environment, scheduling, and/or biometric information. The WMC device may maintain user preference information, which is unique to the WMC device capabilities and/or to a specific device user. The user preference information may be utilized to specify attributes that may be utilized in creating context data tags for multimedia data files. The user preference information may be maintained in the WMC device and/or externally. Tagging operation may be performed dynamically, and a remote device may be utilized to perform tagging operations and/or to maintain the user preference information.01-22-2009
20090023431Systems and Methods for Communicating with a Network Switch - Systems and methods for communicating with a network device are provided. In this regard, a representative system, among others, includes a network switch associated with a telecommunications device; and a wireless interface device that wirelessly communicates with the network switch, the wireless interface device being configured to obtain information associated with the network switch and display at least a portion of the information obtained on a display device. A representative method, among others, for communicating with a network switch includes establishing a wireless link between the network switch and a wireless interface device; obtaining information associated with the network switch by the wireless interface device via the wireless link; and displaying at least a portion of the information obtained on a display device of the wireless interface device.01-22-2009
20110212715Dynamic Switching Between Software and Hardware Graphics Rendering for Power Consumption - An apparatus and method for providing a user interface are provided. The method includes determining a status of the mobile terminal, and rendering a user interface using one of the software mode and the hardware mode based on the status of the mobile terminal. Accordingly, because a hardware mode provides a high quality user interface but requires more power as compared to the software mode, the mobile terminal is able to reduce power consumption by automatically switching to the software mode based on the status of the mobile terminal.09-01-2011
20120202476METHOD OF ACTIVATING A DEVICE - A method of activating a device involves establishing communication between the device and another device and receiving, at the other device, a message including activation information from a third party facility. The activation information includes a header and a mobile dialing number. The method further includes using the header to identify the message as an activation message for the device and, via the device, retrieving the identified message from the other device. The mobile dialing number is stored in a memory associated with the device, where the mobile dialing number enables the third party facility to initiate communication with the device.08-09-2012
20110212716MOBILE COMMUNICATION METHOD AND SERVER DEVICE - A mobile communication method according to the present invention includes step of determining to change a manager of a radio base station from a first network device to a second network device, step of notifying the first network device and the second network device of the determination result, step of transmitting a reset request to the radio base station, step of performing reset operation by the radio base station, step of notifying the radio base station of address information of the second network device and step of connecting to the second network device by the radio base station using the notified address information.09-01-2011
20090318124MOBILE DEVICE MANAGEMENT THROUGH AN OFFLOADING NETWORK - System(s) and method(s) are provided for management of content in a mobile device. Content can be firmware associated with mobile functionalities, or data a mobile can process. To effect a content update, a first network platform that serves a multimode mobile device through a first radio access network (RAN) can facilitate establishment of an end-to-end tunnel to the multimode through a second RAN associated with a second network platform; the first network platform can then push the content update to the multimode mobile through the second RAN. Typically the second RAN employs a distinct radiofrequency band than the first RAN; thus the content update is offloaded from traffic in the first wireless network. Content updates can be signaled through the first RAN and implemented upon end-to-end tunnel establishment to the first network platform through the second RAN. Moreover, said updates can be scheduled according to a network-configured subscriber update profile.12-24-2009
20090280788Method, device or computer program for enabling communication from a remote party to a user of a device while the user participates in an active application at the device - A method, a device and a computer program for enabling communication from a remote party to a user of a communications device while the user participates in an active application at the communications device, including receiving at the communications device data relating to a communication from the remote party; and displaying at least a portion of the received data as an integral part of the active application while the user participates in the active application.11-12-2009
20090239517MOBILE TELEPHONE HAVING CHARACTER INPUTTING FUNCTION - A mobile telephone having character inputting function, having a display and a plurality of button for inputting characters is disclosed. A first pressing of one button among the plurality of button for inputting characters and a second pressing or releasing of the same one button are done for determining a character. A plurality of character is assigned to each one of the plurality of button for inputting characters. The input from each one of the plurality of button for inputting characters is determined among said plurality of character/string assigned to the same button, according to a time period between the first pressing and the next second pressing or releasing of the same button. After the first pressing, said plurality of character/string that consists of candidates for the input is newly displayed on the display, wherein a candidate character that will be inputted if the second pressing or releasing was done at that point of time is made visually distinguishable from other candidate.09-24-2009
20110177803Card device for loading applications to a mobile device - A system for loading application identifiers to a mobile device includes a mobile device, a card device insertable into the mobile device, and an application center. The card device is adapted to determine an effective mobile device identifier of the mobile device, and transmit the effective mobile device identifier to the application center. The effective mobile device identifier is based at least in part on the result of a process performed by the card device. The application center is adapted to (1) determine zero or more allotted application identifiers and zero or more application identifiers of applications loaded on the mobile device based at least in part on the effective mobile device identifier, (2) identify at least one application identifier of the zero or more allotted application identifiers which does not form part of the zero or more application identifiers of applications loaded on the mobile device, and (3) load the at least one application identifier to the mobile device.07-21-2011
20110177802CONTEXT-AWARE MOBILE INCORPORATING PRESENCE OF OTHER MOBILES INTO CONTEXT - A first mobile device (for example, a cellular telephone) learns of the presence of second mobile devices (for example, other cellular telephones) that are located nearby the first mobile device. A relatively short range wireless communication mechanism (for example, Bluetooth) of the mobile devices may be used to discover other nearby devices automatically by establishing direct mobile-to-mobile communications without use of the cellular telephone functionality of the mobile devices. Regardless of how the presence of other nearby mobiles is detected, information on the presence of these nearby mobiles can be matched with other information on the users of the nearby mobiles such as user class information. The collected information is then used as an input to a context-aware functionality. The context-aware functionality applies a rule that causes the first mobile to be configured in a way that is better suited the situation and/or to who the other nearby cellular telephone users are and what they are doing.07-21-2011
20090029691Base station initiated proximity service discovery and connection establishment - The normal roles of wireless stations and wireless access points in initiating the establishment of wireless connections may be reversed without the need for changes in the network interfaces for either the station or access point device. This capability may be used to allow wireless devices acting as access points, but on which service clients operate, to initiate the establishment of a connection with a station, on which a wireless service provider operates. Discovery of services between wireless devices can be provided prior to establishing a connection between the devices. A service client device providing access point functionality may broadcast an invitation for service advertisements and then receive service advertisements from relevant service providers acting as wireless stations. An information element may be included as part of periodically broadcast administrative messages to wirelessly convey an invitation for service advertisements. In response to a service advertisement, the access point may send to the wireless station an invitation to connect, prompting the wireless station to begin to establish a connection according to a wireless communication protocol.01-29-2009
20080242286SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR LEARNING BASED DEVICE MANAGEMENT - The present disclosure relates generally to systems and methods for learning based device management. In one example, the method includes identifying functions available on a mobile device and determining a usage pattern for each of the functions. A determination is made as to whether each of the functions is to be monitored based on the function's usage pattern, and a device management profile is generated that defines monitoring parameters for each of the functions to be monitored.10-02-2008
20110256855Method for base station to obtain radio capability information of user equipment in long term evolution system - A method for a base station to obtain radio capability information of a User Equipment (UE) in long term evolution system comprises that: a mobility management entity sends an initial context setup request message to the base station, and the base station determines whether the received initial context setup request message contains an Information Element (IE) of forbidden inter radio access technologies; when contains, the base station writes the radio access technology types which are not included in the IE of forbidden inter radio access technologies into a query message, and sends the query message to the UE; otherwise, the base station writes all radio access technologies supported by protocol into a query message and sends the query message to the UE; after receiving the query message, the UE sends the UE radio capability information of radio access technologies supported by the UE itself to the base station. The above method avoids the blindness of writing query message for the base station, which reduces the overhead of the air interface, thereby shortens the connection delay of the UE in the long term evolution system.10-20-2011
20080214171Mobile communication system and mobile terminal having function of inactivating mobile communication viruses, and method thereof - The present invention provides a mobile communication system and method for inactivating or curing mobile communication viruses. The mobile communication system for inactivating a virus includes: a database associated with the mobile communication system, for storing at least one virus vaccine program; and a virus monitoring unit associated with the mobile communication system, for checking virus infection of received data, analyzing virus information, choosing one of virus vaccine programs that are stored in the database and inactivating the virus. Virus vaccine programs are timely updated over the air (OTA) whenever a new version of vaccine program is available.09-04-2008
20080214169Method and Arrangement in a Telecommunication System - A method for comparing configurations in a telecommunication system comprises switching S09-04-2008
20120202475Lightweight Application Level Policy Management For Portable Wireless Devices Under Varying Network - Devices and methods are disclosed which relate to dynamically adapting network policy on a wireless communications device to account for changes in network environment. These network policies are enforced, at least in part, at the device level, as opposed to solely at the network edges. The network policy is broad so as to encompass changes in network environment, such as increases and decreases in available bandwidth and presence or absence of security.08-09-2012
20080254783MOBILE TERMINAL AND METHOD FOR DISPLAYING IMAGE ACCORDING TO CALL THEREIN - A mobile terminal and a method for displaying an image in the mobile terminal. The method includes registering a counterparty's image in a counterparty's phone number information, extracting an image containing the counterparty's image based on the registered image, and displaying the registered image and the extracted image. At least one image from the registered image and the extracted image may be selected and displayed, wherein the at least one selected image may be displayed by sequentially changing the displayed image according to a rule. The mobile terminal and the method enable the mobile terminal to display various images associated with a counterparty, thus providing user satisfaction and eliminating an inconvenience of requiring the user to change an image.10-16-2008
20080254781SYSTEM AND APPARATUS FOR SILENCING COMMUNICATION DEVICES - A system and method for silencing communication devices is disclosed. A system that incorporates teachings of the present disclosure may include, for example, a silencing system having a controller element to transmit an RF signal to an RF receiver of a mobile communication device. An audible alerting function of the mobile communication device can be adjusted in response to the RF signal. Additional embodiments are disclosed.10-16-2008
20080254784DYNAMIC RECONFIGURATION OF RESOURCES THROUGH PAGE HEADERS - Methods and systems for reconfiguring communications systems are provided. In one embodiment, a radio head interface for a communications system comprises: a first interface for communicating with a signal processing module digitally performing waveform processing to modulate and demodulate radio signals; a second interface for communicating with a radio head for transmitting and receiving wireless radio signals; a first buffer coupled to the first interface for receiving a page of data from the signal processing module, the page of data comprising a page header for communicating reconfiguration parameters and a plurality of digital radio frequency samples representing a modulated radio signal; at least one digital frequency converter coupled to the second interface; and a configuration management unit, the configuration management unit adapted to receive the reconfiguration parameters from the page header and reconfigure the at least one digital frequency converter based on the reconfiguration parameters.10-16-2008
20080254780Automated Application-Selective Processing of Information Obtained Through Wireless Data Communication Links - The present invention provides a method for automated application-selective processing of data by a portable processor based terminal device and the portable processor based terminal device enabled to perform the aforementioned method. The data is receivable wirelessly from an external counterpart data provision entity. One or more content data is extracted from the wirelessly received data. Then it is checked whether an application, which is currently carried out on the portable processor based terminal device, is applicable or compatible with the one or more content data and in case a content data is applicable with the current running application, the content data is supplied to the application, which processed on the supplied content data accordingly.10-16-2008
20100330973METHOD AND DEVICE FOR PROGRAMMING INTER-(SUB) SYSTEM INTERFACE IDENTITY DATA AT A UNIT OR INDIVIDUAL SUBSCRIBER - A method and device enables programming inter-subsystem interface (ISSI) identity data, which identifies at least one of units or groups operating in a communication network, into at least one unit associated with a first radio frequency subsystem. The method includes receiving the ISSI identity data at the first radio frequency subsystem from an ISSI communication node, wherein the ISSI identity data identifies at least one of unit information or group information associated with a second radio frequency subsystem operating in the communication network. At least a portion of the ISSI identity data is then programmed into the at least one unit associated with the first radio frequency subsystem.12-30-2010
20110009108METHOD FOR PRESENTING TARGET INFORMATION DURING CALL CONNECTION SEQUENCE - An information presenting method is provided for presenting target information by a first communication device during a call connection sequence. Firstly, target information is pre-downloaded to and stored in first communication device. When a call request issued by the user to the second communication device is detected by the first communication device, the target information is automatically presented. When a connection completing signal issued from the second communication device is detected by the first communication device, the information segment that is being presented is completely presented, and then the presentation of the target information is stopped. As such, normal communication between the user through the first communication device and the receiver through the second communication device is permitted.01-13-2011
20110009110PROCESSING METHOD, SYSTEM AND APPARATUS FOR COMPONENT INSTALLATION - A processing method, a system, and an apparatus for component installation are disclosed herein. The processing method includes: receiving a component from a server; and determining operations to be performed on the received component according to state information set for a removed component or information about the removed component. After the component is removed, the state information of the removed component or information about the component is set and stored, and the operations to be performed on a subsequent component are determined accordingly, thus preventing repeated installation of the removed component. Moreover, a deadline of storing the removed component information is set so that the information about the component can be removed automatically upon arrival of the deadline.01-13-2011
20110014904METHOD FOR PROVIDING SUPPLEMENTARY SERVICE CONTROL MENU AND SYSTEM TO PROVIDE THE SUPPLEMENTARY SERVICE CONTROL MENU - A system to provide a supplementary service control menu includes an information collection unit to collect state information associated with a supplementary service; a level determination unit to determine a level of the supplementary service using the state information; a menu building unit to generate an identifier (ID) of the supplementary service and to build the supplementary service control menu; and a menu display unit to display the built supplementary service control menu including the supplementary service having an effect associated with the level on a screen. A method for providing the supplementary service control menu includes collecting state information associated with a supplementary service; determining a level of the supplementary service; generating an ID of the supplementary service; building the supplementary service control menu including the generated ID; and displaying the supplementary service control menu including the supplementary service having an effect associated with the level.01-20-2011
20110053581METHOD OF ADJUSTING EVENT PROMPT DEGREE, AND MOBILE ELECTRONIC DEVICE AND COMPUTER PROGRAM PRODUCT USING THE SAME - A method of adjusting an event prompt degree and a mobile electronic device and a computer program product using the same are provided. In the present method, whether at least two detection regions of the mobile electronic device simultaneously detect a touch when the mobile electronic device executes a vibration prompt corresponding to an event is determined, wherein the detection regions are independent of each other. A vibration intensity of the vibration prompt is reduced when the detection regions simultaneously detect the touch. Thereby, continuous vibration prompt is prevented from bothering other people.03-03-2011
20110053580System and Method for Reusing Mobile Phone Numbers - The invention is a method and system for reusing mobile phone numbers so that they can be used in providing “short-term subscriptions” of a mobile network operator (MNO). Firstly, a pool of free MSISDNs for short-term subscriptions is reserved. Whenever a user requests a short-term subscription, a free MSISDN is reserved from the pool; a pre-determined n-digit number is selected; that n-digit number is appended to the reserved MSISDN, giving a new MSISDN; that new MSISDN is assigned to the user; the new MSISDN is assigned to an IMSI (in the HLR of the MNO); and the user is provided with a SIM card having said IMSI associated with the new MSISDN.03-03-2011
20110053579Method for SIM Card Replacement - Method for SIM card replacement, aimed to obtain the functionality of a first SIM card storing a real IMSI number associated to a real MSISDN (MSISDN03-03-2011
20110053578CENTRALIZED CONTROL OF MULTIPLE SERVICES - An apparatus comprising means for associating at least one service with a hub application; means for displaying an application window comprising a at least one service view; means for associating at least one service with a service view; means for receiving information from a source; means for processing said information to generate result information; and means for distributing said result information to at least one of said at least one service.03-03-2011
20110053577METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR COMMUNICATING BY VIBRATING OR MOVING MOBILE DEVICES - Methods and systems enable mobile devices to receive communications and inform users about received communications by vibrating based on a vibration pattern. The mobile device may inform a user about the type of communication, the identity of the communicator and the content of a message by generating vibrations according to preset vibration patterns. Vibration patterns may be implemented according to Morse code. The mobile device may also receive commands and instructions from the user in the form of accelerations (e.g., tapping or patting) of the mobile device. The mobile device may translate the accelerations into acceleration pattern data which may be compared to stored patterns or templates to determine a corresponding command. The mobile device may execute the command and verify the execution.03-03-2011
20110053576Automatic Profiler - An application called the Automatic Profiler used in a cell phone environment that enables the profile of the cell phone to automatically adjust according to preprogrammed settings. The program will allow the user to initially set-up/program specific times when the individuals' cell phone will transition from one profile to another. A profile being defined as the setting that the unit responds to alerts/stimulus etc. (not only limited to calls).03-03-2011
20110053575METHOD OF ACTIVATING A DEVICE - A method of activating a device involves establishing communication between the device and another device and receiving, at the other device, a message including activation information from a third party facility. The activation information includes a header and a mobile dialing number. The method further includes using the header to identify the message as an activation message for the device and, via the device, retrieving the identified message from the other device. The mobile dialing number is stored in a memory associated with the device, where the mobile dialing number enables the third party facility to initiate communication with the device.03-03-2011
20110053574MULTIPLE USER PROFILES AND PERSONAS ON A DEVICE - A mobile device is configurable to accommodate multiple personas and associated profiles. Once the mobile device is triggered to configure itself with a selected persona/profile, no more information is required by a user (the provider of the trigger) of the mobile device. Each persona/profile is autonomous from any other persona/profile with which the mobile device can be configured. A persona is indicative of a personality, role, or identity portrayed by the device, such as a phone number, for example. A profile is indicative of functions associated with a persona. The mobile device is easily reconfigured via simple UI operations.03-03-2011
20110028139MOBILE COMMUNICATION DEVICE CONTROL METHOD - A mobile communication device, including but not limited to cell phones and personal digital assistants, has one or more functions disabled when, from within the device, it is determined that the device is moving at a speed above a speed threshold. An internal application controls such devices from within the devices, especially for turning them off when their users are driving a vehicle.02-03-2011
20110028138METHOD AND APPARTUS FOR CUSTOMIZING A USER INTERFACE MENU - Methods and apparatus enable a mobile device to suggest available applications or features in which a user may be interested to the user based upon the user's past and current mobile device usage patterns. The mobile device may monitor the specific application/features used and their frequency of use. The mobile device may determine other available applications/features that the user may be interested in using based upon the frequency of use of applications or features and information which indicates a likelihood of user interest in one application or feature based upon usage of another application or feature. Applications or features determined to be potentially of interest to the user may be presented to the user in the form of suggestions to be added to the user interface menu so that the user can elect to accept or rejection the suggestion to modify the menu.02-03-2011
20100285788Method and System for Optimizing the Configuration of a Wireless Mobile Communications Network - A method of upgrading a wireless mobile communications network deployed in the field, including capturing network events from the wireless mobile communications network; obtaining network simulation data from an automated network simulation planning tool; combining the captured network events and the network simulation data to derive diagnostic indicators adapted to evidence criticalities in a current network configuration; and modifying the current network configuration to overcome the criticalities.11-11-2010
20100285787Telephone directory data memory device having near field communication function and method for managing telephone directory data - A telephone directory data memory device includes: a communication line connecting element for coupling with a cell phone having a telephone directory data; a memory for storing the telephone directory data; a controller for controlling a memory status of the telephone directory data in the memory; and a telephone number obtaining element for obtaining a new telephone number of a new cell phone. The memory stores a correspondence relationship between the ,telephone number and the telephone directory data. The controller controls the memory to maintain the correspondence relationship when a first predetermined condition is met in a case where the telephone directory data is stored in the memory. The first predetermined condition is met when a first operation input element receives a first operation of the user.11-11-2010
20100285786MOBILE TERMINAL AND PROGRAM - The environment around mobile phone handset 11-11-2010
20100285785METHOD AND USER INTERFACE APPARATUS FOR MANAGING FUNCTIONS OF WIRELESS COMMUNICATION COMPONENTS - A method and a user interface apparatus for managing functions of wireless communication components are provided. The present method displays a plurality of status bars respectively representing the wireless communication components on a screen of a communication device and arranges the status bars to form a management interface, wherein each of the status bars corresponds to a status switching region and displays a plurality of function icons of usable functions of the corresponding wireless communication component. Then, the communication device detects a selection operation from a user. When the selection operation is selecting the status switching region, an activation status of the wireless communication component corresponding to the selected status switching region is switched. When the selection operation is selecting the function icon, a function corresponding to the selected function icon is executed. Accordingly, the present invention provides a convenient way for the user to manage the wireless communication components.11-11-2010
20110070873Method for Telephony Client Synchronization in Telephone Virtualization - A method for synchronizing telephony applications running on different system software images is provided. When a telecommunications session is conducted by a first telephony application, the first telephony application controls the state of the telecommunications session through a signaling protocol stack executing on the same system software image as the first telephony application (or on a virtualization layer). The present invention allows the sharing of the signaling protocol stack by multiple telephony applications running on different system software images.03-24-2011
20110028137END OF CALL SERVICES - A method may include receiving user preference information associated with display of content items. A triggering activity may be identified at a user device. Context information associated with the user device may be determined. A content item may be selected for display on the user device from a plurality of available content items based on the user preference information and the context information. The selected content item may be displayed on the user device.02-03-2011
20100323678MOBILE COMMUNICATION DEVICE AND METHOD FOR SWAPPING MIFARE APPLICATIONS - A mobile communication device (12-23-2010
20100323679System and Method for Temporarily Reconfiguring a Communications System to Provide Selected Services - A system and method for temporarily reconfiguring a communications system to provide selected services are provided. A method for temporarily providing selected services by a cell of a communications system includes receiving a first command, changing an operating mode of the cell responsive to the first command, and indicating the operating mode to a first selected device and a first non-selected device. The cell operating in the operating mode serves the first selected device based on the first command, and the first non-selected device is a selected device prior to the change in the operating mode and is capable of accessing the cell before the cell changes the operating mode responsive to the first command and is not capable of accessing the cell after the cell changes the operating mode responsive to the first command.12-23-2010
20100323680METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR SINGLE-STEP ENABLEMENT OF TELEPHONY FUNCTIONALITY FOR A PORTABLE COMPUTER SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for automatic delivery of a phone call on an electronic device regardless of whether other tasks are running on the operating system. A separate background task (“thread”), independent of the operating system, enables telephony functionality without regard to the mode of a graphical user interface. The background task is always active and functions to respond to an incoming call even if the user is in a graphical user interface window that requires some input from the user (e.g. the graphical user interface is blocked).12-23-2010
20100330972DYNAMIC CONTACT LIST DISPLAY - A dynamic contact list for a mobile device presents address book contacts in varying arrangements based on external factors. The mobile device may receive a request to display a contact list and may retrieve a sort procedure for the contact list. The sort procedure may be based on a user's prior selections from a group of contact sort rules. The mobile device may retrieve a list of contact identifiers and other information associated with each contact identifier that is applicable to the sort procedure. The mobile device may then apply the sort procedure to the list of contact identifiers and to the information associated with each contact identifier so as to displaying a sorted list of contact identifiers based on the applied sort procedure.12-30-2010
20100167714WIRELESS HANDSET VEHICLE SAFETY INTERLOCK DATABASE - A method and database management system for controlling the operability of a mobile communications device. A geographical location of a vehicle may be determined. A database comprising records correlating location information with mobile communications device laws may be accessed. Based upon the determined geographical location and accessed database record, a determination may be made as to whether the use of a mobile communications device within the vehicle should be restricted. The capabilities of the mobile communications device that are currently available may be configured, in response to the restriction determination.07-01-2010
20100120407USER REGISTRATION FOR WIRELESS SERVICE ON MOBILE COMPUTING DEVICE - A mobile computing device comprises a display, a radio device and a processing device. The radio device is configured to provide connectivity with a wireless network. The processing device is configured to provide a screen on the display to collect a user registration data and to send the user registration data wirelessly via the wireless network to a server computer to register the user for a wireless service from a service provider.05-13-2010
20100075649MOBILE DEVICE DYNAMIC BACKGROUND - A mobile device dynamic background is described. In embodiment(s), a mobile device includes selectable controls via which a selectable input can be received to initiate activation of an operational state of the mobile device. A background image that corresponds to the operational state of the mobile device can be determined, and a current display on the mobile device can be changed to display the background image that is determined to correspond to the operational state when the selectable input is received.03-25-2010
20120309378MOBILE TERMINAL DEVICE, OPERATION PROCEDURE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND OPERATION COMMUNICATION METHOD - An operation procedure communication system includes an information processing device for communicating an operation procedure and an information processing device for receiving the operation procedure. The information processing device for communicating the operation procedure includes: an operation acquisition unit for identifying and storing an input applied to an own terminal device and various states of the own terminal device in a period from application of a first predetermined operation to application of a second predetermined operation; an operation conversion unit for converting operation log stored by the operation acquisition unit to a text and/or a file to be reproduced as depiction; and an operation procedure transmission unit for transmitting an operation explanation acquired by the conversion by the operation conversion unit via communications means. The information processing device for receiving the operation procedure includes an operation procedure presenting unit for presenting the operation explanation which is transmitted from the information processing device for communicating the operation procedure and acquired via the communications means to a user.12-06-2012
20120309377OVER-THE-AIR DEVICE CONFIGURATION - Methods, program products, and systems of over-the-air device configuration are disclosed. In general, in one aspect, a mobile device can determine, in an application subsystem of the mobile device, that the mobile device requests an initial setup. The application subsystem can send a request to a baseband subsystem of the mobile device. The request can include an indicator specifying that the baseband subsystem is to operate in a service configuration mode. The mobile device can request the configuration information from a registration server using the baseband subsystem that operates under the service configuration mode. Requesting the configuration information from the server can include connecting to the server over the air using a cellular network, through a specified carrier and under a specified data transfer cap. The mobile device can then configure the mobile device using configuration information received from the server.12-06-2012
20120309376BASEBAND ON-BOARD LOCATION MONITORING - Methods, program products, and systems for baseband location monitoring and related functions are disclosed. A mobile device can monitor its own current location using its baseband subsystem and decide whether to selectively activate its application subsystem based on whether particular conditions are satisfied by the current location. The mobile device can also correlate location and cellular signal information using its baseband subsystem and provide the correlated location and cellular signal information to a server. The server can receive the correlated location and cellular signal information from the baseband subsystems of a large number of widely distributed mobile devices and generate respective profiles of cellular network base stations that transmitted the cellular signals to the mobile devices. The profiles of the cellular network base stations can be used by the server in fulfilling subsequent positioning requests from mobile devices that do not currently have the baseband location monitoring enabled.12-06-2012
20120309375Automatic Control Of Rate Of Notifications For UMTS And Other Simultaneous Voice/Data Networks - A system and method for automatically controlling the rate of updates for data applications running on a mobile device. The method includes monitoring the data applications running on the mobile device, determining the data applications that receive updates to the mobile device, detecting the set-up of a voice call, and adjusting the time between updates based on the detecting step. The detecting step may include detecting an input by a user, detecting a call set-up request by the mobile device, or detecting that the mobile device is positioned near a head of a user. The determining step may include measuring the time between updates to the data application or detecting a signal from the data application indicating that updates may occur or detecting a signal from the data application indicating that automatic updates of the data application are enabled. The adjusting step may include lengthening the time between updates or suspending updates to the data application during a voice call.12-06-2012
20120309374Identity Management for Mobile Devices - A method of managing identities for use in a mobile telecommunications device in a telecommunications network has the following features. The identity management process is triggered and one or more parameters of a currently available mobile telecommunications network detected. An identity database is searched—each record in the identity database comprises an identity and additional identity information for each identity. The additional identity information includes the one or more parameters. The identity management process involves selecting an identity when a first record comprising the one or more parameters detected is found in said searching and modifying an active identity of the mobile telecommunications device to be the selected identity when the active identity is not already the selected identity. This process can be carried out by a subscriber information module of a mobile telecommunications device.12-06-2012
20090203369APPOINTMENT APPLICATION FOR USE IN ELECTRONIC EQUIPMENT - A method, device and computer program for coordinating a communication session between an individual and a user of a portable communication device. A portable communication device is provided having an appointment application program stored in memory. The appointment application program includes a queue indicative of a plurality of contacts that are required to contact an associated user of the portable communication device during a predetermined period from an authorized contact number. When the user of the portable communication device 08-13-2009
20090203368AUTOMATED RECORDING OF VIRTUAL DEVICE INTERFACE - The present invention provides a means for automated interaction with a Mobile Device to create a graph of the menu system, Mobile Applications, and Mobile Services available on the Mobile Device. The information recorded in the graph can then be played back interactively at a later time. In order to build a graph in this automated fashion, the physical Mobile Device is integrated with a Recording/Control Environment. This environment has a Device Interface, which has the ability to control the user interface of the Mobile Device and record the resulting video and audio data from the Device. An automation Crawler uses the Device Interface to navigate the Mobile Device to unmapped states. A State Listener monitors the data coming to and from the Mobile Device and resolves it to a single state, saving new states to the graph as needed.08-13-2009
20090197585Quality of Service for Grouped Cellular Devices - Embodiments described herein provide for improving quality of service in a cellular network. A group of cellular devices is identified. Quality of service mechanisms are identified. A quality of service plan for coordinating an execution of quality of service mechanisms by the group is determined. The quality of service mechanisms are applied to the group of cellular devices in accordance with the quality of service plan.08-06-2009
20090197584Controlling Portable Digital Devices - A system for controlling usage of a portage digital device (08-06-2009
20100190483MOBILE TERMINAL DEVICE - A mobile terminal device having a ringing device includes a first control unit configured to be activated at a first activation time after power on; a second control unit configured to be activated at an activation time that is later than the first activation time; and a sound source configured to output a ringing sound in accordance with a program instruction, based on activation of the first control unit.07-29-2010
20100190482INSTALLATION NOTIFICATION METHOD, INSTALLATION NOTIFICATION SYSTEM, AND INSTALLATION NOTIFICATION SERVER - A mobile terminal is notified of information indicating that an operator pack or the like is downloadable, without need for a user of the mobile terminal to perform any active operation and without need for the mobile terminal to be preliminarily equipped with an extra function for automatic installation. An installation notification system 07-29-2010
20110263237APPARATUS, AND ASSOCIATED METHOD, FOR ASSIGNING POLICY SETTINGS TO A MOBILE STATION - An apparatus, and an associated method, automatically calculates and assigns policy settings to be implemented at mobile stations. Information is collected relating to groups, such as groups within an enterprise, to which users of the mobile stations are members. Policy-setting conflicts between different groups, if the user is a member of more than one group, are reconciled, and the policy settings that are assigned are of reconciled settings.10-27-2011
20110263239MOBILE STATION, MOBILE COMMUNICATION METHOD AND NETWORK DEVICE - A mobile station (UE) according to the present invention includes a CSG cell management unit (10-27-2011
20100022232Systems for Providing Wireless Account Feature Notifications to Mobile Communication Devices - Systems and methods for providing wireless account calling feature indications to a device are described. Feature indications are provided to inform a user of the device that an incoming call or outgoing call is eligible for an account calling feature based on whether the conditions for the calling feature to apply are currently met. The feature indications are provided to a display of the device and/or to a speaker of the device.01-28-2010
20110217968Changing settings of a mobile terminal - A device enabling a change of settings of applications is implemented in a mobile terminal. In order to facilitate a change of such settings, the device comprises a storage portion for storing a plurality of configurations. Each stored configuration is associated to at least one location and each stored configuration defines settings for applications implemented in the mobile terminal. The device further comprises a controlling portion for receiving information on a current position of the mobile terminal, for retrieving automatically a configuration associated to a location identified by the position information from the storage portion, and for changing settings of applications implemented in the mobile terminal according to the retrieved configuration. The device can be either a mobile terminal, or a module for a mobile terminal. The invention relates equally to a corresponding system and to a corresponding method.09-08-2011
20120302225Remote Control of Electronic Devices - A controlling device (e.g., a telephony device) can remotely control various tasks associated with a controlled device (e.g., a personal computer), including the navigation of user interfaces associated with applications or an operating system associated with the controlled device. A task can be controlled at the controlled device by mapping user input received at the controlling device to control commands suitable for execution at the controlled device.11-29-2012
20120302223Selective Prioritization of Voice Over Data - Systems, methods, and computer-readable media are described herein for allowing a user or a service provider to selectively prioritize voice communications over data communications. By selectively prioritizing voice communications over data communications, the number of dropped calls in the mobile telecommunications network can be significantly reduced.11-29-2012
20120302222METHODS AND APPARATUS TO ASSOCIATE A MOBILE DEVICE WITH A PANELIST PROFILE - Methods and apparatus are disclosed to associate a mobile device with a panelist profile. An example method includes initializing a metering application on the mobile device to operate with partial functionality, parsing a message log with the metering application to identify an installation message, extracting a telephone number from the installation message and saving to a memory of the mobile device, sending an initialization message based on the extracted telephone number to prompt an authorization message, and enabling full functionality of the metering application in response to receiving the authorization message.11-29-2012
20120302221Methods and Systems for Self-Tuning Network Search Algorithms - Systems and methods provide a method for accessing a radiocommunication system. The method includes: selecting one of a plurality of access configurations, wherein each access configuration includes a plurality of software modules; executing the selected one of the plurality of access configurations on a processor of a user equipment (UE); determining a result of the execution of the selected one of the plurality of access configurations; and associating the result of the execution of the selected one of the plurality of access configurations with the selected one of the plurality of access configurations.11-29-2012
20090170494SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR PROVISIONING SERVICE FLOWS IN BROADBAND WIRELESS ACCESS COMMUNICATION - Disclosed is a system and a method for provisioning service flows in broadband wireless access communication. In a broadband wireless access communication system, if a base station receives a registration request message from a mobile station, and if the base station inserts information about service flows to be provisioned by a base station into a registration response message and transmits the registration response message to the mobile station after the registration request message is received, the mobile station determines if the mobile station transits into a normal operation mode corresponding to the information and exactly recognizes a time point at which the mobile station goes into the normal operation mode.07-02-2009
20090029692Predictive computer network services provisioning for mobile users - A predictive network service provisioning method uses personal schedule information of a user [01-29-2009
20110117902METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SWITCHING MODES - A method of switching operation modes in a mobile device is provided. The method includes receiving current location information; determining an on-the-map location corresponding to the current location information; extracting a location property of the determined on-the-map location; and setting an operation mode of the mobile device based on the extracted location property.05-19-2011
20110117903DEVICE AND METHOD FOR DISABLING MOBILE DEVICES - An arrangement for disabling suitably equipped mobile devices senses at least one of: acceleration, jerk, velocity, position, orientation relative to a vehicle location trend, and orientation of a direction of motion. Position and orientation sensing elements are becoming increasingly prevalent in mobile devices, be they cell phones, smart phones, portable Internet devices, portable wireless devices, mobile Internet devices, Portable Navigation Devices (PND), iPhones, tablet computers, iPads, or Portable Digital Assistants (PDA). Although the operation of which while driving is illegal in many jurisdictions, mobile devices continue to be used by drivers of motor vehicles. Common perception is that it is dangerous to divide one's attention to activities other than the task of operating motor vehicles, while driving. The present invention discloses a device and method of exploiting intricacies of vehicle movement trends by processing to sufficient fidelity as to permit extraction an indication of location with respect to vehicle, of a navigating portable wireless device and temporarily disable. The disclosure teaches use of at least one of: acceleration, jerk, velocity with sufficient fidelity, and differentiation of position updates with sufficient fidelity.05-19-2011
20120208517IDENTIFYING THE LOCATION OF MOBILE STATIONS - A user of a first mobile station, which is lost either in silent mode or switch-off mode may send a ‘Find-Me’ message to the first mobile station from a second mobile station. The first mobile station, after receiving the ‘Find-Me’ message, may power-on the first mobile station enabling the first mobile station to receive voice call and messages. Also, if the first mobile station is in silent mode, the first mobile station may change the profile of the first mobile station from a silent to a regular-noisy mode. The user of first mobile station may call-up the first mobile station and identifies the location of the first mobile station by tracking the ringing sound. The first mobile station may send a location message to the second mobile station in response to receiving the ‘Find-Me’ message that may be used to identify the location of the first mobile station.08-16-2012
20100234006SYSTEM AND METHOD OF DETECTING A SLEEPING CELL IN A TELECOMMUNICATIONS NETWORK - A node in a telecommunications network having a number of cells is informed of a sleeping cell. Within the telecommunications network, information of a potential sleeping cell detected by a user equipment (UE) operating in the telecommunications network is sent to the node. The UE may determine that the cell is a potential sleeping cell upon failing to receive a response from the cell after a specified number of Radio Resource Control attempts. The node determines whether the potential sleeping cell is a sleeping cell. A status of the sleeping cell is confirmed as an actual sleeping cell in the network, and the node sends an alarm alerting the network of the sleeping cell. A self-healing action may be automatically performed on the sleeping cell.09-16-2010
20100009668SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR CUSTOMIZING FUNCTIONS OF A MOBILE PHONE - A system and method for customizing functions of a mobile phone provides different operation modes for different users of the mobile phone. The system and method further provides different function features under the different operation modes.01-14-2010
20110136482METHOD FOR OVER-THE-AIR PERSONALIZING OF CHIP CARDS IN TELECOMMUNICATIONS - The invention relates to a method for commissioning and personalizing a subscriber identification module SIM, wherein the SIM is set up with a non-individual and preliminary set (S*) of initial identifying and authenticating parameters prior to first commissioning, said set comprising at least one non-individual and preliminary subscriber identification (IMSI*) and a non-individual and preliminary secret key (K*), wherein the parameter set (S*) allows first commissioning of the SIM in a mobile telecommunications network by means of a mobile terminal device, wherein personalizing is performed after the first commissioning of the SIM, in that an individual and final subscriber data set (S) is transferred to and stored on the SIM, particularly comprising a unique final subscriber identification (IMSI) and a unique final secret key (K), particularly in that the final subscriber data set (S) is transferred by means of a regular connection of the mobile telecommunications system using the preliminary set (S*). The number of potential preliminary subscriber data sets is prescribed and is particularly much less than the total number of subscriber identification modules (SIM) equipped with said data sets. It can also be reused cyclically. The final subscriber data set is first stored after the mobile terminal device confirms that the personalization process was successful. Otherwise, the personalization request is automatically repeated, or the personalization data are sent again.06-09-2011
20090253422METHOD FOR READING DYNAMIC SYSTEM INFORMATION BLOCKS - In a wireless mobile communications system, a method of controlling or updating system information included in system information blocks (SIBs). The mobile communication system allows the network (i.e., RNC) to trigger the terminal (i.e., UE) to apply new timer values and information values independently of whether the UE has read the timer and/or values of the SIBs based on a previous timer values.10-08-2009
20120040657Distributing an Application - A network node comprising an input, a processor and an output, the processor being coupled to the input and the output; the input and output both being connected to at least one network; in which the processor is arranged so as to receive from the input an executable application and an associated set of requirements for the application, in which the processor is arranged to determine, on receipt of an application and the associated set of requirements, a set of destination network nodes which are reachable through at least one network, to which the output is connected based upon the requirements and to send the application to the destination nodes through the output. Thus, an application can be distributed through a telecommunications network specifying only the requirements that a destination network must satisfy, rather than the addresses of the destination network nodes. Furthermore, the application can be transferred between network nodes should user equipment move through the network.02-16-2012
20120040656ELECTRONIC DEVICE AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING THE WORKING MODE THEREOF - An electronic device includes a display, a location-positioning module, a timer, a storage unit. The location-positioning module detects a current location. The timer determines current time. The storage unit includes a mode switch module. The mode switch module controls a current working mode based on the current location or the current time.02-16-2012
20120040655Cell Phone Based Tampon Monitoring System - A cell phone based tampon monitoring system features a tampon with a sensor in it, a sensor hub in a wired signal connection with the sensor and in a wireless signal connection with a cell phone. Software installed on the cell phone initially identifies the sensor hub upon connection of a fresh tampon, communicates with the sensor hub via a secondary wireless port of the cell phone, processes the received signals, and utilizes the cell phone's user interfaces to privately inform the tampon user and/or telephone forward logged sensor data to a remote third party device. By utilizing conventional cell phones, women may simply and privately monitor their currently inserted tampon and get timely forecasts and alerts. Through ongoing use, a wealth of information about menstruation cycle and other related health issues may be utilized by women and/or their doctors without having to carry along any extra device.02-16-2012
20120040654APPARATUS, AND AN ASSOCIATED METHOD, BY WHICH TO ACTIVATE A WIRELESS DEVICE FOR A TEMPORARY PERIOD - An apparatus, and an associated method, for providing secured effectuation of a communication service at a substitute mobile station. A user desiring temporarily to use a substitute mobile station to carry out the communication service initiates a request at the mobile station for its use. The communication service is available to be performed at the substitute mobile station for a selected period. Upon termination of the selected period, the communication service session ends, and data associated with the communication service session is deleted from the substitute mobile station.02-16-2012
20120040658METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SECURE IMMEDIATE WIRELESS ACCESS IN A TELECOMMUNICATIONS NETWORK - A wireless telephone and messaging system provides Secure Immediate Wireless Access (SIWA) to wireless telephones onto existing wireless networks. The SIWA protocol uses existing wireless network messaging to exchange information between wireless devices and a network server, referred to herein as an Intelligent Service Manager (ISM). The ISM acts as a gateway between wireless devices and wireless service provider, and provides the wireless devices with an immediate limited or unlimited access to the wireless network. The ISM can also deny access to the wireless network from unauthorized wireless devices.02-16-2012
20110319064METHOD AND DEVICE WITH DYNAMIC DORMANCY12-29-2011
20110319065METHOD AND APPARATUS TO LIMIT PERIODIC UPLINK TRANSMISSIONS - In accordance with an exemplary embodiment of the invention, there is at least a method, apparatus which may include operations that result from operation of computer program code, and a plurality of coupled logic circuit elements constructed to carry out the associated functions for, in response to signaling received from a network access node, prematurely terminating operation of a timer running on a user equipment, the timer being used to control how long the user equipment is considered uplink time aligned, and performing operations defined to be executed upon the timer expiring. Further, in accordance with an exemplary embodiment of the invention there is signaling a user equipment to prematurely terminate operation of a timer running on the user equipment, the timer being used to control how long the user equipment is considered uplink time aligned, and reserving an uplink resource for the user equipment.12-29-2011
20120252423FEMTO PARAMETER PROFILES BASED UPON NEARBY ACCESS POINT - A system and methodology that facilitates efficiently and accurately defining operating parameters for a femto access point (FAP) is provided. In particular, during provisioning of the FAP, the system obtains operating parameters utilized by a nearby FAP expected to have a substantially similar radio environment as the provisioning FAP. Moreover, weighting is applied to the nearby FAP to determine which set of operating parameters to utilize at the provisioning FAP. Accordingly, pre-existing operating parameters, optimized by the nearby FAP are employed to augment initial network listen measurements performed at the provisioning FAP, and thus improve speed and accuracy of initial FAP parameter provisioning.10-04-2012
20120252424MANAGING MOBILE COMMUNICATION IDENTITY - The disclosure addresses technology for identifying a mobile subscriber integrated services digital network number (MSISDN) of a mobile communication device in an extended enterprise voice network comprising the mobile device, an enterprise server, a private branch exchange (PBX), and a service management platform (SMP). The need to determine an MSISDN is detected. At least one of disable calling line identification restriction at the mobile communication device, and enable calling line identification restriction override at the SMP is implemented. The SMP is contacted from the mobile communication device. The incoming contact is identified at the SMP. The MSISDN is transmitted to the mobile device from the SMP. The transmitted MSISDN is written to the SIM card.10-04-2012
20120046019SYSTEM, METHOD AND COMPUTER READABLE MEDIUM FOR RESTRICTING MOBILE DEVICE SERVICES - In a mobile communications network one or more altered service zones may be defined. When a location aware mobile device enters an altered service zone, an application executing in the mobile device can alter the services of the device that are available to users. In one example, text or other screen-intensive services of a mobile device may be restricted or altered to voice based services as a user of the device drives through a school zone.02-23-2012
20120046021DYNAMICALLY CONFIGURABLE IP BASED WIRELESS DEVICE AND WIRELESS NETWORKS - A wireless communication and control system including a wireless device. There is a central server for storing communication protocols and control protocols and communicating the communication protocols and selectively communicating the control protocols between the wireless device and the central server. A communication protocol configures the system for communication and control protocols configure the system as one of a selection of intelligent appliance controllers. Alternately the control protocols configure the system as one of a selection of Internet terminals. The wireless device is any hand-held communication device, such as a hand-held computing device, wireless telephone, or cellular phone.02-23-2012
20120115454Timer Configuration Method and Related Communication Device - A timer configuration method for a core network in a wireless communication system is disclosed. The timer configuration method comprises receiving a mobility management request from a mobile device; and setting a mobile reachable timer to a value no less than a back-off timer value when the core network rejects the mobility management request with the back-off timer value.05-10-2012
20120208515Cross-Technology Coverage Mapping System and Method for Modulating Scanning Behaviour of a Wireless User Equipment (UE) Device - A method for modulating scanning behavior of a wireless user equipment (UE) device includes determining a geographic area location where the wireless UE device is located and responsive to determining that a radio access technology (RAT) previously available in the geographic area location is not currently available, modifying the frequency of searches for the radio access technology. A corresponding wireless user device is also shown.08-16-2012
20120208516METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SENDING A MESSAGE FROM A WIRELESS DEVICE - A method, apparatus, and computer-readable media for sending a message from a multi-mode wireless device in a multiple communication mode environment. A preferred communication mode is selected from a plurality of communication modes supported by the wireless device. A preferred message service is selected based on contents of the message and the preferred communication mode. Then, compatibility of the preferred message service with an active communication mode of the wireless device is determined If the preferred message service is compatible with the active communication mode, the message is sent by using the preferred service according to the active communication mode.08-16-2012
20120009913FEMTOCELL ACCESS NODE, FEMTOCELL SYSTEM, AND DATA TRANSMISSION METHOD FOR THE SYSTEM - A femto cell connection node, a femto cell system, and a data transmission method of the system are disclosed.01-12-2012
20120009912METHOD, APPARATUS AND SYSTEM FOR CONTROLLING SELF-OPTIMIZATION SWITCH - Embodiments of the present invention disclose a method, an apparatus, and a system for controlling a self-optimization switch. By using technical solutions provided in embodiments of the present invention, enabling and disabling of self-optimization can be controlled, and a state of the self-optimization switch can be obtained. A technical solution provided in embodiments of the present invention is as follows: A method for controlling a self-optimization switch includes: obtaining a target state of a self-optimization switch; and sending a setting command that includes the target state to a managed unit, where the setting command instructs the managed unit to change the state of the self-optimization switch to the target state.01-12-2012
20120009910APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR APPLYING CIPHERING IN A UNIVERSAL MOBILE TELECOMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - Apparatus and a method for ciphering messages in mobile telecommunications system user equipment and network are disclosed. The apparatus is arranged to store a plurality of current ciphering configurations and/or a plurality of old (previously applied) ciphering configurations and/or a plurality of new (future) ciphering configurations. Thus different ciphering configuration may be applied at different times and for different radio bearers.01-12-2012
20120252428METHOD FOR OPERATING A MOBILE COMMUNICATION DEVICE AND MOBILE COMMUNICATION DEVICE - A mobile communication device having the capability of using the Internet does the same depending on a situation. For example, in the home country, to which a flat rate applies, larger amounts of data are downloaded during Internet use than in foreign countries, to which a flat rate does not apply. Corresponding situation profiles can be set by a user. The Internet can then be used in a cost-optimized manner.10-04-2012
20120252429METHOD FOR CONFIGURING A PLURALITY OF PARAMETERS IN A DEVICE - The present invention concerns a cellular device access point device and a method at a cellular access point device for configuring a set of parameters at the cellular access point device comprising receiving and storing a set of identifiers and a set of parameters values, each identifier corresponding to a different set of parameters values, receiving, from a cellular management system, an identifier corresponding to an environment where the cellular access point device is located, and setting the parameter to the values corresponding to the identifier.10-04-2012
20120252427BROAD QUALITY OF SERVICE OPTIMIZATION USING POLICY-BASED SELECTIVE QUALITY DEGRADATION - Devices, methods and computer-readable media for providing broad quality of service optimization using policy-based selective quality degradation. Data associated with a quality of service for customers and QoS policy rules are stored. Customers are grouped for potential degradation. Levels of degradation are defined for each type of user device. Degradation for the group of customers is optimized using policy rules. Degradation is adjusted to account for variations in user treatment within the group. The adjusted degradation is then implemented.10-04-2012
20080207187Multimode Mobile Terminal With Automatic Selection of Interface of Radio Access Network During a Service Session - The invention concerns a radio communication mobile terminal (MS) comprising: i) an operating system (OS), ii) at least one internal application (IA08-28-2008
20120015641CONTROL SYSTEM, MOBILE TERMINAL DEVICE, CONTROLLED DEVICE, CONTROL METHOD, AND COMPUTER-READABLE NON-TRANSITORY RECORDING MEDIUM STORING CONTROL PROGRAM - Provided are a control system, a mobile terminal device, a controlled device, a control method, and a computer-readable non-transitory recording medium storing a control program which are capable of reducing misoperations by a user. The mobile terminal device of the control system includes an instruction determining unit for determining specifics of an instruction based on a signal from an input unit, according to a current operating mode of either a first mode (controlled-device operating mode) or a second mode (terminal-itself operating mode), a process executing unit for executing a process corresponding to determined specifics of an instruction when in the second operating mode, a change determining unit for determining whether or not the operating mode is changed from the first mode to the second mode, and an informing process unit for performing a process of informing of a change in operating mode by at least one of vibration, light, and, sound if it is determined that a change in operating mode is made.01-19-2012
20120015640Handling of applications of mobile terminals in a serving node - A method of supporting a communication between a mobile terminal UE and a serving node of a telecommunication network, the serving node comprising an application interface, a programming module and a basic code module storing and processing basic functions. The serving node receives an initialization message from the UE and determines a call reference number for the incoming call. An incoming call listener is activated to listen to incoming calls that are related to the call reference number. A signal is created which listens for a trigger-signal in basic functions in the basic code module. After the incoming call, related to the call reference number is detected, the signal listener is allocated to the incoming call, wherein an application in the programming module is executed after the signal listener detects the trigger signal related to the call reference number.01-19-2012
20100099393DEVICE NETWORK TECHNOLOGY SELECTION AND DISPLAY IN MULTI-TECHNOLOGY WIRELESS ENVIRONMENTS - System(s) and method(s) are provided to manage utilization of radio network technology and display thereof when multiple services and radio network technologies are available to a multi-technology mobile device. Management relies at least in part on a subscriber profile that comprises a network selection profile constructed through market policy, subscriber policy, and application policy for radio technology utilization. Network preference(s) profile is generated on per subscriber, or per subscriber type, basis and is conveyed to a subscriber station over the air. Initial subscriber profile can be delivered at a time of provisioning a multi-technology mobile device, and updated based at least upon subscriber demand, a schedule established by a network operator or service provider, or an event related to coverage area relocation or contracted services. Radio technology preferences and display of associated technologies available to a multi-technology mobile device can be dynamically controlled on a per-call and/or per-application basis.04-22-2010
20110165869Apparatus and Methods Thereof for Effective Exporting of Services from an Old User Device to a New User Device - A method for enabling service transfer from a first mobile device to a second mobile device. the method comprises identifying the first mobile device model; identifying the second mobile device model; retrieving a list of services installed on the first mobile device; accessing a two-dimensional matrix contained in a database, wherein the two-dimensional matrix includes a plurality of services in a first dimension of the matrix and a plurality of mobile device models in a second dimension of the matrix, and containing an indication of compatibility of at least one service of the plurality of services to at least a mobile device model of the plurality of mobile device models; determining using the compatibility indication which of the services in the list of services are compatible with second mobile device; and installing an executable code of each of the compatible service on the second mobile phone.07-07-2011
20120115455SECURE BOOTSTRAP PROVISIONING OF ELECTRONIC DEVICES IN CARRIER NETWORKS - Disclosed herein is a secure initial provisioning system for communicating data between an electronic device and a management server in a carrier network. The management server may be adapted to facilitate secure initialization provisioning or bootstrap provisioning. An initialization-provisioning table may be made available in the electronic device during manufacturing, or may also be provided in a SIM card. The initialization-provisioning table provides security information, such as keys, for example, and enables secure and spoof-proof push-based initial/bootstrap provisioning or bootstrap of electronic devices.05-10-2012
20120028625SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR GENERATING A MESSAGE NOTIFICATION BASED ON SENSORY DETECTION - An electronic device (02-02-2012
20120028623METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR COMMUNICATING BETWEEN USERS - A social networking system comprises a mobile telephone device relating to a first user. that facilitates telephone calls between the first user and other users. User data including identity data and contact data of the other users is initially resident upon the mobile telephone device. The mobile telephone device comprises a resident client application, a social network server and a network providing communication between the mobile telephone device and the social network server. User data is obtained from the device and transmitted to the social network server. The social network server analyzes the user data to identify which other users are also users of the social network server and to form a social network group accordingly and to receive update data relating to any user of the group. The social network server further selects the update data and transmits it to the client application for presentation to the first user.02-02-2012
20120028624SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR IMPROVING MOBILE DEVICE SAFETY BY SELECTIVELY DISABLING DEVICE FEATURES DURING UNSAFE OPERATIONAL CONDITIONS - A system for improving safe operation of mobile communication devices includes an operational module installable on a mobile communication device. The mobile communication device is able to communicate wirelessly over a mobile communications network and has a plurality of internal sensors, a plurality of external sensors, a user interface, and a plurality of communications modules. The operational module is able to monitor at least one of the internal sensors and the external sensors, to determine whether the mobile communication device state is one of a plurality of predetermined device states. The predetermined device states represent predetermined watch list operations, which are determined based on improving the safe operation of the mobile communication device. The operational module executes predetermined operations in the event the mobile communication device state is one of the plurality of predetermined device states, which include controlling operation of the user interface and at least one of the plurality of communications modules.02-02-2012
20120064878POLICY AND CHARGING CONTROL METHOD, NETWORK ENTITIES, COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND COMPUTER PROGRAM THEREFOR - It is provided a policy and charging control method carried out in a communication network. The communication network comprises a first network entity (03-15-2012
20120157075SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR USER PROFILING FROM GATHERING USER DATA THROUGH INTERACTION WITH A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION DEVICE - A system, method, and wireless communication device that profiles a user thereof, or a user at a second wireless communication device in communication therewith. The wireless communication device gathers user data for a user thereof, or from a user at a second wireless communication device, and either directly generates, or has generated elsewhere, a user profile, such as a personality or psychological profile, or medical diagnosis of the user, and can display the user profile to the user and/or alter the wireless communication device functionality based upon the user profile. The gathered user data can be from physical user interaction with the wireless communication device, or from other equipment resident at the wireless communication device, such as a camera and medical diagnostic devices.06-21-2012
20120157074METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR IMPROVING NETWORK RESOURCE PLANNING IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORK - Prior to being admitted into the network, a base station establishes a set of operating parameters. Next, a search is performed to determine the presence and configuration of neighboring base stations and current network conditions. Based on the search results, an improved operating configuration is determined for the base station and the base station's operating parameters are adjusted. Once the base station is admitted to and is operating in the network, the base station continues to monitor neighboring base stations and network conditions and adjusts its operating parameters accordingly.06-21-2012
20120157073MOBILE TERMINAL AND CONTROLLING METHOD THEREOF - A mobile terminal including a wireless communication unit configured to wirelessly communicate with at least one other terminal; a touchscreen configured to display information and receive touch inputs; a sensor unit configured to detect a gravity characteristic of the mobile terminal; and a controller configured to output a user-settable gravity sensitivity threshold option for setting a gravity detected sensitivity of the sensor unit, to receive a selection signal indicating a selection of a first gravity sensitivity threshold, to determine the mobile terminal is in a state of falling when the detected gravity characteristic of the mobile terminal is less than or equal to the selected first gravity sensitivity threshold, and to automatically execute a predetermined function mapped to the determined falling state.06-21-2012
20120157072COMMUNICATION METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MULTI-STANDBY MODE IN A COMMUNICATION TERMINAL - A method for communication in a communication terminal having a single communication module and at least two Subscriber Identification Module (SIM) cards is provided. The method includes performing a first call mode when a call is connected through a first base station in a standby mode by using the communication module and a first SIM card through a first time slot in each frame allocated by the first base station, and performing, when a second call is connected through a second base station while performing the first call mode, a second call mode using the communication module and a second SIM card through a second time slot in each frame allocated by the second base station, the second time slot being spaced apart from the first time slot.06-21-2012
20120157071Local circuit switched fallback cancellation mechanism - A Method of cancelling a Circuit Switched Fallback (CSFB) procedure from a source network, particularly E-UTRAN, to a target network, particularly GERAN or UTRAN, for a user equipment is described, wherein a first message for initiating a CSFB procedure is sent from the user equipment to the source network and wherein the cancellation of the CSFB procedure is performed after the first message for initiating the CSFB procedure has been sent, characterised in that after the cancellation of the CSFB procedure has been initiated, the user equipment sends a second message to the source network comprising a new cause value said cause value characterising the cancellation of the CSFB procedure.06-21-2012
20120208514METHOD OF TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING DATA, DISPLAY DEVICE AND MOBILE TERMINAL USING THE SAME - A method of transmitting and receiving data between a mobile terminal and a display device is provided. The method establishes network connection for communication with the mobile terminal, detects a touch location of the mobile terminal when the mobile terminal touches the display device, transmits and receives data to and from the mobile terminal over the connected network, and processes the transmitted and received data according to the detected touch location of the mobile terminal.08-16-2012
20120071151SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR SELECTIVELY RESTRICTING IN-VEHICLE MOBILE DEVICE USAGE - Systems and methods are disclosed for computing various determinations at one or more mobile devices and/or central machines. In part, such determinations are computed based on analysis of one or more inputs originating at one or more sensors of one or more devices. Such determinations include determining an in-vehicle role, an in-vehicle location, a handheld state, and a vehicle class. Various transformations, modifications, and outputs can result from such determinations. Also disclosed are systems and methods for restricting operation of a mobile device, including restrictions that impede operation by a driver moreso than operation by a passenger. Also disclosed are systems and methods for orienting a coordinate system of a mobile device.03-22-2012
20120157069Selective Alert Processing - A computer-implemented method includes receiving, at a vehicle computing system, a notification that an incoming communication is being sent to a wireless device in communication with the vehicle computing system. The method also includes determining that a do not disturb function is active in the vehicle computing system and blocking a notification to a driver regarding the incoming communication. Finally, this method includes sending a command from the vehicle computing system to the wireless device to silence any notification that the wireless device provides in conjunction with the incoming communication.06-21-2012
20120071149PREVENTION OF ACCIDENTAL DEVICE ACTIVATION - The present application allows wake-up and unlock operations to occur using a single event, such as a single keystroke. Additionally, a check is made to ensure that activation was caused by human touch, not an object. In one embodiment, an area of a mobile device is designated as a wake-up area, which is separate from the touch screen. A user can touch the wake-up area to both activate the mobile device from a sleep mode and unlock the mobile device. In another embodiment, the wake-up area can be integrated into the touch screen, so that there is not an appearance of a separate button. Fingerprint checking and/or proximity sensors can also be integrated into the mobile device.03-22-2012
20120071150CALL MANAGEMENT METHOD FOR MOBILE PHONE - The present disclosure provides a call management method for a mobile phone. The mobile phone may be set with a preset period and a preset phone number. The mobile phone determines whether a call time of an incoming call is in the preset period. If the call time is in the preset period, the mobile phone may further determines whether a phone number of the incoming call conforms to the preset phone number. The mobile phone denies the incoming call when the phone number does not conform to the preset phone number.03-22-2012
20120157070SYSTEM AND METHOD TO EXECUTE INSTRUCTIONS ON MOBILE DEVICES - A method and system for executing instructions on a mobile device is provided. The method may involve the steps of dialing an alphanumeric code on the mobile device, transmitting the alphanumeric code to a server, requesting the server for an instruction corresponding to the alphanumeric code, receiving the instruction from the server, and executing the instruction on the mobile device.06-21-2012
20090221280PERSONALIZATION SYSTEM AND METHODS - The systems and methods of the present invention project media content associated with a user to devices of a group of the user's friends. Such devices may be web-enabled and/or cellular telephones. The user's information and a list of friends are received from a user via a network and stored in a database. The user information is distributed to the friends' phone. Media content may also be distributed. The media content may include an image, a video, an avatar, or a ring tone. The media content may be stored on a friend's phone so that the media content is played when that phone receives an incoming call from the user. The invention allows users to set the way they will be identified on their friends' phones, even if they don't have that particular media content. Accordingly, a cellular telephone or other web-enabled device can be further personalized.09-03-2009
20110092196PROVISIONING OF VOICE AND OTHER CS-DOMAIN SERVICES - Disclosed are devices and methods for provisioning of voice and other CS-domain services. A first server (04-21-2011
20110092195SELF-OPTIMIZING WIRELESS NETWORK - Optimizing a plurality cell sites or sectors in a wireless network includes calculating modifications to a plurality of network parameters for optimizing wireless network performance; evaluating the modification groups to determine conflicts between modifications for a same network parameter; and eliminating the conflicts between modifications for the same network parameter within the modification groups. The modification groups are used to alter at least one network parameter of the critical cell sites or sectors, or of a best neighbor cells sites or sectors for achieving a desired improvement in communications within the wireless network. Optimization is further enhanced by determining the best previous modifications to the wireless network when performance continues to be degraded. Altering wireless network parameters of the critical cell sites or sectors, or the best neighbor cell sites or sectors is performed continuously using the stored modification groups until the desired improvement in communications in the wireless network is achieved.04-21-2011
20120108223FREQUENCY CONFIGURATION OF FEMTO-CELL BASE STATIONS - A method and apparatus for reconfiguring an operational frequency and associated bandwidth used by a femto-cell base station are disclosed. The femto-cell is configured to provide coverage to a User Equipment by connecting to a core telecommunications network via a gateway device. The method includes checking a list of frequencies and associated bandwidths available to a wireless network interface of the femto-cell base station and determining if any of the frequencies in the list matches the operational frequency supported by the User Equipment to which the femto-cell base station is providing coverage. If at least one frequency matches the one supported by the User Equipment, a second frequency is selected from the list of frequencies, said second frequency being established as the operational frequency of the femto-cell base station.05-03-2012
20110065428SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR SELECTING AN OUTPUT MODALITY IN A MOBILE DEVICE - A method and system for selecting the output modality of an application in a mobile device from attributes of the mobile device includes a detection of at least one attribute of the mobile device, automatically identifying available modalities for the output of the application based on the attribute, and selecting a preferred output modality from the available modalities. The output of the application is converted to the output modality and transmitted through an output interface selected based on the attributes measured.03-17-2011
20110105096SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR ACTIVATING A COMPONENT ON AN ELECTRONIC DEVICE - The disclosure describes a system and method for activating an electronic device from a low power state. The method comprises: monitoring a motion detection circuit for a signal indicating a movement of the device; analyzing the movement of the device and if the movement matches a profile for an activation movement for the device then activating a component on the device; and if the movement does not match the profile, then monitoring for additional movement signals for the device and providing data relating to the additional movement signals to a microprocessor in the device at an instance where the microprocessor is expected to be monitoring for receipt of a synchronization signal from a network in communication with the device is expected and when the instance is passed, the device is placed in second power operating mode, the second power operating mode consuming less power than the first power operating mode.05-05-2011
20110105100Portable Electronic Apparatus - A portable electronic apparatus capable of reliably determining whether a load detected by detecting units is caused by water pressure or by some other pressure and performing predetermined control according to the determination. A portable telephone apparatus (05-05-2011
20110105098SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR SYNCHRONIZING LANGUAGES - A system for synchronizing changes of a telematics language from a current telematics language to a proposed telematics language with changes made to a vehicle language from a current vehicle language to a new vehicle language through involvement of a call center is described. The system includes, but is not limited to an antenna adapted for attachment to a vehicle and configured for communicating with the call center. The system further includes a telematics unit adapted for attachment to the vehicle and communicatively connected to the antenna. The telematics unit is configured to monitor a vehicle bus to detect when a user changes the vehicle language to the new vehicle language and further configured to automatically initiate contact with the call center when the change in the vehicle language is detected to confirm a user desire to change the telematics language to the new vehicle language.05-05-2011
20110105097Controlling Mobile Device Functions - This provides for controlling mobile device functions and features. For example, it limits or disables the use of some of mobile device features which could cause distraction to the user, when the user is engaged in another activity. In an example, it enables other mobile device features based on occurrence of events related to the user or environment. Another example addresses controlling the mobile device features, such as SMS, while the user is in a vehicle or driving. Another example restricts the ability of the driver of a vehicle to text, while the vehicle is in motion, by automatically disabling the texting ability of mobile device within and around the perimeter of the driver's seat. Other variations, examples, improvements, detection mechanisms, models, techniques, calculations, verification mechanisms, and features are also described in details.05-05-2011
20110105094LOCATION INTEGRATION IN SOFTWARE DEFINED RADIO - A computing device having a software defined radio (SDR) wireless network interface is automatically configured to support a wireless service in response to a request from the user to access the service. The computing device may determine the appropriate profile and obtain it by querying a remote database. The query may indicate the computing device's current location, though location information may alternatively be determined by a server coupled to the database. The communication profile is downloaded from the remote database using an existing or available network connection. The software defined radio is configured with the communication profile and is used to access an available wireless service. Content obtained from the wireless service is presented through a user interface of the computing device.05-05-2011
20110105095SYSTEMS AND METHODS TO PROVIDE CONTEXT INFORMATION FOR MOBILE COMMUNICATION DEVICES - According to some embodiments, an initiating event may be detected at a mobile communication device via a context application, and responsive to that detection, information may be searched. The searched information may be related to, for example, prior communication events associated with communication applications of the mobile device. Note that the searched information could be locally stored and/or remotely stored (e.g., at a data store of a remote CRM application). At least one result of the search may then be displayed to the user.05-05-2011
20110034159MOBILE DEVICE AUTO REDIALER - An automatic redialer for a mobile device operating in a cellular telecommunications environment. When a communication is terminated, the cause of termination is identified and, if the call was terminated due to a network or mobile telephone issue or failure, the automatic redialer will then proceed to redial the number associated with the dropped call either automatically, under certain conditions, or when instructed by a user of the mobile device. The automatic redialer operates to reconnect the call regardless of whether the call was an outgoing call originated from the user's mobile device or an incoming call wherein another party placed a call to the user's mobile device. In either case, the number can be retrieved from the mobile device, or in some cases even from the network, and a call can be re-established.02-10-2011
20110034158MOBILE USER ACTIVITY INFORMATION MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS AND METHODS - A machine-controlled method can include a mobile electronic device presenting to a mobile user a graphical user interface (GUI) that allows the mobile user to enter mobile user activity information corresponding to a particular mobile user activity, receiving the mobile user activity information from the mobile user through the GUI, creating a correlation between the mobile user activity information and the particular mobile user activity, and transmitting to a remote database system the mobile user activity information and the correlation between the mobile user activity information and the particular mobile user activity.02-10-2011
20120122440Positioning Reference Signal Assistance Data Signaling for Enhanced Interference Coordination in a Wireless Communication Network - A method in a wireless communication terminal is disclosed. The method includes receiving a first signal including a desired second signal and an interference component, wherein the interference component includes at least a third signal transmitted in an Almost Blank Subframe (ABS) by a neighbor cell, and configuring the wireless communication terminal to employ interference reduction to process the first signal based on a configuration of the interference component.05-17-2012
20100093332SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR CHANGING PROFILES OF A MOBILE PHONE - A profile changing system and method of a mobile phone set a task name and schedule time of a task, and predetermine a profile during the schedule time of the task in an electronic calendar of the mobile phone. The profile changing system and method further changes a default profile to the predetermined profile during the schedule time of the task, and restore the default profile when the task ends.04-15-2010
20100093333Systems and Methods for Providing Wireless Targeted Advertising - Systems and methods for providing promotional invitations are described. In various embodiments, a method comprises establishing an account for a user, receiving user preferences from the user, storing the user preferences within a server, receiving a promotional invitation from a business, storing the promotional invitation from the business, determining a position of the user and transmitting a promotional invitation to the user based on the position and the user preferences.04-15-2010
20100093331SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR CONFIGURING A COMMUNICATION DEVICE - The disclosed embodiments provide a system and method for configuring a communication device. In one embodiment, a method is presented that includes monitoring for a presence of at least one mobile device that stores a user profile. In response to the communication device detecting the presence of at least one mobile device that stores a user profile, the method retrieves the user profile from the mobile device. The method configures the communication device in accordance with the user profile.04-15-2010
20130012185SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR REMOTE CONFIGURATION OR RE-CONFIGURATION OF SOFTWARE RESIDING ON A SIM CARD - A system for manipulating a communication device, the system comprising at least one re-configuration server for remotely re-configuring software installed on a SIM card residing on the communication device by sending a re-configuration to the communication device from a remote location.01-10-2013
20130012180MOBILE DEVICE RADIO USE OPTIMIZATION BY BATCHING LOW PRIORITY REQUESTS - Systems and methods of mobile device radio use optimization by batching low priority requests are disclosed. In one aspect, embodiments of the present disclosure include a method, which may be implemented on a system, for optimizing radio use on a mobile device. The method includes, in one embodiment, detecting multiple events having a first priority type initiated on the mobile device and cumulating the multiple events having the first priority type, at least some of which occurred at different instances in time for batched wireless transfer. The batch transfer can occur when interactive traffic or user activity is detected at the mobile device.01-10-2013
20130012179ENHANCED SMARTPHONE IN-VEHICLE ACCOMMODATION - A system and method for configuring communications between a wireless device and a vehicle telematics unit over a short-range wireless communication link includes receiving a serial port profile (SPP) software application at a wireless device from a central facility; storing the SPP software application at the wireless device; identifying third-party software applications stored on the wireless device using the SPP software application; sending the identity of the third-party software applications to the central facility; and communicating between the wireless device and a vehicle telematics unit via a short-range wireless communication link using the stored SPP software application and data transmitted using one or more software templates that have been received by the vehicle telematics unit in response to the identity of the third-party software applications sent.01-10-2013
20120122443SOFTWARE OUTPUT DESTINATION HANDLING TERMINAL, SYSTEM, METHOD, AND PROGRAM FOR THE SAME - A software output destination handling terminal that handles a display terminal as a software output destination. Data indicating a type of the display terminal is received from the display terminal with which communication connection has been established, and data indicating a usage status of the user is obtained. Data indicating a display rule for a software application to be displayed under the usage status is obtained. In the rule, information designating the display terminal type is associated with information designating a category of the software application to be displayed at the display terminal having the type. Based on the rule, the category of the software application to be displayed at the relevant display terminal is specified. Based on the category, a software application belonging to the category is specified among software applications. Data indicating an instruction to the display terminal to display the software application is generated and sent thereto.05-17-2012
20120122442ESTABLISHMENT OF A TRANSCODER-FREE OPERATION CONNECTION - When a request is sent by a switching unit, relating to the use of at least one subset of a codec mode configuration for the establishment of a transcoder-free operation connection by a radio network controller, it is checked whether the at least one requested subset is supported by the radio network controller. If the at least one subset of at least one codec mode configuration is supported, a transcoder-free operation connection to the switching unit and to the communication terminal is established by the radio network controller. Furthermore, a message relating to the at least one subset of the codec mode configuration to be used is signalled from the radio network controller to the communication terminal for the transmission of data.05-17-2012
20120122441DATA COMMUNICATION SETTING CONTROL METHOD BASED ON SUBSCRIBER IDENTIFICATION MODULE AND PORTABLE DEVICE FOR SUPPORTING THE SAME - A method and a portable device that support the control of a data communication setting are provided. The portable terminal includes a Subscriber Identification Module (SIM) card interface into which the SIM is inserted. The device further includes a control unit, a memory unit, and a radio frequency unit. The control unit extracts Mobile Country Code/Mobile Network Code (MCC/MNC) information from the inserted SIM, determines data communication setting information corresponding to the MCC/MNC information from a policy table containing the data communication setting information for each MCC/MNC information, and establishes a data communication by using the determined data communication setting information. The memory unit stores the policy table, and the radio frequency unit performs the established data communication with a specific service operator network related to the SIM under the control of the control unit.05-17-2012
20090131034AUTOMATIC USER AVAILABILITY STATUS DETERMINATION FOR A HANDHELD COMMUNICATION DEVICE - To automatically determine the availability status of the user of a handheld communication device, various selected conditions of the device may be checked, which imply whether or not the user is likely Available, or Unavailable or the equivalent. Normally, the selected conditions are checked only if the user has not explicitly or semi-explicitly set his or her status to Unavailable. The conditions to be checked can vary widely, but generally include anything from which it might be inferred or implied that the user is likely either Available or Unavailable or the equivalent. Such conditions can include, for example, whether or not a specified timeout for use of a keypad, trackwheel or other mechanical feature of the device has elapsed yet; whether or not a real-time application is in use; and preferably any one or more of a variety of other conditions, one further example being whether or not there are any unattended-to notifications such as an unanswered phone call, or a missed e-mail, SMS or other message.05-21-2009
20090131033Method of protecting AT commands - A method of protecting AT commands during the interaction between the AT command module of a mobile terminal and the serial communication unit of an external device, comprising the steps of: receiving AT command from the serial communication unit to the AT command module at an initial state; putting the AT command module into an ID verification mode, wherein the AT command module receives a username and password from the serial communication unit in turn, and verifies said received username and password; and putting the AT command module into an AT command processing state, when the ID verification is successful. Therefore, it's impossible for an illegal user to take the control of the mobile terminal through AT command.05-21-2009
20090131032TERMINAL AND METHOD OF SETTING SERVICE FOR DATA COMMUNICATION THEREIN - A terminal including a wireless communication unit configured to perform data communication with at least one other terminal, a display configured to display a screen for selecting a communication application for executing the data communication and a screen for selectively selecting a communication quality of service corresponding to the communication application, and a controller configured to apply the selected communication quality of service to the communication application for executing the data communication.05-21-2009
20090131031VIRTUAL TERMINAL SERVER, MOBILE COMMUNICATION TERMINAL, COMMUNICATION CONTROL SYSTEM, AND COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD - In order to provide a new service even to a conventional mobile communication terminal without installing a new function when starting a new mobile communication service, a mobile communication terminal includes a virtual terminal server that controls the communication on behalf of the mobile communication terminal according to a request from the mobile communication terminal to realize a service function that is a communication function not included in the mobile communication terminal. The virtual terminal server processes, in accordance with the model information of the mobile communication function, information to be informed to the mobile communication terminal to realize the service function to thereby enable the mobile communication terminal to acquire and transmit information obtained by realizing the service function.05-21-2009
20090131027METHOD FOR MULTICODE TRANSMISSION BY A SUBSCRIBER STATION - In a radio communications system, several codes for transmitting messages are assigned to a subscriber station. A transmission power differential is determined between the total maximum transmission power of the subscriber station for the codes and the total transmission power of the subscriber station for the codes at the beginning of a message transmission, (the differential being respected by the subscriber station), by a first one of the codes.05-21-2009
20090131028Method and Apparatus for Synchronizing Contacts Stored on Smart Card With Contacts Stored in an Internal Memory - A mobile handset includes a processor configured with software to automatically synchronize the phone book records stored on a smart card and internally in memory. The synchronization process determines if duplicate contact records exist in the target phone book, and whether the synchronization copies records from the smart card to internal memory, or vice versa, before copying contact records. If a duplicate contact record exists, then the copying process is cancelled. The synchronization process may be automatically initiated any time the contact records in the internal memory and the smart card differ.05-21-2009
20090131030SCHEDULE MANAGING APPARATUS AND METHOD IN MOBILE TERMINAL - A mobile terminal including a broadcast receiver configured to receive broadcast program information related to available broadcast programs, a memory configured to store user-schedule information and the received broadcast program information, and a controller configured to update the stored user-schedule information to include a broadcast schedule corresponding to a broadcast program selected from the available broadcast programs included in the broadcast program information.05-21-2009
20110183658Mode Changing of a Mobile communications Device and Vehicle Settings When the Mobile Communications Device is in Proximity to a Vehicle - A driver of a vehicle is identified and a command is sent to a mobile communications device that is associated with the identified driver and that is in proximity of the vehicle to force the mobile communications device to change modes such as to enter a hands-free or other suitable mode. The driver may be identified through one or more techniques including biometric sensing, key detection, switch controls, and so forth. Additionally, the driver and/or feature settings preferred by the current driver may be identified by receiving data from the mobile communications device. The data may identify the driver ID with preferred feature settings, the mobile communications device which has an association to a driver ID with preferred feature settings, or the data may specify the preferred feature settings.07-28-2011
20120165000Method and System for Bypassing Called Intelligence - The invention provides a method for bypassing intelligent services of a called user, applied in the case that a GMSC and VMSC are not the same MSC. The method comprises: the GMSC sending information to the VMSC as to whether the intelligent services of the called user are bypassed in the GMSC; the VMSC determining whether the intelligent services are bypassed in the GMSC, and determining whether the intelligent services are bypassed in the VMSC; and when the VMSC determines that the intelligent services are bypassed in the GMSC and are not bypassed in the VMSC, the VMSC not triggering the intelligent services; when the VMSC determines that the intelligent services are not bypassed in the GMSC and are bypassed in the VMSC, the VMSC sending a call release message to the GMSC. The invention further provides a system and VMSC for bypassing intelligent services of a called user.06-28-2012
20120129512CORDLESS TELEPHONE SET - Disclosed is a cordless telephone set capable of suppressing power consumption during power failures to lengthen the time for a call. A cordless telephone (05-24-2012
20120129511MOBILE PHONE AND OPERATING METHOD THEREOF - A mobile phone operating method including the following steps is provided. A first key of a mobile phone is pressed. The mobile phone is shaken as the first key is pressed, such that a first gesture is sensed by a g-sensor of the mobile phone. Whether a combination of the first key and the first gesture corresponds to a preset function is determined by a processing unit of the mobile phone. The preset function is performed by the mobile phone if the determination is affirmative.05-24-2012
20120129510METHODS FOR REMINDING A USER OF A TASK ASSOCIATED WITH A COMMUNICATION - Methods for reminding a user of a task associated with a communication are disclosed herein. One example of the method involves reminding the user of a task associated with an incoming communication, and another example of the method involves reminding the user of a task associated with an outgoing communication.05-24-2012
20120129509OPTIMIZING LONG TERM EVOLUTION (LTE) CAPACITY USING AN ADAPTIVE DORMANCY TIMER - A device classifies access or control channel signals into a first class or a second class, initializes a dormancy timer associated with the device, and sets the dormancy timer to a default value. The device also sets a signal target utilization threshold, receives actual signals via the access or control channel, and identifies, when a number of the actual signals exceeds the signal target utilization threshold, a particular signal, from the actual signals, as belonging to the first class or the second class. The device further increases the default value of the dormancy timer when the particular signal belongs to the first class, and decreases the default value of the dormancy timer when the particular signal belongs to the second class.05-24-2012
20120315885MOBILE COMMUNICATION TERMINAL, NETWORK-SIDE DEVICE, MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, PROGRAM AND METHOD OF CHANGING OPERATION PERIOD OF MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - When it is determined that a terminal is present in a femtocell, a request signal for requesting a network-side device to change a cycle of a cyclic operation is transmitted from the terminal to the network-side device, via a communication path that includes the femtocell. In response to the request signal, the network-side device changes the cycle of the cyclic operation, and transmits, to the terminal, a response signal for notifying of a change to the cycle, via the same communication path. In response to the response signal, the terminal changes the cycle of the cyclic operation.12-13-2012
20120165002METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONTROLLING TIMING OF NETWORK PERFORMANCE LOGGING IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and system controls timing of network performance information logging of a cellular network by configuring a mobile device to automatically collect data about physical characteristics of the cellular network and log that data. The mobile device initially receives network performance information logging configuration from its registered cellular network. Based on the configuration, the mobile device configures itself to collect and log the network performance information relating to physical characteristics of the cellular network. While in idle mode, the mobile device collects and logs the information. A logging duration timer corresponds to a specified time duration over which the mobile device logs network performance information. If the mobile device starts the logging duration timer at the time of configuration, it maintains the timer even after the transition to idle mode. The mobile device may also start the logging duration timer after it transitions to idle mode.06-28-2012
20120214467Method and System for Receiving Forwarded or Delegated Mobile Device Functions - This provides for controlling mobile device functions and features. For example, it limits or disables the use of some of mobile device features which could cause distraction to the user, when the user is engaged in another activity. In an example, it enables other mobile device features based on occurrence of events related to the user or environment. Another example addresses controlling the mobile device features, such as SMS, while the user is in a vehicle or driving. Another example restricts the ability of the driver of a vehicle to text, while the vehicle is in motion, by automatically disabling the texting ability of mobile device within and around the perimeter of the driver's seat. Other variations, examples, improvements, detection mechanisms, models, techniques, calculations, verification mechanisms, and features are also described in details.08-23-2012
20120214470Method and System for Dynamic Configuration for Mobile Communication Device Functions - This provides for controlling mobile device functions and features. For example, it limits or disables the use of some of mobile device features which could cause distraction to the user, when the user is engaged in another activity. In an example, it enables other mobile device features based on occurrence of events related to the user or environment. Another example addresses controlling the mobile device features, such as SMS, while the user is in a vehicle or driving. Another example restricts the ability of the driver of a vehicle to text, while the vehicle is in motion, by automatically disabling the texting ability of mobile device within and around the perimeter of the driver's seat. Other variations, examples, improvements, detection mechanisms, models, techniques, calculations, verification mechanisms, and features are also described in details.08-23-2012
20120214468Method and System for Forwarding or Delegating Modified Mobile Device Functions - This provides for controlling mobile device functions and features. For example, it limits or disables the use of some of mobile device features which could cause distraction to the user, when the user is engaged in another activity. In an example, it enables other mobile device features based on occurrence of events related to the user or environment. Another example addresses controlling the mobile device features, such as SMS, while the user is in a vehicle or driving. Another example restricts the ability of the driver of a vehicle to text, while the vehicle is in motion, by automatically disabling the texting ability of mobile device within and around the perimeter of the driver's seat. Other variations, examples, improvements, detection mechanisms, models, techniques, calculations, verification mechanisms, and features are also described in details.08-23-2012
20120214466Method and System for Modifying Mobile Device Functions - This provides for controlling mobile device functions and features. For example, it limits or disables the use of some of mobile device features which could cause distraction to the user, when the user is engaged in another activity. In an example, it enables other mobile device features based on occurrence of events related to the user or environment. Another example addresses controlling the mobile device features, such as SMS, while the user is in a vehicle or driving. Another example restricts the ability of the driver of a vehicle to text, while the vehicle is in motion, by automatically disabling the texting ability of mobile device within and around the perimeter of the driver's seat. Other variations, examples, improvements, detection mechanisms, models, techniques, calculations, verification mechanisms, and features are also described in details.08-23-2012
20120214465LOCATION-BASED CONTROL OF FUNCTIONS OF ELECTRONIC DEVICES - A mobile personal communication device, such as a mobile telephone (cellular, satellite, or the like), that is capable of determining its geographic location, through an on-board GPS unit or other geographic locating mechanism, has a function that is disabled, enabled, modified or otherwise controlled when the personal communication device is determined to be within a defined area. The function controlled based on geographic region may include: the transmission of a data stream, such as a video or audio data stream, from or to the personal communication device; the disamblement or modification of ringers or other mechanism for audible notification of an event, for example, an incoming call or message from an external caller; the disablement or modification of an on-board camera or other on-board recording mechanism; and/or the disablement or modification of screen savers, disabling or modification of display lighting or backlighting or other functions of the personal communication device.08-23-2012
20120214464METHODS AND SYSTEMS FOR IMPROVING ROAD SAFETY USING WIRELESS COMMUNICATION - A wireless communication device includes an antenna coupled to a wireless communications transceiver, a processor, and a vehicle safety application. When the vehicle safety application is executed, it causes the processor to cause the wireless communication device to join a basic service set through the antenna and wireless communications transceiver. The application also causes the processor to determine a location of the wireless communication device, receive location information indicative of a location of another wireless communication device in the basic service set, and generate an alert based on the determined location and the received location information.08-23-2012
20120214463DETECTING USE OF A MOBILE DEVICE BY A DRIVER OF A VEHICLE, SUCH AS AN AUTOMOBILE - A system and method for detecting that a driver of a vehicle is using a mobile device is described. In some examples, the system uses information identifying a rate of speed of a vehicle and information identifying a location of a mobile device, such as information extracted from images taken of the vehicle and/or distance measurements performed within the vehicle, to determine whether a driver is using a mobile device.08-23-2012
20120135723METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PROVIDING A PUBLISH/SUBSCRIBE MECHANISM OVER AN AD-HOC MESH NETWORK - An approach is provided for a publish/subscribe mechanism over an ad-hoc mesh network. A module receives a request to either publish or subscribe to information provided over an ad-hoc mesh network. The module then determines at least one data schema associated with the information, wherein an identification of the information for publication or subscription is based, at least in part, on the at least one data schema.05-31-2012
20120214471Method and System for Using Multiple Transceivers for Controlling Mobile Communication Device Functions - This provides for controlling mobile device functions and features. For example, it limits or disables the use of some of mobile device features which could cause distraction to the user, when the user is engaged in another activity. In an example, it enables other mobile device features based on occurrence of events related to the user or environment. Another example addresses controlling the mobile device features, such as SMS, while the user is in a vehicle or driving. Another example restricts the ability of the driver of a vehicle to text, while the vehicle is in motion, by automatically disabling the texting ability of mobile device within and around the perimeter of the driver's seat. Other variations, examples, improvements, detection mechanisms, models, techniques, calculations, verification mechanisms, and features are also described in details.08-23-2012
20100178907DYNAMICALLY ADJUSTING A POWER LEVEL UTILIZING REVERSE ACTIVITY BITS EFFICIENTLY - Systems and methods for dynamically adjusting a metric that influences power management of an access terminal are provided. Initially, an access node is configured to distribute reverse-activity bits (RAB's) to the access terminal, which conveys data, at a particular rate, to the access node. Adjusting the dynamic metric involves establishing a number of slots allocated for a filtered reverse-activity bit (FRAB) window and a hybrid reverse-activity bit (HRAB) window, wherein each of the slots are allocated to accept a RAB. The RAB's accepted to the slots of the FRAB window and the HRAB window are recursively averaged to derive a FRAB parameter and an HRAB parameter, respectively. The dynamic metric is adjusted by incorporating either the FRAB parameter or an HRAB parameter therein based on whether ramping conditions are satisfied. The rate of data conveyed from the access terminal is controlled based on the adjusted dynamic metric.07-15-2010
20100173621COMBINED BLUETOOTH/ALTERNATE RADIO ENVIRONMENT WITH CRITERION FOR REPORTING A CONDITION OF THE ALTERNATE RADIO DEFINED IN A PHYSICAL ABSTRACTION LAYER ASSOCIATED WITH THE ALTERNATE RADIO - In a combined Bluetooth/alternate radio environment, an intermediate level software layer interprets operational conditions of a Bluetooth radio for an upper level, supervisory software layer. The intermediate level software layer also interfaces between the upper level software layer and a lower level software layer that interfaces to the alternate radio. The lower level software layer defines therein a criterion for reporting a condition of the alternate radio to the upper level software layer.07-08-2010
20120172023MOBILE DEVICE AND METHOD FOR COLLECTING LOCATION BASED USER QUALITY DATA - A mobile device executes software. The software collects realistic and accurate user quality information without degrading the user experience of the mobile device during the data collection process. The software operates as a background application, and may have a user interface, and the software is remotely controllable and updatable by an external server.07-05-2012
20120172022APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR PROVIDING ETIQUETTE CALL MODE IN MOBILE DEVICE - An apparatus and method are provided to output a received call with a volume adjusted to a reference level range in the etiquette call mode. In the method for providing the etiquette call mode of a mobile device, the apparatus determines whether the etiquette call mode is activated in a call mode. When the etiquette call mode is activated, the apparatus establishes a transmission gain to a given gain value and also establishes a reception gain to a specific gain value corresponding to a minimum receiving volume level. Then the apparatus amplifies a received call by means of the established reception gain, adjusts a volume of the amplified received call to a given reference level range, and outputs the adjusted received call through a speaker.07-05-2012
20120214461WIRELESS DEVICES AND METHODS OF OPERATING WIRELESS DEVICES BASED ON THE PRESENCE OF ANOTHER PERSON - A method of operating a device for a user is provided. The method includes operating the device in a first mode; receiving an indication of a first person in the presence of the user; retrieving a first profile associated with the first person; and operating the device in a second mode based, at least in part, on the first profile.08-23-2012
20120214460ADVANCED MULTI-NETWORK CLIENT DEVICE FOR WIDEBAND MULTIMEDIA ACCESS TO PRIVATE AND PUBLIC WIRELESS NETWORKS - A wireless device (e.g., a wireless smart phone) uses Global Positioning System (GPS) data, or other position-indicating data, to accurately determine its location in relation to multi-layered wireless networks that the device may see concurrently. If location information is available, the device employs a user-defined priority table to select the order of user-contracted networks available at that location in which the device will register. If location information is unavailable, the device employs a technology priority table to select Common Air Interface (CAI) options for the invention device radio parameters (e.g., GSM, cdma2000, IS-136, IEEE 802.11x, etc.) to search for an available network to access. Information is gathered and stored in databases within the invention device allowing it to be registered in multiple wireless networks. The inventive device provides unique access codes to each wireless network with which a user has contracted, without the intervention of any “anchor” (home) network. The invention facilitates equivalent “home”, or personalized, service in any network by using these features for automatic technology adaptation. This allows the invention device to receive service as if it is in a “home” network no matter what network it is traveling through. The invention provides a ubiquitous experience allowing the user to traverse multiple wireless networks with seamless access to multiple systems and services provided by those networks. It also provides a platform to facilitate the customization of wireless services for business customers.08-23-2012
20100062754Cue-aware privacy filter for participants in persistent communications - A cue, for example a facial expression or hand gesture, is identified, and a device communication is filtered according to the cue.03-11-2010
20120214472Method and System for Controlling Mobile Device Functions via a Service or Background Process - This provides for controlling mobile device functions and features, along with systems incorporating these devices and methods. For example, it limits or disables the use of some of mobile device features which could cause distraction to the user, when the user is engaged in another activity. In an example, it enables other mobile device features based on occurrence of events related to the user or environment. Another example addresses controlling the mobile device features, such as SMS, while the user is in a vehicle or driving. Another example restricts the ability of the driver of a vehicle to text, while the vehicle is in motion, by automatically disabling the texting ability of mobile device within and around the perimeter of the driver's seat. Other variations, examples, improvements, detection mechanisms, models, techniques, calculations, verification mechanisms, and features are also described in details.08-23-2012
20120214462WIRELESS CHARGING METHOD AND APPARATUS - A terminal can include a wireless charger configured to wirelessly receive a power signal from a charging pad to charge power; and a controller configured to control an incoming call notification mode to be changed from a vibration mode to a bell sound mode or silent mode when an event is generated on the charging pad.08-23-2012
20100048195METHOD AND SAVING ENTITY FOR SETTING SERVICE - A service setting method and a service setting saving entity are disclosed in order to solve the problem that it is impossible to perform distinctive settings according to the equipments in a scenario that one user has several equipments. The method includes the following steps: a service setting saving entity receives user setting information, a user identifier, user equipment (UE) setting information, and UE identifiers uploaded by user terminals (UTs) of the same user, and the service setting saving entity bindingly saves the user setting information and the user identifiers, and bindingly saves the UE identifier and the UE setting information of the same UT. Due to the corresponding binding saving, the equipments can be set distinctively.02-25-2010
20100048194MOBILE TERMINAL AND METHOD OF CONTROLLING THE MOBILE TERMINAL - A mobile terminal equipped with first and second display modules provided at the front and the rear, respectively, and a method of controlling the mobile terminal, is provided. The method includes displaying a screen image related to a first operating mode on the first display module, if it is determined that the mobile terminal has been rotated on a predetermined axial direction, switching the mobile terminal from the first operating mode to a second operating mode; and displaying a screen image related to the second operating mode on the second display module. Therefore, it is possible to control various operations performed by the mobile terminal upon the motion of the mobile terminal using the first and second display modules.02-25-2010
20100048192Cellular Device Management - A server device of a communication system provides a web interface to allow a user to modify user interface settings and contact information. The server device communicates the modified settings and contact information to the mobile communication device via a wireless communication network. Accordingly, the user can conveniently configure user interface settings, such as ring tones, alarm settings, or the like, via a web interface, rather than through a cumbersome interface at the mobile communication device. In addition, the user interface settings are communicated to the mobile communication device via the same wireless communication network that carries voice data. Thus, the user interface of the mobile communication device, as well as the stored contact information, can be updated without requiring the user to connect the device to a computer.02-25-2010
20100048193SECURE UPGRADE OF A MOBILE DEVICE WITH AN INDIVIDUAL UPGRADE SOFTWARE OVER THE AIR - The invention concerns a method for securely upgrading a mobile device with an individual upgrade software, the individual upgrade software remaining unusable by a mobile device as long as the individual upgrade software has not been activated. The method includes transmitting its unique identification number to the mobile device management apparatus; calculating a mobile device encryption identity and a management apparatus encryption identity; transmitting only the individual upgrade software and the calculated management apparatus encryption identity; the mobile device calculating an activation encryption identity and an activation decryption identity; comparing the calculated activation decryption identity to the activation encryption identity; and activating the individual upgrade software for use by the mobile device as a result of a positive comparison.02-25-2010
20090111446CellPhone Answering System Without Button or Flip Event - A method and apparatus for operating a cellular telephone are provided. The method includes the steps of detecting a call, monitoring a sensor that detects performance of a predetermined act by a user and activating the cellular telephone to accept the detected call when the monitored sensor changes state in response to performance of the predetermined act.04-30-2009
20120178430PROPAGATION OF CHANGES IN A NETWORK - A network of nodes and connections is provided, each connection connecting two nodes. A method of operating a first node in the network includes detecting a change in a node connected to the first node, identifying that the number of nodes connected to the first node with the detected change is above a predetermined threshold, and executing the detected change at the first node and/or propagating the detected change to one or more nodes connected to the first node that do not have the detected change.07-12-2012
20120178429METHOD FOR OPERATING A WIRELESS TERMINAL AS AN ACCESS POINT AND WIRELESS TERMINAL - A method for operating a wireless terminal as an access point—access point terminal (07-12-2012
20100273469WARNING SYSTEM FOR SIGNALING THE PRESENCE OF A RADIO FREQUENCY COMMUNICATION AND MANUFACTURING METHOD - The invention relates to a warning device for signaling the presence of a radio frequency communication. The system includes an indicator perceptible to a user and an activation circuit to sense or detect energy originating from the communication and to activate the indicator. The device is distinguished in that the indicator is a vibrator. The invention also relates to a radio frequency communication device, such as a chip card, a passport, an insert, a mobile telephone, having the warning system, and a method of fabrication.10-28-2010
20100273468METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR CONFIGURATION OF FEMTOCELLS IN A WIRELESS NETWORK - Methods and apparatus that enable and optimize the simultaneous operation of several wireless femtocells having overlapping coverage areas. In one embodiment of the invention, a resource allocation (e.g., time-frequency grid for an OFDM or TDMA based wireless network) governs the simultaneous operation of several femtocells with overlapping coverage areas by specifying uses for resources. A resource allocation unit (RAU) entity is disclosed for managing and modifying resource allocations for femtocells. The community of femtocells can flexibly share resources according to the time-frequency grid, thereby maximizing spectral efficiency without requiring substantial network overhead.10-28-2010
20110105099ANTENNA LINE DEVICE CONFIGURATION SYSTEM - A communications device comprising firmware, storing instructions for controlling a processor to operate communications hardware according to a configuration; memory storage containing static data and at least one set of dynamic data defining the configuration, the dynamic data being dynamically upgradeable to change the configuration of the communications device substantially in real time.05-05-2011
20090061838MOBILE DEVICE WITH MULTIPLE OPERATING SYSTEMS AND METHOD FOR SHARING A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION MODULE BETWEEN OPERATING SYSTEMS THEREOF - A mobile device capable of running at least two operating systems (OS), and a method for sharing a wireless communication module between the operating systems are provided. A hardware controller is configured to communicate between the two operating systems. First, a first operating system encodes an instruction into a first uniform message and transmits the first uniform message to a second operating system, in which the wireless communication module is installed, through the hardware controller. Afterwards, the second operating system enables the wireless communication module to start receiving positioning data according to the first uniform message, encodes the data into a second uniform message, and sends the second uniform message back to the first operating system through the hardware controller. Finally, the first operating system decodes the second uniform message into positioning data.03-05-2009
20090061837AUDIO FILE INTERFACE - Methods, systems, and computer-readable medium for providing an audio file interface. In one implementation, a method is provided. The method includes, while playing an audio file on a mobile device and displaying a current view in a user interface of the mobile device, receiving first user input requesting that an audio interface be displayed, and displaying the audio interface as an overlay in the user interface, where the audio interface includes information associated with the audio file.03-05-2009
20100291911MOBILE COMMUNICATION TERMINAL AND METHOD - It is presented a method for providing a user interface of a portable electronic apparatus. The method comprises: detecting an actuation of a mode switch actuator associated with switching operational modes of the apparatus; determining a switching direction by determining whether the actuation is associated with a first switching direction or a second switching direction; determining a current operational mode; determining a new operational mode considering the switching direction and the current operational mode; and switching operational modes of the portable electronic apparatus from the current operational mode to the new operational mode. Corresponding portable electronic apparatuses and computer program product are also presented.11-18-2010
20100291910METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRACKING THE PROGRAMMING OF A MOBILE DEVICE WITH MULTIPLE SERVICE ACCOUNTS - Methods and systems enable mobile devices equipped with software defined radio based chipset modules to seamlessly re-program the mobile device to operate on any of a variety of service provider networks. By re-programming a mobile device equipped with software defined radio based chipset module, the mobile device can support communications over both GSM and CDMA communication networks. The re-programming of the mobile device may commence with the launching of a connection manager supporting a selected service provider. Various embodiment methods and systems are provided to track and monitor a currently activated first connection manager and prevent the launching of a second connection manager while the first connection manager is still active in order to avoid potentially fatal collisions.11-18-2010
20120220283Method and System for Restoring and Status Communication of Multiple Mobile Device Functions - This provides for controlling mobile device functions and features. For example, it limits or disables the use of some of mobile device features which could cause distraction to the user, when the user is engaged in another activity. In an example, it enables other mobile device features based on occurrence of events related to the user or environment. Another example addresses controlling the mobile device features, such as SMS, while the user is in a vehicle or driving. Another example restricts the ability of the driver of a vehicle to text, while the vehicle is in motion, by automatically disabling the texting ability of mobile device within and around the perimeter of the driver's seat. Other variations, examples, improvements, detection mechanisms, models, techniques, calculations, verification mechanisms, and features are also described in details.08-30-2012
20120220282METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR ACQUIRING APPLICATION IN MOBILE DEVICE - A method, system and mobile device for searching for and acquiring a desired application by using Near Field Communication (NFC) regardless of time and location are provided. In the method, the mobile device reads a keyword from an NFC tag of a target structure in response to a tagging event between the mobile device and the NFC tag. Then the mobile device performs an application search using the keyword, and downloads a specific application found using the keyword.08-30-2012
20120220281Using the IMSI Value From the SIM Card Data to Make an External Call - A method and apparatus are disclosed for a network node which processes a call request from an enterprise user's mobile device to initiate origination of an outgoing cellular call to a called party by making an external call to the mobile device which does not have a country code encoded in its SIM card by transforming an International Mobile Subscriber Identity (IMSI) value from the SIM card into a country code value, and then using the country code value to construct a dialing sequence for calling the mobile device.08-30-2012
20120083260INFORMATION TERMINAL, INFORMATION PRESENTATION METHOD FOR AN INFORMATION TERMINAL, AND INFORMATION PRESENTATION PROGRAM - [Object] To enable a user to simply and easily confirm update information of a plurality of pieces of content data handled by a plurality of various application programs without any troublesome operation. [Solving Means] A plurality of update information display cards (04-05-2012
20120083259Methods, Devices and Computer Program Products for Presenting Screen Content - Screen content from a first telecommunication device, such as a smartphone, is cast wirelessly and received by a second telecommunications device. The received screen content is formatted for presentation on the second telecommunications device. Screen content from among the received screen content may be selected for transmitting to a third telecommunications device. The selected screen content is transmitted to the third telecommunications device for presentation on a virtual screen of the third telcommunications device.04-05-2012
20120225645Low Cost System converting any Smartphone to a Remote Controller - Low cost system converting any Smartphone into an Infrared or radio controlled Remote Controller, as a green and advanced alternative to conventional remote controllers for toys, audio-video devices, alarms, gate openers, and more.09-06-2012
20120190352Method and Apparatus for self-adaptive adjustment of Pilot Power of Femto Cell - A method and apparatus for self-adaptive adjustment of pilot power of Femto Cell are provided in the present disclosure, which adopt a new power control mechanism. After the pilot power of a Femto Cell is initialized, the Femto Cell determines the adjustment value of the pilot power according to the signal-to-noise ratio reported by the HUE in real time, accordingly controls the pilot power of the Femto Cell accessed by each HUE, and enables the pilot power of the current Femto Cell to just satisfy the lowest transmission signal power required by the signal of the HUE in the coverage of the Femto Cell. The present disclosure can maximally reduce the interference from the pilot power of the Femto Cell in the macro cell users and the interference between the Femto Cells, while still guarantees the lowest transmission power needed by the HUE.07-26-2012
20090017811EVALUATION OF SPATIAL RULES OVER A MOBILE POPULATION - Spatial rules involve locations of entities, such as wireless devices, from a mobile population. When evaluating rules in a communication network, attributes of an entity are determined, where one of the attributes comprises location of the entity. Rules are evaluated to produce one or more results, each of the rules operating on the attributes of the entity. Specified actions for the rules are performed, based on the evaluation of the rules. At least one of the specified actions comprises communicating a result to an application. The communication network may have a portion that is wireless. An attribute of the entity can include subscriber information and an entity generally corresponds to a particular subscriber in the communication network, but the entity may also correspond to multiple subscribers. An entity may be a wireless device, which can subscribe to a network. Rules can apply to particular geographical regions, to particular subscribers, to both, or to additional criteria.01-15-2009
20090017810METHOD TO SUSTAIN TCP CONNECTION - The present invention relates to network communication systems for managing client/server connections in a wireless environment. In accordance with the invention, a mobile communication unit (i.e., client), deploys keepalive packets at selected times in order to reset a keepidle timer of a server (e.g., host computer). By periodically resetting the keepidle timer a current connection between the mobile communication unit and server can be maintained as long as desired even when the mobile communication unit is in a power suspend mode. When in a power suspend mode, the mobile communication unit can briefly awake long enough to activate its transmitter and send a keepalive packet to the server to maintain the current connection. In this manner, the mobile communication unit can obtain the power savings of being in primarily a power suspend mode, but still prevent the current connection from timing out.01-15-2009
20120258700SMART PHONE THAT INCLUDES A TOUCH SENSITIVE SCREEN AND A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION UNIT COMPATIBLE TO BLUETOOTH AND/OR IEEE802.11 STANDARDS FOR TRANSMITTING AUDIO CONTENT - Smart phones are herein disclosed and enabled. The smart phones include a graphical user interface, a touch sensitive screen, a digital camera, a wireless communication unit compatible with Bluetooth® and/or IEEE802.11 standards, and an Internet browsing application. The user may install additional applications to the smart phones. In one example, the smart phones may connect wirelessly to a Bluetooth® wireless audio output device. To setup wireless connection, the smart phone provides an interface over the touch sensitive screen to initiate wireless discovery, discovers one or more wireless devices for user selection, and locks a wireless communication connection between the smart phone and the selected wireless audio output device for wireless output of the audio content. A password or code may be required for connection. A security key may be stored in the smart phones to facilitate future connections. The smart phones also may support IEEE802.11 standards for direct wireless communication.10-11-2012
20110124324Systems and Methods for Providing Wireless Targeted Advertising - Systems and methods for providing promotional invitations are described. In various embodiments, a method comprises establishing an account for a user, receiving user preferences from the user, storing the user preferences within a server, receiving a promotional invitation from a business, storing the promotional invitation from the business, determining a position of the user and transmitting a promotional invitation to the user based on the position and the user preferences.05-26-2011
20120231778MICROPHONE PROXIMITY DETECTION - A mobile communications device contains at least two microphones. One microphone is located away from the handset receiver and serves to pick up voice of a near end user of the device for transmission to the other party during a call. Another microphone is located near the handset receiver and serves to pick up acoustic output of the handset receiver (a far end signal). A signal processor measures the frequency response of the receiver. The signal processor performs spectral analysis of the receiver frequency response to determine whether or not the device is being held at the ear of the user. On that basis, the device automatically changes its operating mode, e.g., turns on or off a touch sensitive display screen during the call. Other embodiments are also described.09-13-2012
20120231777REGISTRATION NOTIFICATION FOR MOBILE DEVICE MANAGEMENT - System(s) and method(s) are provided for notification of registration of a mobile device with femto coverage for firmware content management. An attachment component that administers location of mobile devices or a femto access point (AP) conveys a notification to a network platform that manages firmware content updates when a mobile device for which firmware update is available hands off from wireless macro coverage onto femto coverage through the femto AP. The notification is triggered in response to firmware update notification received by the attachment component, or an update flag received by the femto AP. Upon reception of the notification, to exploit wireline bandwidth, the network platform delivers firmware content(s) update through backhaul link to the femto AP to which the mobile device is registered. Femto APs not provisioned to serve a mobile device can be incentivized to authorize the mobile device for coverage and thus facilitate firmware updates.09-13-2012
20120231776Communicating a Broadcast Message to Change Data Rates of Mobile Stations - A wireless communications network includes a base station to communicate with plural mobile stations over a wireless link. A broadcast message is sent to the plural mobile stations, with the broadcast message containing an indication for indicating to the plural mobile stations that the mobile stations are to change data rates for transmissions over a reverse wireless link.09-13-2012
20080305785Information processing apparatus - According to one embodiment of the invention, there is provided an information processing apparatus including: an input acceptance unit configured to accept an input of an incoming call condition for causing another information processing apparatus connected to the information processing apparatus; a transmission unit configured to transmit information about the incoming call condition when a call is originated to another information processing apparatus; a determination unit configured to determine whether or not a line disconnection request for requesting disconnection of a line remaining connected to another information processing apparatus, until establishment of a connection to another information processing apparatus is completed; and a line disconnection unit configured to disconnect the line remaining connected to another information processing apparatus if the determination unit determines that the line disconnection request is acquired.12-11-2008
20080299960SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR MANAGING MESSAGE TRANSMISSIONS ON A MOBILE DEVICE - A system and method for managing message transmissions. The messaging system includes at least one messaging application capable of transmitting messages; and a message transmission manager coupled to the at least one messaging application. The message transmission manager is configured to allow a user to select one or more transmission criteria for a first message that is to be transmitted using at least one of the at least one messaging application; determine whether the transmission criteria has been achieved; and cause the first message to be transmitted upon determining that the transmission criteria has been achieved.12-04-2008
20080299959MANAGEMENT OF MOBILE DEVICE COMMUNICATION SESSIONS TO REDUCE USER DISTRACTION - Systems, methods and interfaces are disclosed for managing communications associated with a mobile communication device. Mobile communication devices process environmental inputs and transmit mobile communication device context information to a communication management system. The context information may, for example, reflect the motion and/or geographic location of the mobile device, and may reflect the risk associated with using the device to handle a call or other communications session. The communication management system uses the context information, optionally in combination with communication device profiles, to determine how to manage incoming and/or ongoing calls or other communication sessions. Mobile device users may also be inhibited from initiating communication sessions.12-04-2008
20110003585COMMUNICATION MODE SWAPPING FOR TELECOMMUNICATIONS DEVICES - Techniques for switching between communication modes on a telecommunications device are described. A telecommunications device creates a logical communication session between itself and another device. The logical communication session accommodates multiple communication modes and multiple communication protocols. The techniques described in this disclosure provide for ways to transition a communication from one communication mode to another communication mode with minimal user input and minimal connection delay.01-06-2011
20120264413OFFICE SYSTEM COMPRISING A TELEPHONY APPLICATION - An office automation system comprising a portable computer (10-18-2012
20120322434KIT FOR AN AUDIOVISUAL DEVICE OF A VEHICLE - The invention relates to a kit for an audiovisual device of a vehicle, including a car radio module without a front surface, for installation in a recess of the dashboard, in interaction with an electrical power supply, a radio antenna, and at least one electroacoustic transducer, said car radio module being capable of automatically searching for stations, as well as a means for controlling said car radio module. Said audiovisual device also includes: a base for a so-called smart mobile telephone, the base being provided for installation on the dashboard, and including a connector for the telephone, and the power supply thereof, at least one radio application software program unit to be installed on the telephone to manage the radio functions of the car radio module, the telephone itself including telephone application software, and audio management application software, a relay conditioner having a processor, arranged to be interconnected between the base and elements of the car radio module, to receive the audio signals of the application software with sound from the telephone, and to receive the radio audio signals from a tuner; said relay conditioner includes an input selection switch to power a preamplifier, and an audio input manager which monitors the most recently launched application software, to control the input selection switch in accordance with whether or not the most recently launched application software is a radio application software.12-20-2012
20110045815METHOD FOR SUPPRESSING USE OF A MOBILE PHONE NETWORK IN AN AREA - The invention relates to a method for suppressing use of a mobile phone network (02-24-2011
20110045814METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DIAL INPUT USING VOICE IN A MOBILE TERMINAL - A method and apparatus for dial input using a voice in a mobile terminal are provided. The method includes recognizing a voice inputted from a microphone when a call is connected, identifying a numeral corresponding to the recognized voice, and transmitting the identified numeral to a phone number to which the call is connected.02-24-2011
20110045813MOBILE TERMINAL AND CONTROLLING METHOD THEREOF - A mobile terminal including a wireless communication unit configured to wirelessly communicate with at least one other terminal, a display unit configured to display information, a user input unit including a hardware input unit having a light emitting device, and a controller configured to control the light emitting device of the hardware input unit to emit light in a predetermined pattern or color to inform a user of the mobile terminal about an unidentified received communication event that has not yet been checked by the user, and to display information about the unidentified communication event on the display unit when the user manipulates the hardware input unit.02-24-2011
20110045811Parent Telecommunication Device Configuration of Activity-Based Child Telecommunication Device - A telecommunications network offers a subscription plan or feature for parent and activity-based child devices. Configuration choices are made at the parent device and communicated to the activity-based child device. The child device creates a graphical menu showing activities as specified by the configuration information received from the parent device.02-24-2011
20110045810SEMANTIC CALLBACK TRIGGERS FOR AN ELECTRONIC DOCUMENT - Systems and methods relating to callback triggers for mobile or electronic documents are provided. In general, a callback trigger defines a triggering event and a callback action to be performed in response to an occurrence of the triggering event during consumption of the electronic document by an end user. As such, when the triggering event defined by a callback trigger is detected during consumption of the electronic document by an end user, a corresponding callback action is performed. In one embodiment, the one or more callback triggers for the electronic document include at least one semantic callback trigger.02-24-2011
20120322433MOBILE ROUTER WITH VALET MODE - A mobile router comprises: a valet mode program to provide valet mode functionality in a vehicle in which the mobile router is disposed; a processor operable to execute the valet mode program; a predetermined distance limit; and a predetermined speed limit. The mobile router responds to externally generated commands from a predetermined source to activate or deactivate the valet mode. The processor is operable to determine if the predetermined distance limit is exceeded from the location of the vehicle when the valet mode is activated; and the processor is operable to determine if the vehicle exceeds the predetermined speed limit when the valet mode is activated.12-20-2012
20120322435Method and System for Communication Between a Plurality of Femtocells to Mitigate Interference Between the Femtocells - Aspects of a method and system for communication between a plurality of femtocells to mitigate interference between the femtocells are provided. In this regard, a first of a plurality of femtocells in a network may receive interference information from one or more other femtocells, one or more base stations, and/or one or more communication devices in the network. The first femtocell may determine configuration information for the first femtocell and one or more other femtocells in the network based on the communicated interference information. The first femtocell and the other femtocells in the network may be configured based on the determined configuration information. The interference between the plurality of femtocells may be mitigated based on configuring the first femtocell and the other femtocells in the network based on the determined configuration information.12-20-2012
20120322432FEATURE BASED MANAGEMENT - The present invention relates to feature based management in which a request to activate or deactivate a service in a telecommunication network. The at least one prerequisite features necessary to activate or deactivate the requested service are identified and it is determined if each of the at least one prerequisite features are fulfilled such that the requested service in the telecommunication network is activated or deactivated in the event that all of the prerequisite features are fulfilled.12-20-2012
20120322431APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR REPLACING A BATTERY IN A PORTABLE TERMINAL - An apparatus and method for replacing a battery in a portable terminal are provided, in which there are a main battery and an auxiliary battery, a cover removal sensor senses the removal of a battery cover, and a controller switches from the main battery to the auxiliary battery for supplying a power in response to the battery cover removal, wherein the auxiliary battery supplies the power to some component of the portable terminal under the control of the controller.12-20-2012
20110237235SOFTWARE ARCHITECTURE FOR DUAL MODE PHONE AND METHOD OF USE - Alternative software architectures for a dual mode wireless communication device and methods of use are provided for efficient and effective use of the processor and memory capabilities of first and second air interface processors on a dual mode wireless communication device. The alternative architectures efficiently distribute a plurality of operational modules across the processors for efficient dual mode operation of a dual mode wireless communication device. Procedures for transitioning into a second air interface mode from a first air interface mode and vice versa are also disclosed. These seamless transitions can be based on user preferences and/or real time environmental variables such as signal strength or availability.09-29-2011
20100203878PORTABLE DEVICE INCLUDING A DIGITAL WALKIE-TALKIE MODULE - Provided is a portable device using a digital walkie-talkie module, which includes: a radio frequency unit which forms a call channel based on a mobile communications system; a digital walkie-talkie module which forms a communications channel based on a public frequency band; an input unit which generates an input signal for activation of at least one of the radio frequency unit and the digital walkie-talkie module; an audio processing unit which outputs at least one of an audio signal received by the radio frequency unit and an audio signal received by the digital walkie-talkie module, and collects an inputted audio signal and sends the collected audio signal to one of the radio frequency unit and the digital walkie-talkie module; and a controller which controls processing of a digital signal sent from the digital walkie-talkie module and outputs the processed digital signal to the audio processing unit, or to process an inputted audio signal and send the processed audio signal to the digital walkie-talkie module.08-12-2010
20100203877MOBILE PHONE DEVICE, AND ITS CHANNEL SEARCH METHOD AND PROGRAM - To provide a mobile phone device, and its channel search method and program capable of starting up a channel search without requiring a user to manipulate any channel search button, and of returning from out-of-service-range or waiting in the optimal channel. A mobile phone device includes an acceleration sensor that detects an amount of vibration exerted on the mobile phone device, and the control means compares an amount of vibration detected by the acceleration sensor with a predetermined first threshold, and when the amount of vibration is higher than or equal to the first threshold, starts electric field level measurement of a waiting channel or a call channel as a channel search.08-12-2010
20100203876INFERRING USER PROFILE PROPERTIES BASED UPON MOBILE DEVICE USAGE - Demographic information regarding a user of a mobile device is inferred by observing the user's mobile device usage behavior. Bayesian probability principles are applied to the observed usage behavior in order to infer a most likely demographic category classification. Probabilities of the user being a member of various demographic category classifications may be obtained from population surveys. Conditional probabilities of the user being a member of a behavior category classification given a demographic category classification may also be obtained from population surveys. A most likely user demographic category can be determined by calculating the product of the probability of the user being a member of each of the demographic category classifications and the first conditional probability of the user being a member of the behavior category classification, and identifying the demographic category classification that yields a maximum relative likelihood. The user demographic category may alternatively be determined by a table look up using the determined behavior category classification.08-12-2010
20100234007MULTIMEDIA CELL PHONE AND METHOD FOR CHANGING VIDEO BACKGROUND THEREOF - A method for changing a video background of a multimedia cell phone includes the following steps. A video image provided with a preset background color is chosen. An original image is recorded. A video communication is activated. A replacement region of the original image is determined, wherein a color of the replacement region is substantially the same as the preset background color. The replacement region of the original image is replaced with a corresponding region of the video image to form a new image. The new image is transmitted by a communication module.09-16-2010
20100234005System for Selectively Limiting the Function of a Communication Device - Described is a system and method for limiting the function of a subservient communication device using a dominant communication device. More specifically, the dominant communication device is capable of limiting the function of the subservient communication device when the user of the subservient communication device does not respond to an attempted communication from the dominant communication device. The function of the subservient communication device remains limited until it establishes communication with the dominant communication device or, in certain embodiments, a secondary communication device.09-16-2010
20120276885Controlling a communication system - In a communication system, a plurality of communication entities can establish a plurality of communication links that can potentially interfere with each other. A control of the communication system involves repetitively carrying out a probabilistic parameter setting step for respective communication links. In such a probabilistic parameter setting step, a parameter setting to be applied to a communication link is randomly determined according to a probability distribution. This probability distribution is such that a probability that a particular parameter setting is applied decreases with, on the one hand, a relative level of interference that the communication link is expected to experience from other communication links if the particular parameter setting is applied and, on the other hand, a relative level of interference that other communication links are expected to experience if the particular parameter setting is applied.11-01-2012
20120276887DEVICE MANUFACTURING USING THE DEVICE'S EMBEDDED WIRELESS TECHNOLOGY - Embodiments describe manufacturing, programming, testing, and servicing of wireless computing devices utilizing their embedded wireless technology. An embodiment method ensures that the wireless computing devices are successfully programmed in the event a disruption to the manufacturing, programming, testing and servicing process flow occurs. The method includes retrieving a last known location of the wireless device before the disruption event and comparing the last known location with the location of the wireless of the wireless device after the disruption event. A wireless device may be returned to the last known location before the disruption event if there is a difference in locations. The programming at the last known location before the disruption event occurred may be successfully completed. Further embodiments include configuring the manufacturing, programming, testing, and servicing of wireless computing devices utilizing the embedded wireless technology in the device based on a reported location of the device within a facility.11-01-2012
20120276886Method and Apparatus for Acquiring Information Related to a Position - In accordance with an example embodiment of the present invention, a method and an apparatus are shown comprising receiving status information of an apparatus, and determining a probability for an update of information related to a position being obtained based on the status information. Based on the determined probability and an elapsed time since a last update of the information related to a position, it is determined whether to activate a receiver in order to obtain the update of information related to a position.11-01-2012
20100216449METHOD AND DEVICE FOR CREATING MANAGEMENT OBJECT INSTANCE IN MANAGEMENT TREE OF TERMINAL DEVICE - The present disclosure relates to a method and a device for creating an MO instance in the management tree of a terminal device. The method for creating the MO instance in the management tree of the terminal device comprises adding the node value to an unnamed node or a specified node of the unnamed node in the MO of the management tree in the terminal device, obtaining data information relative to the content of the unnamed node or the specified node of the unnamed node, generating the name of the unnamed node according to the data information, and adding the MO instance into the management tree of the terminal device. The present disclosure accordingly provides a communications device.08-26-2010
20100216447MOBILE TERMINAL AND METHOD FOR PREVENTING UNINTENDED OPERATION OF THE SAME - A slide type mobile terminal and a method for preventing unintended operation of the same are disclosed. When an event is generated, indicating movement of the assemblies of the mobile terminal with respect to each other, a determination is made whether the movement is detected within a preset time after generation of at least one of a touch down event and a touch up event, and ignores those events determined to be within the preset time by not delivering the touch events to a related application program.08-26-2010
20100216446MOBILE ELECTRONIC DEVICE AND METHOD FOR LOCATING THE MOBILE ELECTRONIC DEVICE - A mobile electronic device stores a standard voice command and a voice command identification standard. When an incoming call is regarded as a missed call and a voice command is detected, the mobile electronic device compares characteristics of the voice command with characteristics of the standard voice command, so as to determine if the voice command satisfies the voice command identification standard. The mobile electronic device further activates a ringing circuit to play a predetermined ring tone in response that the voice command satisfies the voice command identification standard, so as to help a user locate the mobile electronic device even if the mobile electronic device is in a silent mode.08-26-2010
20120329444System for Safe Texting While Driving - Systems and methods are described to allow safe texting with speech-text conversion for vehicle drivers, with provisions to prevent a user from defeating or bypassing the speech-text conversion. Some embodiments include a special software application in a driver's phone while other embodiments require only software changes at a service provider. If the velocity of a phone exceeds a disable threshold, it is assumed that the user may be texting while driving. That the user is a driver is then determined by one or more of multiple methods including registration. Conventional texting is then disabled for their phone and a safe texting capability is enabled instead. Where persons in the same vehicle utilize different service providers, parameters such as for instance cell phone position, velocity, and direction of travel are time stamped and passed between service providers or alternately made available to other service providers via a central database.12-27-2012
20120329443DYNAMIC OPTIMIZATION OF MOBILE SERVICES - A method, system, and article of manufacture are disclosed for transforming a service process definition. This service process definition is comprised of computer readable code. The method comprises the steps of expressing a given set of assumptions in a computer readable code; and transforming said process definition by using a processing unit to apply said assumptions to said process definition to change the configuration of the process definition. The process definition may be transformed by using factors relating to the specific context in or for which the process definition is executed. Also, the process definition may be transformed by identifying, in a flow diagram for the service process definition, flows to which the assumptions apply, and applying program rewriting techniques to those identified flows.12-27-2012
20120329442APPARATUS AND METHODS FOR MANAGING ACCESS AND UPDATE REQUESTS IN A WIRELESS NETWORK - Methods and apparatus that enable a wireless network to detect and manage impending congestion events caused by a plurality of mobile devices attempting to access the network in a brief space of time. In one embodiment, the network comprises a 3g (UMTS) cellular network, and includes a congestion management and avoidance entity that preemptively triggers a collision mode upon detecting an impending congestion event. This mode advantageously reduces processing burden on the base station by causing the mobile devices (UEs) to halt current access attempts, and invoke a multiple access scheme (e.g., wait a random amount of time before attempting further access attempts). The comparatively early detection and avoidance of collisions reduces the mobile device's power consumption, while addressing congestion events early in the wireless communication process so as to maintain optimal network conditions.12-27-2012
20120329441Location-Specific Desktop Display - In general, the subject matter described in this specification can be embodied in methods, systems, and program products. A mobile computing device presents a desktop display, wherein the desktop display includes (i) a desktop background display, and (ii) one or more user-selectable application program shortcut icons. A first geographic location of the mobile computing device is determined. The mobile computing device updates the desktop background display to include a first image of a map that depicts the first geographic location. A second geographical location of the mobile computing device is determined. The mobile computing device updates the desktop background display to include a second image of the map, wherein the second image of the map has panned to depict the second geographic location.12-27-2012
20120329440RFSP Selective Camping - A UE including one or more processors configured to, responsive to determining that the UE has a voice service solution, set a “selective camping capability bit” and transmit the bit to a network.12-27-2012
20120100845Power Saving in a Radio Base Station by Determining Number of Active and Idle Users Camping on Cell - Methods of operating a radio base station of a first cell in a wireless cellular network are disclosed. Each of one or more user equipment devices of the wireless cellular network has an idle mode in which the radio base station is not aware of whether the user equipment device is currently camping on the first cell, and an active mode in which the radio base station is aware of whether the user equipment device is currently camping on the first cell. By setting the radio base station in a disabled state based on various criteria, energy may be saved in the radio base station.04-26-2012
20120100844Method and Arrangements to Reconfigure a Radio Base Station in a Wireless Communication System - A Radio Base Station (RBS) and method of operating the same are provided. The RBS may enable a fast and flexible reconfiguration of the system from a first configuration to a second confirmation where the RBS is triggered to initiate a system reconfiguration and the reconfiguration is performed by starting a new cell with the wanted new configuration in parallel with the original cell. During a certain time period, both the original and the new cell are available. Thereafter, the original cell is shut down. The time offset between the start up of the new cell and the shut down of the original cell may be long enough to ensure that user equipment associated with the original cell can be handed over or can reselect the new cell. The time offset may be short enough to reduce the interference between the original and new cells.04-26-2012
20120100843METHODS FOR HANDLING PACKET-SWITCHED DATA TRANSMISSIONS BY MOBILE STATION WITH SUBSCRIBER IDENTITY CARDS AND SYSTEMS UTILIZING THE SAME - A method for handling packet-switched data transmissions by a mobile station with a first subscriber identity card coupled to a first radio frequency (RF) module and a second subscriber identity card coupled to a second RF module, executed by an adapter of the mobile station, is provided. An uplink Internet protocol (IP) packet is received. Information regarding at least one of the received packet and hardware status of the mobile station is collected. One subscriber identity card is determined from the first and second subscriber identity cards according to the collected information. The received packet is transmitted to an IP network via the RF module corresponding to the determined subscriber identity card.04-26-2012
20120100842EVOLVING ALGORITHMS FOR NETWORK NODE CONTROL IN A TELECOMMUNICATIONS NETWORK BY GENETIC PROGRAMMING - A method is provided of evolving algorithms for network node control in a telecommunications network by genetic programming to (a) generate algorithms (b) determining fitness level of the algorithms based on a model of the telecommunications network and (c) select the algorithm that meet a predetermined fitness level or number of generations of evolution. The model is updated and the steps (a), (b) and (c) are repeated automatically to provide a series of algorithms over time adapted to the changing model of the network for possible implementation in the network.04-26-2012
20120100841METHOD, SYSTEM AND APPARATUS FOR CONFIGURING A MOBILE ELECTRONIC DEVICE - According to embodiments described in the specification, a method, system and apparatus for configuring a mobile electronic device are provided. The method comprises storing, in a memory of a provisioning server, a plurality of service records and one of a plurality of operation type parameters in association with each service record; receiving, at the provisioning server, a registration request for the mobile electronic device, the registration request including one or more identifiers identifying ones of the service records that are maintained in the mobile electronic device; selecting, based on the received identifiers and the operation type parameters, at least one service record for transmission; and, transmitting the at least one selected service record.04-26-2012
20120329439MOBILE DEVICE CAPABLE OF AUTOMATICALLY SWITCHING OPERATION PROFILES AND METHOD THEREOF - A mobile device includes an acceleration sensing unit, a storage unit, a parameter obtaining unit, and a processing unit. The acceleration sensor senses acceleration of the mobile device. The storage unit stores an operation profile database having a plurality of operation profiles, an operation profile table mapping a sensed acceleration and a current status of a user of the mobile phone to one of the operation profiles, and a parameter obtaining table mapping a sensed acceleration to a parameter. The processing unit determines to obtain which parameter according to the sensed acceleration and the parameter obtaining table, directs the parameter obtaining unit to obtain the determined parameter, determines a current status of the user according to the obtained parameter, and switches the mobile device to a target operation profile according to the sensed acceleration, the determined current status of the user, and the operation profile table. A related method is also provided.12-27-2012
20120289218HEARING AID COMPATIBILITY IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS DEVICE - A wireless communications device and method for providing an output signal. The device includes a control unit for controlling the operation of the wireless communications device; a selection element connected to the control unit and configured to allow selection of several modes of output coupling for generating the output signal of the device; and, a processor connected to the control unit for processing a received signal with parameters selected according to a selected mode of output coupling. The several modes of output coupling correspond to several modes of input operation for a hearing aid to improve coupling between the device and the hearing aid.11-15-2012
20120289217SAFETY FEATURES FOR PORTABLE ELECTRONIC DEVICE - A portable device includes a safety feature that prevents some forms of use when the device is moving. The device may detect its speed or movement, compare that to a threshold, and provide a response or blocking function upon exceeding that threshold. The device may be a cell phone configured to disable transmission and reception of voice/text, conceal its display screen, and disable incorporated features and functions, if the cell phone is moving faster than walking speed or the movement is uncharacteristic of walking. The blocking function may be partially overridden based on a safety policy, which can be managed and customized. The introduction of hands-free devices may serve to override a blocking function and enable other functions.11-15-2012
20120289216System and Method of Wireless Communication - A method of providing wireless communication service to a mobile phone is provided. The method comprises identifying common mobile phone applications and selectively supported mobile phone applications, installing the common mobile phone applications and the selectively supported mobile phone applications in read only memory of the mobile phone, each of the selectively supported applications associated with a selection switch initially disabled. The method further comprises, when activating the mobile phone, enabling at least one of the selection switches and writing at least one reference to branded content to a random access memory of the mobile phone based on a service plan associated with the mobile phone.11-15-2012
20120289215SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR AUTOMATICALLY ENABLING A CAR MODE IN A PERSONAL COMMUNICATION DEVICE - In one embodiment, a system for transmitting information to a personal communication device (PCD) is provided. The system includes a communication module for being positioned in a vehicle. The communication module is configured to generate a vehicle status signal indicative of the vehicle being in a moving state and to generate a device name signal indicative of an identity of the communication module in the vehicle. The communication module is further configured to transmit the vehicle status signal and the device name signal to the PCD for limiting the operation of the PCD.11-15-2012
20120289214METHOD FOR LIMITING THE USE OF A MOBILE COMMUNICATIONS DEVICE - The present invention relates to a method for limiting the use of a mobile communications device, the mobile communications device comprising a user interface, the steps of the method comprising determining the physical speed at which the mobile communications device is travelling; comparing the physical speed to a preset threshold speed; and limiting the functionality of the mobile communications device if the physical speed thereof is above preset threshold speed.11-15-2012
20100167713PROGRAMMABLE AGENT FOR MONITORING MOBILE COMMUNICATION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORK - Systems and methods for collecting data related to events that occur in a wireless network. The method comprises receiving a data reporting profile which includes a series of executable commands which include a series of logical rules governing the manner in which reporting data should be generated and reported, compiling the executable commands of the data reporting profile into collection schema for collecting and reporting the reporting data according to the logical rules of the data reporting profile, creating a plurality of triggering criteria when reporting data should be generated based on the collection schema, creating a plurality of memory where the reporting data may be stored according to the collection schema, and scheduling the transfer of reporting data according to the collection schema.07-01-2010
20100167715Method and Apparatus for Social Networking in a Communication Network - In a communication network, a method and apparatus for social networking in a communication network includes detecting a characteristic motion of a communication device and identifying at least one contact information from a contact list of the communication device in response to detecting the characteristic motion of the communication device. The method further includes initiating a communication session with the identified contact information.07-01-2010
20100167712GRAPHICAL USER INTERFACE FOR MOBILE DEVICE - A computing device-implemented method includes displaying a receding timeline configured to fade back toward a horizon, the receding timeline including a starting point at a current time that is updated with a changing time. The method further includes receiving a time-related item from a peripheral application and creating a graphic based on the time-related item. The method also includes displaying the graphic at the starting point of the receding timeline and reducing the graphic size proportionally with the changing time of the receding timeline.07-01-2010
20130012181METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR CHANGING OPERATION MODE OF PORTABLE TERMINAL - An apparatus and method for changing an operation mode of a portable terminal includes checking a moving distance of the portable terminal during a predetermined time period using received location information, checking a moving speed of the portable terminal from the checked moving distance and the predetermined time period, and changing the operation mode of the portable terminal to an airplane mode if the checked moving speed is higher than a preset speed.01-10-2013
20130012186METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ACTIVATING CARRIERS IN A MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a method and apparatus for activating carriers in a mobile communication system, and includes determining, when an instruction message for aggregating multiple carriers is received, a bit position per carrier according to an identifier per carrier in the instruction message; checking, when a carrier state message including a state bitmap indicating state per carrier, the state per carrier according to the bit position per carrier in the state bitmap; and activating/deactivating the carriers according to the per-carrier states. According to the present invention, it is possible to minimize signaling overhead caused by carrier activation and deactivation.01-10-2013
20130012183SYSTEM AND METHOD OF CONTROLLING TRANSMIT POWER FOR MOBILE WIRELESS DEVICES WITH MULTI-MODE OPERATION OF ANTENNA - A method is performed by a wireless communication device. The device uses a first transmission rate upon initiation of a wireless communication. During the wireless communication, the device detects that the device has entered a predetermined use mode. In response, the device automatically switches to a second transmission rate different than the first transmission rate.01-10-2013
20130012184METHOD, SYSTEM AND DEVICE FOR INITIALIZING INTERNET DEVICE - This disclosure discloses a method, system and device for initializing an internet device. The method mainly comprises: an application module queries, through a handshake negotiation with a communication module, network standard information, sends the hardware configuration information needed to the communication module, and then informs the communication module of the determined hardware configuration information; and the communication module initializes hardware devices according to the initialization operation information in a stored set of available initialization operation information matched with the hardware configuration information. This disclosure avoids the setting of different software versions corresponding to different hardware ports and parameter configurations and reduces the complexity of system maintenance and management. Besides, the application module can use the same set of codes to adapt to communication modules of different network standards, thus further reducing the complexity of system maintenance and management.01-10-2013
20130012182Method of Handling Access Network Discovery and Selection Function and Related Communication Device - A method of handling an access network discovery and selection function (ANDSF) for a network of a wireless communication system is disclosed. The method comprises determining a first plurality of closed subscriber group (CSG) cells of the wireless communication system with a first CSG identity, for a mobile device of the wireless communication system to communicate with an evolved packet core (EPC) network of the wireless communication system via the first plurality of CSG cells, after the network determines the 3rd Generation Partnership Project (3GPP) as an access technology for the mobile device; and configuring an inter-system mobility policy (ISMP) node such that a value of an AccessTechnology leaf of a PrioritizedAccess node is configured as the 3GPP, and a value of a first AccessId leaf of the PrioritizedAccess node is configured as the first CSG identity of the first plurality of CSG cells.01-10-2013
20080268827COMMUNICATION DEVICE THAT PERMITS A USER TO SELECT ANY OF MULTIPLE USER-SELECTABLE COMMUNICATION TYPES FOR A REPLY - A communication device comprises logic and an input device coupled to the logic. The input device is adapted to permit a user to select a communication type. The logic receives a communication in a first communication type and permits a user to reply to the communication using any of a plurality of user-selectable communication types.10-30-2008
20100130187BASE-STATION CONFIGURATION CONTROL SYSTEM AND METHOD - Provided are a base-station configuration control apparatus, system and method. The base-station configuration control apparatus includes a user interface and a CPU. The user interface receives a user's request to selection of a standard protocol. The CPU receives one or more programs based on a selected standard protocol from a storage, which is connected to an external bus, to download the received programs to a function block through a host interface, based on a SDR technology.05-27-2010
20120149355SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR PROVISIONING A THIRD PARTY MOBILE DEVICE EMULATOR - A method and apparatus for provisioning a third party mobile device emulator from desktop provisioning software, the method having the steps of: designating a common file space between the third party mobile device emulator and the desktop provisioning software; writing files to the common file space from one of the third party mobile device emulator and the desktop provisioning software; and reading the files from the other of the third party mobile device emulator and the desktop provisioning software.06-14-2012
20120149354VEHICLE INFORMATION SYSTEM - A vehicle information system includes: a vehicle-mounted device, a network processing device and a service center which is adapted for providing service for the vehicle-mounted device. A service configuration channel is configured between the network processing device and the service center and is adapted for transmitting configuration data which are adapted for configuring service that is provided for the vehicle-mounted device. The service configuration channel is established on basis of connection to internet. A service channel system is configured between the vehicle-mounted device and the service center. A complete solution for providing information service may be provided by the vehicle information system, thereby improving the quality of user experience while using a vehicle.06-14-2012
20120149353DECISION SUPPORT - Decision support information is exchanged over a secure wireless network among mobile computing devices, and also optionally a central command computer. Each of the mobile computing devices has one or more sensors connected and interfaced to it. Output data from the sensor(s) can be sent over the network to one or more other devices on the network. A command for a sensor also can be sent over the network to cause the sensor to take some action such as turning on or turning off. The mobile computing devices on the network automatically share plug-in software components needed by any of the devices to view transmitted sensor output data and/or act on sensor commands.06-14-2012
20120149352CONTEXT AWARE TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT FOR RESOURCE CONSERVATION IN A WIRELESS NETWORK - Systems and methods of context aware traffic management for network and device resource conservation are disclosed. In one aspect, embodiments of the present disclosure include a method, which may be implemented on a system, for using characteristics of user activity on the mobile device to locally adjust behavior of the mobile device to optimize battery consumption on the mobile device, using characteristics of user activity on the mobile device to locally adjust behavior of the mobile device to optimize battery consumption on the mobile device, and/or using characteristics of user activity on the mobile device to locally adjust behavior of the mobile device to optimize battery consumption on the mobile device.06-14-2012
20120149351METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR NETWORK ASSISTED DISCOVERY OF FEMTO CELLS - Method and system for a femto serving switch system. A request for registering a wireless device with a femto cell environment is received. The wireless device is registered based on the request with respect to the femto cell environment. Information related to the femto cell environment and one or more applications is then obtained, based on which a femto discovery notification (FDN) is generated. Such generated FDN is then delivered to the wireless device to assist the wireless device to operate in the femto cell environment.06-14-2012
20120149350STEALTH MODE FOR WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS DEVICE - A device is configured to enter a stealth mode in response to a trigger and/or triggering event. The trigger/triggering event can be a voice command, a depression(s) of a button(s) or pattern of buttons on the device, a keyboard and/or softkey entry, entry of a pattern on the display of the device, a designated movement of the device, detection of an event, and/or lack of detection of an event. The device activates the stealth mode without any indication to the user of the device that the device is activating the stealth mode. The stealth mode operates concurrently with all other functions of the device. A virtual secure channel can be established that allows communication with the device without providing an indication that the device is communicating via the virtual secure channel. A token can be utilized for authentication and to discriminate be stealth and normal modes.06-14-2012
20130017818APPARATUS FOR CONFIGURATION OF WIRELESS OPERATION - An integrated circuit (IC) includes a plurality of circuit modules, a millimeter wave (MMW) transceiver coupled to a configurable antenna structure, and a controller. The controller is operably coupled to: receive parameters for an inter-chip MMW communication link; interpret the parameters to determine a range of operational requirements; compare the range of operational requirements with configuration options of the MMW transceiver and the configurable antenna structure; and, when one of the configuration options compares favorably with the range of operational requirements, generate a configuration signal to instruct the MMW transceiver and the configurable antenna structure to implement the one of the configuration options.01-17-2013
20130017815METHODS AND APPARATUSES FOR EFFICIENT BATTERY UTILIZATION DURING CONTENT DELIVERY IN TELECOMMUNICATION NETWORKS - Apparatuses and methods for controlling a manner of delivering content to a content user in a mobile telecommunication network are provided. The content is sent to the content user using first a first transmission rate when the content user is in a first radio state and uses a first battery power, and then using a second transmission rate that is lower than the first transmission rate, when the content user is in a second radio state and uses a second battery power that is smaller than the first battery power. The sending is performed such as, (A) while delivering the content, an amount of the content already received by the content user to exceed an amount of the content used by the content user, and (B) to minimize an energy used by the content user during delivery.01-17-2013
20130017814Holster Profile Detection via Electric-Field Proximity Sensor TechnologyAANM Ali; Shirook M.AACI MiltonAACO CAAAGP Ali; Shirook M. Milton CAAANM Labrador; ChristopherAACI WaterlooAACO CAAAGP Labrador; Christopher Waterloo CAAANM Warden; James PaulAACI Fort WorthAAST TXAACO USAAGP Warden; James Paul Fort Worth TX US - A mobile electronic device is used with a case and contains a processor, at least one electric-field proximity detector adapted to detect a non-magnetic proximity activator in the case and a component configured to effect setting a state indicator in a device profile in dependence on an output from the at least one electric-field proximity detector.01-17-2013
20130017817METHOD FOR COMMUNICATION OF BASE STATION AND TERMINALAANM Kim; Won-IkAACI DaejeonAACO KRAAGP Kim; Won-Ik Daejeon KRAANM Kim; EunkyungAACI DaejeonAACO KRAAGP Kim; Eunkyung Daejeon KRAANM Kim; Sung KyungAACI DaejeonAACO KRAAGP Kim; Sung Kyung Daejeon KRAANM Chang; Sung CheolAACI DaejeonAACO KRAAGP Chang; Sung Cheol Daejeon KRAANM Cha; Jae SunAACI DaejeonAACO KRAAGP Cha; Jae Sun Daejeon KRAANM Yun; Mi YoungAACI DaejeonAACO KRAAGP Yun; Mi Young Daejeon KRAANM Lee; HyunAACI DaejeonAACO KRAAGP Lee; Hyun Daejeon KRAANM Yoon; Chul SikAACI SeoulAACO KRAAGP Yoon; Chul Sik Seoul KRAANM Lim; Kwang JaeAACI DaejeonAACO KRAAGP Lim; Kwang Jae Daejeon KR - A method of performing communication of a terminal includes the terminal transmitting state information thereof to a base station, and the terminal receiving a mode change request from the base station when the terminal is selected by the base station.01-17-2013
20110159865COMMUNICATION TERMINAL, INCOMING COMMUNICATION NOTIFICATION METHOD, AND PROGRAM - Means is provided for, even when a user does not previously register information that can identify a counterparty, such as a telephone number or mail address, determining the priority with respect to an incoming from a counterparty of which there is an outgoing record to respond efficiently and effectively. In a portable communication terminal 06-30-2011
20110159864ELECTRONIC EQUIPMENT MODE SWITCHING APPARATUS AND METHOD BASED ON SKIN CONTACT, MOBILE PHONE FOR SWITCHING CALL INCOMING ALARMING MODE ON THE BASIS OF SKIN CONTACT WHEN CALL IS RECEIVED, AND METHOD OF AUTOMATICALLY SWITCHING CALL INCOMING ALARMING MODE OF THE MOBILE PHONE - The present invention relates to an electronic equipment mode switching apparatus and method based on a skin contact made by a user using the electronic equipment, thereby being capable of minimizing the power consumption of electronic equipment and also of instantly operating electronic equipment as soon as skin contact is made. The electronic equipment mode switching apparatus includes skin contact detection means for detecting electricity generated when a user's skin is touched, logic circuit means for generating a mode switching signal to switch a power supply mode of an electronic device when skin contact is detected by the skin contact detection means, and mode switching means for switching the power supply mode of the electronic device in response to the mode switching signal generated by the logic circuit means.06-30-2011
20110159863MOBILE COMMUNICATION DEVICE AND METHOD THEREOF - The disclosure provides a mobile communication device, comprising: a communicating module for establishing wireless link with an external communication device; a memory module for storing a preset information message and a preset time; a processor unit for generating a communication request and transmitting the communication request to the communicating module; a user interface; wherein the processor starts to count time after establishment of the wireless link, and synchronously detecting whether accumulated time is greater than or equal to the preset time, then, the user interface displays an information message. The disclosure further provides a mobile communication method.06-30-2011
20110159862SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR DETERMINING THE LOCATION OF MOBILE DEVICES INDEPENDENT OF LOCATION FIXING HARDWARE - Implementations relate to systems and methods for determining a location of a mobile device. The mobile device can query other mobile devices within service range for identification information, and send the identification information to a remote server for storage therein. The remote server can receive location information from other mobile devices corresponding to the identification information. The mobile device can send a location query to the remote server, which can determine or calculate a location of the mobile device based on the identification and/or location information of the other mobile devices. The remote server can provide the location of the mobile device to the mobile device for use in associated mobile applications.06-30-2011
20130023257System and Method for Providing Configurations of Local Network - A system for providing a user terminal with configurations of a local network is provided. The system includes an obtaining unit configured to obtain the configurations of the local network and a telephone number corresponding to the local network, a storage unit configured to store the obtained configurations and the obtained telephone number such that the obtained configurations and the obtained telephone number are associated with each other, a receiving unit configured to receive a request for the configurations from the user terminal, the request comprising the telephone number corresponding to the local network, a retrieving unit configured to retrieve the configurations associated with the received telephone number from the storage unit, and a response unit configured to respond the retrieved configurations to the user terminal.01-24-2013
20080254782Apparatus, method and computer program product providing inter-operability between legacy and other radio network subsystem - RNCs are assigned different bit length identifiers, for example 12 bits (legacy) and 16 bits (extended). To enable handovers between adjacent RNCs with different bit length identifiers, several solutions are presented. In a first solution, no logical/direct connection is configured between the adjacent RNCs having different bit length identifiers at least for the case where the value of the longer identifier is not compatible with the shorter identifier. In a second solution, some RNCs are given both a long and a short identifier, and use the one matching the length of the RNC with which a handover occurs. In a third solution, for all adjacent RNCs with an Iur logical connection between them but still having different bit length identifiers, the most significant bits of the longer identifier are not the same as the whole of the shorter bit length identifier. Multiple variations and examples are presented, and implementations include method, apparatus, embodied computer program, and integrated circuit.10-16-2008
20080233941Method and Apparatus for Handling Random Access Procedure in a Wireless Communications System - A method for handling a random access procedure in a user equipment, called UE hereinafter, of a wireless communications system includes outputting a message 09-25-2008
20080233939Method for Enhancing Data Transmission Efficiency for a Radio Resource Control Procedure for a Wireless Communications System and Related Apparatus - A method for enhancing data transmission efficiency for a radio resource control, hereinafter called RRC, procedure for a user equipment, also called UE, of a wireless communications system includes initiating an RRC update procedure; sending an update message corresponding to the RRC update procedure to a network terminal; reselecting a serving cell after the update message is sent to the network terminal; and using a common HS-DSCH radio network transaction identifier, abbreviated to common H-RNTI, for a high speed downlink operation corresponding to a CELL_FACH state if the selected serving cell supports the high speed downlink operation.09-25-2008
20080233938MARITIME RADIO INTERFERENCE MANAGEMENT USING POSITION AND RADIO FREQUENCY SPECTRAL ENERGY DETECTION - Embodiments are directed to avoiding interference between a maritime mobile radio network and a mobile radio network provided at a fixed position relative to the maritime mobile radio network. A current geographic position of the maritime network is determined. A minimum separation distance to be maintained between the two networks is determined based on the geographic position. A current separation distance is predicted based a signal detected from the fixed-position network. When the predicted separation distance is less than the minimum separation distance and the detected signal is determined to be persistent, the maritime network is turned off. The detected signal may be determined to be persistent when it is continuously detected over a predetermined time period and has sufficient signal energy for sustaining a cellular telephone call.09-25-2008
20080233937Mobile communication terminal and method - It is presented a method for providing a user interface of a mobile communication terminal comprising a mode switch actuator, where the mobile communication terminal has at least two operational modes. The method comprises the: detecting an actuation of the mode switch actuator; determining a first operational mode being a currently active operational mode; determining a second operational mode to switch to; and switching operational mode of the mobile communication terminal from the first operational mode to the second operational mode. This provides a user interface which may be different for each operational mode, enhancing usability by excluding user interface items that are unnecessary for each operational mode. Corresponding multimode devices and computer program product are also presented.09-25-2008
20100087179DEVICE, SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR PROVIDING DISTRIBUTED ONLINE SERVICES - A device, system, and method is provided for running mobile applications, including a server for running applications and a client installed in a mobile device. The client may connect to the server via a network. The client may display content, receive user input, and send user input to the server. The server may use the client to receive user input and to display content for running applications for the mobile device.04-08-2010
20080227440Methods and apparatus for discovering and updating a mobile device via user behavior - Apparatus and methods for dynamically updating a mobile device in response to a user's behavior. In one exemplary embodiment, a user interface (UI) of the device is capable of being updated based on the user's usage or other behavioral patterns. In one variant, a server and associated mobile portal are utilized to receive input from the mobile device relating to user behavior, emulate the device on the server (or a proxy device), and discover services applicable to that particular device. The user interface of the device is then adaptively modified based on the relevant discovered services, thereby enhancing user interface efficiency and the user's interaction experience.09-18-2008
20110263238METHODS, SYSTEMS, AND COMPUTER READABLE MEDIA FOR AUTOMATIC, RECURRENT ENFORCEMENT OF A POLICY RULE - Methods, systems, and computer readable media for automatic, repetitive enforcement of a policy rule according to a schedule are disclosed. According to one aspect, a method for automatic, recurrent enforcement of a policy rule includes providing, to a node for enforcing policy rules in a telecommunications network, an automatically recurrent policy rule, the policy rule defining an enforcement activation condition and including an enforcement recurrence attribute; and using, at the node, the enforcement activation condition and the enforcement recurrence attribute to recurrently activate the enforcement of the policy rule according to the enforcement recurrence attribute.10-27-2011
20080220758Broadcast receiver and processing program thereof - When reservation information is inputted, a mobile terminal apparatus (broadcast receiver) 09-11-2008
20080220757SOFTWARE DEFINED RADIO FOR LOADING WAVEFORM COMPONENTS AT RUNTIME IN A SOFTWARE COMMUNICATIONS ARCHITECTURE (SCA) FRAMEWORK - A software defined radio includes a radio circuit and an executable radio software system operable with the radio circuit and conforming to the software communications architecture (SCA) specification. An operating environment is defined and includes a plurality of waveform components that are loaded when the radio circuit is initialized or a waveform component is instantiated, and reloaded at runtime after the waveform component is instantiated for transmitting and receiving voice data.09-11-2008
20130178200UTILIZING SPEED AND POSITION INFORMATION TO SELECT AN OPERATIONAL MODE IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for determining an operational mode for use in a wireless communication system based on a location, a velocity, or both, of a wireless communication device (WCD) in relation to a wireless network infrastructure is described. The selected mode can be used by various devices within the communication system. Modes that are selected include transmit diversity and site selection diversity.07-11-2013
20120252430ESTABLISHING PROXIMITY DETECTION USING 802.11 BASED NETWORKS - A method includes presenting a set location setting capable of being selected by a user within a graphical user interface (GUI) of a mobile device. The method proceeds by detecting on-site location information of the mobile device in response to a selection of the set location setting and detecting at least one on-site 802.11 based network in communication with the mobile device in response to a selection of the set location setting. The method proceeds by identifying an on-site IP address associated with the at least one on-site 802.11 based network, and then associating both the on-site location information and the on-site IP address with an on-site zone of a site associated with the mobile device. The method proceeds by altering an operating condition of a network device located at the site in response to a location of the mobile device relative to the on-site zone.10-04-2012
20120252426ELECTRONIC DEVICE AND SCHEDULING CONTROL COMPUTER PROGRAM - A mobile phone includes a condition storage unit storing therein a condition related to periodically-scheduled events that involve ringing of a device. In addition, the mobile phone includes a judging unit that judges whether an input operation input via an input unit of the device matches the condition stored in the condition storage unit. The mobile phone also includes a skip processing unit that, when the judging unit determines that the input operation matches the condition, inhibits the ringing scheduled at a nearest ringing time from being performed, calculates a ringing time that arrives following the nearest ringing time according to a periodical schedule, and configures a setting so as to enable the ringing scheduled at the calculated ringing time.10-04-2012
20120252425WIRELESS COMMUNICATION DEVICES IN WHICH OPERATING CONTEXT IS USED TO REDUCE OPERATING COST AND METHODS FOR OPERATING SAME - A mobile device has operating resources available to it. A measurement generator provides measurements of the operating resources and a context awareness engine identifies which of the operating resources may be efficiently utilized by a service application in view of context conditions in which the mobile device is operating. A selection controller selects, based on the measurements, at least one of the identified operating resources for use by the service application to improve or optimize a cost of the mobile device.10-04-2012
20130137417System and Method of Wireless Communication - A method of providing wireless communication service to a mobile phone is provided. The method comprises identifying common mobile phone applications and selectively supported mobile phone applications, installing the common mobile phone applications and the selectively supported mobile phone applications in read only memory of the mobile phone, each of the selectively supported applications associated with a selection switch initially disabled. The method further comprises, when activating the mobile phone, enabling at least one of the selection switches and writing at least one reference to branded content to a random access memory of the mobile phone based on a service plan associated with the mobile phone.05-30-2013
20130178199APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR PROVIDING SHORTCUT SERVICE IN PORTABLE TERMINAL - An apparatus and a method provide a shortcut service to execute a service in a portable terminal. The method for setting the shortcut service includes when a shortcut service setup event generates, determining a service to map onto a shortcut service button among at least one service provided by the portable terminal; and storing the shortcut service button and service information mapped onto the shortcut service button.07-11-2013
20130115934BASE STATION, METHOD FOR CONTROLLING A COMMUNICATION TERMINAL, COMMUNICATION TERMINAL AND METHOD FOR OPERATING A COMMUNICATION TERMINAL - According to one embodiment, a base station of a mobile communication network is provided comprising a message generator configured to generate a message indicating that at least one mobile communication terminal should use a reception enhancement functionality and a transmitter configured to transmit the message to the at least one mobile communication terminal.05-09-2013
20130095811RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, RADIO BASE STATION, AND COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD - Disclosed is a radio communication system which has: a radio base station (eNB#04-18-2013
20130095810System and Method for Providing Contactless Payment with a Near Field Communications Attachment - A system and method in accordance with exemplary embodiments may include an attachment with a near field communication antenna, a secure element, a plug capable of connecting the attachment to an audio jack on a mobile device. Further, a system and method in accordance with exemplary embodiments may include receiving a payment initiation instruction from a customer, using a near field communication antenna, sending payment information to a point of sale device, using one or more computer processors, encoding data related to the payment as audio data, and transmitting the data related to the payment through an audio jack.04-18-2013
20130095809PROVISIONING A TELEPHONY NETWORK IN RESPONSE TO AN ELECTRONIC DEVICE ATTACHING TO THE NETWORK - A technique includes, in response to an electronic device attaching to a telephony network, selecting a telephony number from a plurality of available telephony numbers to assign to the electronic device for a given session in which the electronic device is attached to the telephony network and provisioning the telephony network based at least in part on the assigned telephony number.04-18-2013
20130115937Control of Electronic Devices Based on Capability Descriptions - Methods, systems, apparatuses, and computer readable media for controlling one or more electronic devices are described. According to one described aspect, an embodiment of a method includes providing a plurality of schemes, each scheme defining features that are operable on an electronic device and which features each of the features in the scheme can use, and receiving data for identifying the type of the electronic device, and selecting, based on the type, one of the schemes, and controlling the electronic device based on the selected scheme.05-09-2013
20130115936Method for State Transition and Network Device - A method for a state transition includes determining whether a user equipment (UE) is a UE frequently performing state transitions. When the state of the UE is required to be transitioned to the idle state, a state of the UE is transitioned to a paging channel (PCH) state if the UE is a UE frequently performing state transitions. If the UE is a UE infrequently performing state transitions, the state of the UE is transitioned to the idle state.05-09-2013
20130102301CONTROL APPARATUS AND METHOD, AND NODE APPARATUS - A control apparatus controlling an operation state of functions which are included in a node apparatus connected to a network. The control apparatus includes a forecasting part, and a control part. The forecasting part forecasts a maximum traffic amount in a target term in the node apparatus. The control part controls the operation state of the node apparatus to stop functions, other than a function which is demanded to process the maximum traffic amount, in the target term.04-25-2013
20130102300System And Method For Forming Automatically Launching User Set Default App From Smartphone - A system is disclosed for automatically restarting an application running on a smartphone present in a predetermined environment, after the application has been paused. A hardware interconnect apparatus may be configured to establish a first communications link with the smartphone, and also to establish a second communications link with an electronic device present at the predetermined environment. A processor executable auto launch application may be adapted to run on the smartphone to detect when a previously selected application has been at least one of stopped or paused, and to automatically re-start the previously selected application without a command being physically entered on the smartphone by a user of the smartphone.04-25-2013
20130102299System and Method for Supporting Multiple Phone System - The present invention provides a method for supporting multiple communication systems in a mobile communication device. The method includes providing at least two communication channels, each communication channel comprising a communication module; receiving a communication request; directing the communication request to a selected communication channel among the at least two communication channels according to a communication type information; and transmitting data associated with the communication request through the selected communication channel. Wherein each communication module of the at least two communication channels supports different transmission protocol.04-25-2013
20130203400ON BOARD VEHICLE PRESENCE REPORTING MODULE - The present disclosure describes a microprocessor executable presence reporting module operable to determine, based on one or more of a vehicle occupant context and requirement of law applicable to a current geographic location of the vehicle, whether the vehicle occupant is present and available for receiving an inbound communication and/or by what communication channel and/or modality to contact the vehicle occupant.08-08-2013
20130122882AUTOMATED PROVISIONING OF CELLPHONE PLANS TRIGGERED BY MOBILE DEVICE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM ALERTS AND USAGE THRESHOLDS - Disclosed is a method for tracking a wireless communication plan and plan usage to control access costs for a mobile communication device having a resident mobile device management agent comprising: determining a geographic location for the mobile communication device; if the geographic location is determined to be in a first wireless connection network, automatically provisioning a first wireless communication plan for the mobile communication device; and if the geographic location is determined to be in a second wireless connection network, automatically provisioning a second wireless communication plan for the mobile communication device.05-16-2013
20130130672INTERACTION ANALYSIS AND PRIORITIZATION OF MOBILE CONTENT - In embodiments of the present invention improved capabilities are described for receiving interaction information relating to a first mobile communication facility, weighting content based at least in part on the interaction information, and ordering the content for presentation on a second mobile communication facility based at least in part on the weighting.05-23-2013
20130143541CENTRALIZED FEMTOCELL OPTIMIZATION - Systems, methods, and apparatuses for centrally optimizing femtocells are presented herein. A scanning component can receive information from femtocells indicating respective operating conditions of the femtocells. Further, an optimization component can categorize the femtocells into groups based on the information, and direct a change of a parameter set of a group of the groups to a femtocell of the group. A method can include receiving, from femtocells, information associated with respective operating conditions of the femtocells; sorting the femtocells into groups based on the information; and directing a change of a parameter set that is associated with a group of the groups to a femtocell of the group. In an example, the method can further include directing a change of a parameter of a macrocell communicatively coupled to a femtocell of the femtocells.06-06-2013
20130143544COMMUNICATION TERMINAL APPARATUS, COMPUTER PRODUCT, AND INCOMING CALL PROCESSING METHOD - A communication terminal apparatus includes a computer configured to receive an incoming call request from a caller device; identify a communication service requested by the caller device, based on the received incoming call request; retrieve from among a plurality of OSs running on the communication terminal apparatus and based on communication services processable by each OS included among the OSs, an OS capable of processing the identified communication service; and allocate the incoming call request to the retrieved OS.06-06-2013
20100279672Apparatus and Method for Flexible Switching Between Device-to-Device Communication Mode and Cellular Communication Mode - In accordance with an example embodiment of the present invention, a method is disclosed that comprises receiving a control command to switch from a first communication mode to a second communication mode from a coupled controller; reconfiguring a plurality of protocol entities including at least a first protocol buffer and a second protocol buffer; moving remaining data packets in the first protocol buffer into at least the second protocol buffer; communicating a current data packet sequence number; and forwarding data in the second communication mode.11-04-2010
20110217967EARPIECE WITH VOICE MENU - An ear-level device which can be operable in multiple modes supports a voice menu by which more complex functions executable by the ear-level device or by a companion module can be selected using input at the ear-level device. By pushing a button on an earpiece for example, a voice menu is activated announcing a set of functions such as voice dial, last number redial and so on. When the function that the user wants is announced, the user presses the same button which activates the execution of the function.09-08-2011
20130157645CROSS DOMAIN NOTIFICATION - A method for a mobile communication device to indicate activity associated with an operating domain includes establishing a plurality of operating domains for the mobile communication device each operating as an independent virtual machine. The method also includes providing a trusted indicator at the mobile communication device for indicating activity associated with a high-side domain. The method also includes providing an input on the mobile communication device for switching from a low-side domain to the high-side domain. The method also includes providing a trusted element for the mobile communication device that is independent of either the high-side domain or the low-side domain. The trusted element may be configured to receive a signal from the input for switching from the low-side domain to the high-side domain and to perform user authentication for switching from the low-side domain to the high-side domain.06-20-2013
20130157638DETECTING INDOOR AND OUTDOOR USAGE OF A MOBILE DEVICE - Mobile devices may be subject to different operational constraints in different geographies or circumstances. For example, power levels may be limited for transmissions in certain countries. The geographic position of a mobile device may be identified and used for determining the applicable local regulations. The local regulations may allow for different operational constraints depending on whether a device is located indoors or outdoors. Accordingly, a determination of indoor/outdoor state may be used to maximize device performance while also complying with appropriate regulations/circumstances.06-20-2013
20130157644AUTONOMIC ERROR RECOVERY FOR A DATA BREAKOUT APPLIANCE AT THE EDGE OF A MOBILE DATA NETWORK - A mechanism provides autonomic recovery for a breakout appliance at the edge of a mobile data network from a variety of errors using a combination of hardware, software and network recovery actions. The recovery actions proceed upon a sliding scale depending on the severity of the problem to achieve the goals of minimizing disruption to traffic flowing through the NodeB while also maintaining an acceptable cost of ownership/maintenance of the system by automatically recovering from as many problems as possible. The error recovery functions within the breakout system hide the error recovery complexities from the management system upstream in the mobile data network. For critical, non-recoverable errors, the autonomic recovery mechanism works in conjunction with a fail-to-wire module to remove the breakout system in the event of a failure in such a way that the mobile data network functions as if the breakout system is no longer present.06-20-2013
20080200161PROVIDING RELEVANT NON- REQUESTED CONTENT TO A MOBILE DEVICE - A system and method are directed towards providing non-requested content to a mobile terminal based on characteristics of, and tracked usage of the mobile terminal to request content through an online portal service, which provides access to content in multiple subject areas. A mobile user profile is created from the characteristics and patterns of the tracked usage. The tracked usage information includes the time, location, frequency at which the content was requested. Based on the mobile user profile information, content related to previously requested content is provided to the mobile terminal upon a trigger that is related to the requested content. The trigger event may include the mobile terminal returning to a location from which certain content was previously requested. The non-requested content may further be based on a related general user profile that indicates usage of an alternate electronic device to access content through the portal.08-21-2008
20080200160Apparatuses, Methods and Systems for Ambiguous Code-Triggered Information Querying and Serving on Mobile Devices - The disclosure details the implementation of apparatuses, methods, and systems for ambiguous code triggered information querying and serving on mobile devices. Information and/or advertisement providers may use a code triggered information server to serve context, demographic, and behavior targeted information to users via mobile devices. Users, in turn, trigger the provision of information by scanning or observing codes or information. Often, codes scanned by novice users and/or using mobile devices may be ambiguous and/or obscured. Consequently, the present system may implement disambiguation processes to the code scans so as to clarify their identity. The disambiguated scans, together with geographic, temporal, and user-specific information, are obtained by the server that receives, processes, and records the message. Based on these messages and a user profile—which may include continuously updated user-specific behavior information, situational and ambient information, an accumulated history of scanned code messages, and integration with outside database information—the server selects information to serve to the users' mobile devices from an information base. The code triggered information server allows for the serving of information that is demographic, interest, location, and time specific. It also allows providers to track user behavior and provide anticipatory information.08-21-2008
20110275357METHOD FOR ASSOCIATING COMMUNICATIONS DEVICES - Methods and systems for enabling at least two parties to create a potential for associating communications devices are provided. In a first case, a first communications device has a first network address and a second communications device has a second network address. A server receives a first input pattern from the first communications device, a second input pattern by the server from the second communications device whereby the second input pattern may be created by the same human operator. Alternatively, the input patterns may be digitized representations of ambient or environmental sound or optical signals. When the server determines that the first input pattern substantively matches the second input pattern, the server issues a reference number and associates the first network address and the second network address with the reference number. The server may then communicatively connect the first device and the second device upon receipt of the reference number.11-10-2011
20130150011PERFORMANCE ZONES - Performance of a mobile device can be regulated base on the performance zone in which the mobile device is located. Applications can be executed via the mobile device in accordance with locally imposed rules and policies associated with the performance zone. The rules and policies can be stored on the mobile device. The rules and policies can be associated with a color codes that are associated with respective performance zones.06-13-2013
20130150012MECHANISMS TO IMPROVE MOBILE DEVICE ROAMING IN WIRELESS NETWORKS - A mobile wireless device adapts roaming parameters used to determine searching for and switching among access points. The roaming parameters are adjusted based on a wireless network characterization for access points that includes a detected wireless network type. In an embodiment, the wireless network type is characterized by a service set identifier and a number of unique basic service set identifiers associated with the service set identifier per radio frequency band. Roaming parameters include a scan threshold, a roam threshold and a time interval between successive scans.06-13-2013
20130150013Intelligent Resource Control in Multiple SIM User Equipment - Systems and methods are presented to support operation of a multiple subscriber identity module (SIM) device. A timing conflict may exist when a scheduled high priority communication of a first SIM overlaps with a scheduled paging monitoring activity for a second SIM. The multiple SIM device may preempt transitioning communication resources to the second SIM when the first SIM executes high priority communications. Or, the multiple SIM device may execute a rescheduling action to resolve the timing conflict. The high priority communication of the first SIM may be rescheduled. Alternatively, normal priority paging monitoring actions may be rescheduled to resolve the timing conflict.06-13-2013
20130150014Background Paging Monitoring For Multiple SIM User Equipment - Systems and methods are presented to support operation of a multiple subscriber identity module (SIM) device. A first SIM may monitor paging indicators while a second SIM performs a data transfer or voice call. During the second SIM's data transfer or voice call, paging transition times are identified to transition communication resources to the first SIM for use in monitoring paging indicators. The transition time may be short so as to limit the impact on the second SIM's data transfer or voice call. When the first SIM receives a paging indicator indicating an incoming call, the device may retrieve caller identification information of the incoming call and automatically reject the incoming call. The communication resource may be returned to the second SIM to continue the data transfer or voice call.06-13-2013
20130150015METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CACHING - A method and caching server for enabling caching of a portion of a media file in a User Equipment (UE) in a mobile telecommunications network. The caching server selects the media file and determines a size of the portion to be cached in the UE. The size may be determined depending on radio network conditions for the UE and/or characteristics of the media file. The caching server sends an instruction to the UE to cache the determined size of the portion of the media file in the UE.06-13-2013
20130150016COMMUNICATION DEVICE AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING COMMUNICATION DEVICE - When an instruction operation given by a user to start communication parameter setting is detected, an operation mode of a communication device is determined. According to the determined operation mode, it is determined whether to provide a communication parameter through another communication device operating in a base station mode, or provide a communication parameter directly by the communication device.06-13-2013
20120258699METHOD FOR OPERATING PORTABLE TERMINAL TO REDUCE POWER DURING SUPPORT OF COMMUNICATION SERVICE AND PORTABLE TERMINAL SUPPORTING THE SAME - A method for operating a portable terminal so as to reduce power consumption during the support of a communication service and a portable terminal supporting the same is provided. The method includes activating a Radio Frequency (RF) communication unit, downloading a part of data of predetermined contents through the RF communication unit, buffering the downloaded part of the data in a buffer so as to output the buffered downloaded part of the data, and executing an idle time for terminating or reducing a power supply of the RF communication unit when the downloading of the part of the data of the predetermined contents is completed.10-11-2012
20130137415VEHICLE ON-BOARD UNIT AND MOBILE DEVICE LINKAGE SYSTEM - A system that links a mobile device with a vehicle on-board unit includes a data control section that restricts use of at least one of a plurality of registered application software products provided on the mobile device, and a data output section that outputs an indication representing the at least one registered application software product to a display section of the vehicle on-board unit when the at least one application software product is available according to conditions of the vehicle.05-30-2013
20130137414COMMUNICATION APPARATUS - A first communication apparatus for performing wireless communication with a second communication apparatus includes a memory storing a predetermined wireless setting and a confirmation unit confirming whether it is possible to perform wireless communication with the second communication apparatus using a current wireless setting in the first communication apparatus. The first communication apparatus includes a first change unit changing the current wireless setting to the predetermined wireless setting if it is not possible to perform wireless communication using the current wireless setting and specific information is received from the second communication apparatus, and holding the current wireless setting if it is not possible to perform wireless communication using the current wireless setting and the specific information is not received from the second communication apparatus. Further, the first communication apparatus includes a first communication execution unit receiving first target data from the second communication apparatus using the predetermined wireless setting.05-30-2013
20130137413Method and Apparatus for Controlling Device Operating Mode - In a non-limiting and example embodiment, a method is provided for remotely managing operating modes of a mobile communications device, comprising: detecting an operating mode change command received by a mobile communications device in a message from a wireless access device, and changing an operating mode of the mobile communications device in response to the operating mode change command, the operating mode change affecting user interface output of the mobile communications device.05-30-2013
20130137412METHODS AND SYSTEMS FOR DECENTRALIZED MANAGING OF NEIGHBORING FEMTOCELLS - Methods and systems to decentralize managing of neighboring femtocells. The methods and systems include communication to a first femtocell from a second femtocell of next information that includes communicated information of: i) the interference requirement constraint of an active user of the second femtocell, and ii) one or more parameters characterizing a physical radio channel defined from the first femtocell to the at least one active user of the second femtocell; the self-configuration of the transmission parameters of the first femtocell based upon the communicated information i) and ii). Another method (and system to implement the method) includes the mutual adjustment of the interference requirement constraints between a first and a second femtocell, regarding their active users, in a decentralized manner, on the basis of not affecting the transmission performance of the rest of the plurality of femtocells.05-30-2013
20130137416WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, MANAGEMENT STATION, AND METHOD FOR MANAGING - In order to properly expel one or more mobile terminals from a cell that a wireless base station is accommodating, the management station includes at least one processor configured to obtain, for each of the plurality of mobile terminals, speed data indicating a moving speed of the mobile terminal; select one or more mobile terminals each having a moving speed, indicated by the speed data, satisfying a first criterion among the plurality of mobile terminals; and control the wireless base station such that the selected mobile terminals are out of communication with the cell.05-30-2013
20130137411Optimized Energy Consumption Management in Wireless Base Stations - A method, apparatus and a non-transitory computer readable medium include comparing two or more access points in a wireless communication network based upon one or more scenarios to minimize energy consumption, identifying one or more energy conservation constraints in the wireless communication network and controlling each of the two or more access points by selectively distributing traffic based upon the one or more energy conservation constraints.05-30-2013
20100317334APPLICATION SERVICE INVOCATION - An Internet Protocol Multimedia Subsystem (IMS) includes a Serving-Call Session Control Function (S-CSCF). The S-CSCF includes a Service Capability Interaction Manager (SCIM) configured to invoke one or more application services in response to a message being received by the S-CSCF.12-16-2010
20100317333Wireless Messaging System - Messages are routed via a cellular communications network to multiple cellular communications receivers configured for answering calls placed to a common subscriber number, such that a message originated with a single cellular call may reach multiple recipients. The geographic area of message distribution may be controlled by selectively enabling different cell sites for calling particular subscriber numbers. The cellular receivers may have message storage capabilities for subsequent replay of received messages. Message storage may be provided by downloading messages to a conventional telephone answering device also connected for landline telephone call answering, thereby adding received cellular messages to recorded landline telephone messages.12-16-2010
20100317332MOBILE DEVICE WHICH AUTOMATICALLY DETERMINES OPERATING MODE - A mobile device such as a cell phone is used to remotely control an electronic appliance such as a television or personal computer. In a setup phase, the mobile device captures an image of the electronic appliance and identifies and stores scale-invariant features of the image. A user interface configuration such as a virtual keypad configuration, and a communication protocol, can be associated with the stored data. Subsequently, in an implementation phase, another image of the electronic appliance is captured and compared to the stored features in a library to identify a match. In response, the associated user interface configuration and communication protocol are implemented to control the electronic appliance. In a polling and reply process, the mobile device captures a picture of a display of the electronic device and compares it to image data which is transmitted by the electronic appliance.12-16-2010
20130157646POWER CONSERVATION FOR MOBILE DEVICE DISPLAYS - Power conservation for mobile device displays. An embodiment of a method includes generating display images for a display screen of a mobile device, and transitioning the mobile device to a reduced power consumption state. The reduced power consumption state includes reducing one or more illumination factors for the display screen; and reducing one or more animation factors for the display screen.06-20-2013
20120282909WIMAX FEMTO NETWORK SUPPORT FOR WIMAX FEMTO CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT - Embodiments of the present invention relate to wireless communication and, more specifically, to network support for configuration management in a Worldwide Interoperability Microwave Access Femto Network. In one exemplary embodiment, offline and/or updated configuration information is obtained by a WiMAX Femto Access Point from a management server whether the WiMAX Femto Access Point is active or inactive and before or after initial network entry. Configuration information synchronization may also be performed before or after initial network entry.11-08-2012
20120282908METHOD FOR CONTROLLING MOBILE COMMUNICATIONS - A method for controlling mobile communications involves identifying an operator of the mobile vehicle, where the operator is associated with a mobile communications device. Via a telematics unit disposed in the mobile vehicle, the method further involves recognizing, while the vehicle is in motion, that the mobile communications device is not located in a predefined location inside a cabin area of the vehicle, and in response to a command generated by the telematics unit based on the recognizing, automatically adjusting a functionality of an audio system disposed in the vehicle.11-08-2012
20120282912LOW RADIATION WIRELESS COMMUNICATOR - A wireless communicator, including a modem operable to transmit and receive voice communication phone calls, a power amplifier coupled with the modem operable to dynamically apply a variable gain factor to voice communications transmitted by the modem, to produce an appropriate power output, and a controller coupled with the modem including a radiation monitor operable to monitor the power output of the power amplifier, the controller being operable to restrict operation of the modem, based on data provided by the radiation monitor, when the cumulative power output produced by the power amplifier exceeds a pre-designated daily cumulative power limit.11-08-2012
20120282911Smartphone-Based Methods and Systems - Arrangements involving portable devices (e.g., smartphones and tablet computers) are disclosed. One arrangement enables a content creator to select software with which that creator's content should be rendered—assuring continuity between artistic intention and delivery. Another utilizes a device camera to identify nearby subjects, and take actions based thereon. Others rely on near field chip (RFID) identification of objects, or on identification of audio streams (e.g., music, voice). Some technologies concern improvements to the user interfaces associated with such devices. Others involve use of these devices in connection with shopping, text entry, sign language interpretation, and vision-based discovery. Still other improvements are architectural in nature, e.g., relating to evidence-based state machines, and blackboard systems. Yet other technologies concern use of linked data in portable devices—some of which exploit GPU capabilities. Still other technologies concern computational photography. A great variety of other features and arrangements are also detailed.11-08-2012
20120282910Management of a Wireless Communication Interface of a Terminal - The management method of the invention comprises: an obtaining step (E11-08-2012
20130157641AUTOMATIC MOBILE COMMUNICATOR DEPOT SYSTEM AND METHODOLOGY - An automatic mobile communicator depot system including a mobile communicator acceptor for accepting mobile communicators and providing mobile communicator acceptance inputs, a mobile communicator dispenser for dispensing substitute mobile communicators in response to substitute mobile communicator dispensing instructions, a customer interface receiving customer inputs identifying a specific mobile communicator with a specific customer, and a depot controller responsive at least to the customer inputs and the acceptance inputs and including dispenser control functionality for providing dispensing instructions to the mobile communicator dispenser to dispense a specific substitute mobile communicator to a specific customer and automatic telephone number transfer functionality for transferring a telephone number from a mobile communicator received by the mobile communicator acceptor from a given customer to the substitute mobile communicator dispensed by the mobile communicator dispenser to the customer.06-20-2013
20130157642EFFECTIVE ENERGY SAVING METHOD OF NEXT GENERATION MOBILECOMMUNICATION - Disclosed is an operating method of a base station which includes searching user equipment, having a machine to machine (hereinafter, referred to as M2M) communication function, from user equipment under communication; sending an M2M call setup request to the searched user equipment; sending a handover call setup request to the remaining user equipment from among the user equipment under communication; and entering a power-saving mode.06-20-2013
20130157643SMALL CELL BASE STATION MANAGING SYSTEM AND METHOD OF MANAGING SMALL CELL BASE STATION - Disclosed is a small cell base station managing method of a small cell base station managing system which manages a plurality of small cell base stations. The small cell base station managing method includes receiving a reconfiguration request; selecting a radio access technology (hereinafter, referred to as RAT) of a selected small cell base station according the reconfiguration request; and requesting the selected small cell base station to operate using the selected RAT.06-20-2013
20130157640Safe Vehicular Phone Usage - The present invention discloses a system comprising a vehicular unit and a cellular phone application, which, after a series of digital security confirmations, communicate freely. Using the application to start the automobile notifies the phone that the cellular user is the driver. When this information is conveyed along with velocity information from the vehicular unit, the application will proceed to restrict access to the phone. As such, the phone will perform a predetermined number of actions ranging from complete cellular communication disablement to activation of a hands-free communication mode. Upon stopping the vehicle, full phone functionality will resume. The phone could also act as an interface with the vehicle allowing method for locking and unlocking doors, opening and closing windows, and engaging the vehicular alarm remotely.06-20-2013
20130157639MOBILE ELECTRONIC DEVICES UTILIZING RECONFIGURABLE PROCESSING TECHNIQUES TO ENABLE HIGHER SPEED APPLICATIONS WITH LOWERED POWER CONSUMPTION - Disclosed herein are mobile electronic devices utilizing reconfigurable processing techniques to enable higher speed applications with lowered power consumption for, inter alia, increased device battery life. The techniques disclosed herein enable greatly enhanced compression/decompression as well as encryption and decryption functionality to be provided in addition to overall greater processing capability particularly in those applications wherein minimization of power consumption is desired. Package-on-package and other assembly techniques may be used to provide the reconfigurable processor in a small footprint package.06-20-2013
20130157637SYSTEMS, METHODS, AND APPARATUS TO PREPARE A MOBILE DEVICE FOR PROVISIONING - Systems, methods, and apparatus to prepare a mobile device for provisioning are disclosed. An example method includes recording information about a mobile device via wireless communications in response to detecting a presence of the mobile device in a first location, determining a software version of the mobile device via wireless communications, and updating the software of the mobile device via wireless communications prior to provisioning the mobile device to a user.06-20-2013
20130183951DYNAMIC MOBILE APPLICATION CLASSIFICATION - In accordance with embodiments of the present disclosure, a process for classifying a mobile application is provided. The process may detect, by an application classification module, a mobile application located on a mobile device. The process may further extract, by the application classification module, a set of embedded data from the mobile application; and obtain a classification for the mobile application by analyzing the set of embedded data using a pattern and training set database.07-18-2013
20130183956METHOD FOR MANAGING MULTIPLE RADIO ACCESS BEARERS IN A SINGLE HANDSET - A method for managing a voice call while simultaneously running a data application on a handset having a display includes determining whether the display on the handset is on or off; and if the display is off, then suspending data transfer supporting the data application. Other conditions for suspending data transfer include whether an application is in the foreground of the display; whether the handset is in proximity to a user's head, or if network reception quality exceeds a threshold.07-18-2013
20110287754Cell Phone with Automatic Dialing Lockout - A cell phone prevents inadvertent dialing or answering of the cell phone by detecting a low light condition consistent with the phone being in a pocket, purse or the like. The ability to use the phone unencumbered in low light situations is provided by using the low-light detection not to disable the phone but to cause a user prompt that requests a user decision on rejecting the phone activity. The user input is tailored to a particular predetermined button for either condition to ensure the results of this prompt are unlikely to be satisfied by an accidental keypress.11-24-2011
20130122888SYSTEM FOR DEVICE STATE TRANSITION CONTROL - There is provided a method of operating a device state controlling entity, the method comprising using a state transition algorithm to determine when to perform operational state transitions in at least one wireless communications device, wherein the state transition algorithm is based upon an indication of the control plane load.05-16-2013
20130122885PARAMETER SETTING APPARATUS AND PARAMETER SETTING METHOD - A parameter setting apparatus includes a memory, and a processor that executes a procedure in the memory, the procedure including, selecting and executes one of a plurality of optimization operations to optimize a control parameter of a mobile communication network in accordance with a common value function, in response to a state variable in each of a plurality of different areas in the mobile communication network, the common value function determining an action value of each optimization operation responsive to the state variable of the mobile communication network, determining a reward responsive to the state variable in each of the plurality of areas, and performing reinforcement learning to update the common value function in response to the reward determined on each area.05-16-2013
20110306331Selectively Terminating Camel Dialogues - Described are methods and apparatuses, for selectively terminated custom application in a telecommunications network. A Gateway Mobile Switching Center (GMSC) receives a request to initiate a call session to a subscriber device in a service area of a first Mobile Switching Center (MSC). The GMSC established a dialogue to implement the custom application on the subscriber device. The GMSC receives a message indicating that the subscriber device is moving from the first MSC to a second MSC. The GMSC analyzes a service key of the custom application to determine if the dialogue should be terminated and determines that the dialogue should be terminated so that the custom application is continued on the subscriber device.12-15-2011
20110312313MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, RADIO NETWORK CONTROLLER AND METHOD - A radio network controller connected to multiple exchanges in a mobile communication system includes an exchange side interface configured to communicate with the multiple exchanges, a mobile station side interface configured to receive a call connection signal from a mobile station via a radio base station, a management unit configured to manage congestion levels indicative of congestion states of the respective exchanges and a control unit. The exchange side interface acquires the congestion levels from the respective exchanges, and the control unit determines to transfer a predefined ratio of call connection signals destined for an exchange having a higher congestion level to an exchange having a lower congestion level, the ratio being predefined corresponding to the congestion level.12-22-2011
20110312312Determining Network Quality - Method, communications device and computer program product for determining network quality for the communications device which is capable of communicating over a communications network. The method comprises determining location information associated with a location of the device, querying a database using the determined location information, wherein the database stores a plurality of entries each comprising location information and corresponding network quality information, and obtaining, from the database in response to the query, network quality information from at least one entry of said entries which comprises location information corresponding to the determined location information.12-22-2011
20110312311METHODS AND APPARATUSES FOR GESTURE BASED REMOTE CONTROL - Methods and apparatuses are provided that may be implemented in and/or with a mobile device to allow gesture based remote control of one or more controllable devices.12-22-2011
20130189968SMART PHONE SYSTEM FOR DIALING THROUGH LOCAL CALL AND METHODS THEREOF - A smart phone system includes a smart phone with wireless local area communication function, a home phone, a public switched telephone network (PSTN) or Internet, a radio base station, a smart wireless phone gateway and an outside phone, the system utilizing the wireless local area communication system for the smart phone to register in the smart wireless phone gateway, and utilizing the smart wireless phone gateway for dialing out through the public switched telephone network (PSTN) or Internet.07-25-2013
20130189969MANAGEMENT OF MULTI-MODE WIRELESS DEVICES - Devices and methods are disclosed for concurrently managing multimode communications devices. In various embodiments, a wireless communication device comprises a first radio configured to use a first Radio Access Technology (RAT) and a second radio configured to use a second RAT. Processing logic in the wireless device is configured to monitor and manage the state machines of said first and second radios. The processing logic is further configured to place the first radio in an active operational mode and to place the second radio in a reduced functionality operational mode. Control messages for the second radio are then received and processed via the first radio while the second radio is in the reduced functionality operative mode.07-25-2013
20130115935METHOD OF MANAGING INCOMING COMMANDS RELATED TO CONTACTLESS APPLICATIONS WITHIN A WIRELESS APPARATUS SUCH AS AN NFC ENABLED MOBILE PHONE - An NFC controller analyzes incoming commands, by name, and decides, according a predefined name table, to which secure element the actual command and following commands are sent for processing.05-09-2013
20120009911METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ENHANCING DISCOVERABILITY AND USABILITY OF DATA NETWORK CAPABILITY OF A MOBILE DEVICE - In a technique for enhancing discoverability and increasing usage of a web browser in a mobile device on a wireless network, a server system coupled to the wireless network receives a signal representing initiation of a voice call from the mobile device. In response, the server system performs a lookup to determine whether a website is associated with the telephone number being called. If a website is associated with the telephone number being called and the mobile device has the capability to access and display the website, the server system sends an Alert to the mobile device, causing the mobile device to notify its user about the website. The user may then input a selection to either access the website instead of completing the call or to proceed with the voice call.01-12-2012
20120009909Feasibility, Convergence, and Optimization of LTE Femto Networks - Methods and systems used to plan, optimize, and manage LTE femtocell networks describes an analytical framework and algorithms that allow analysis and planning of various femtocell aspects including dynamic adjustment of femtocell power for interference mitigation, and optimization according to user selectable policies. The framework recommends using a hybrid of both distributed control and centralized policy enforcement. An algorithm having two closely related aspects is provided. The first part is an Iterative and Distributed Algorithm (IDA), which is intended to be executed inside the femtocells. The second part of the algorithm is intended to be used as a toolset and is called Analytic Computational Algorithm (ACA), which is intended to be used in a centralized planning and operations center. The ACA provides a set of conditions that are used to check for convergence of the IDA.01-12-2012
20120021733METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR A HOSTED MOBILE MANAGEMENT SERVICE ARCHITECTURE - A hosted mobile management service is provided for enabling a user to access a centralized account through a user interface on a terminal in order to manage the user's media information, such as digital music and photos. Any modifications made by user through the user interface are transparently sent to the user's mobile device where a module receives such modification information and interacts with the mobile device to reconcile such modifications.01-26-2012
20120021732Cloud computing system configured for a consumer to program a smart phone or touch pad - A cloud computing system is provided to support a consumer for programming a smart phone/touch pad. Set of accessory members is provided to enable said consumer to build and program a consumer designed article that comprises said consumer programmed smart phone/touch pad.01-26-2012
20120021731Cloud computing system configured for a consumer to program a smart phone and touch pad - A cloud computing system is provided to support a consumer for programming a smart phone/touch pad. Set of accessory members is provided to enable said consumer to build and program a consumer designed article that comprises said consumer programmed smart phone/touch pad.01-26-2012
20130196643DYNAMIC SPACE, FREQUENCY AND TIME DOMAIN COEXISTENCE - Various methods and systems are provided for space, frequency and time domain coexistence of RF signals. In one example, among others, a communication device includes a coexistence manager capable of monitoring operating conditions of a cellular modem and a coexistence assistant capable of monitoring operating conditions of a wireless connectivity unit. The coexistence manager is capable of modifying operation of the modem and/or unit based on an operating condition change. In another example, a method includes detecting a change in antenna isolation and/or operating temperature of a FE filter, determining filtering characteristics of the FE filter based at least in part upon the change, and modifying communications of coexisting communication protocols based at least in part upon the filtering characteristics. In another example, a TX/RX configuration for coexisting communication protocols is determined and communications in a protocol is modified based at least in part upon the TX/RX configuration.08-01-2013
20130196644INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION MODULE SETTING METHOD - According to one embodiment, an information processing apparatus includes a wireless communication module including an event notifier, an embedded controller and a setting module. The embedded controller registers event information configured to indicate that supply of electrical power to the wireless communication module was cut in a register and turns on the apparatus, when the embedded controller is started or reset. The setting module sets the wireless communication module to enable the event notifier, if the event information is registered in the register of the embedded controller when the apparatus is turned on.08-01-2013
20130196645METHOD FOR PERSONALIZING SIM CARDS WITH A PRODUCTION MACHINE - A method for personalizing a SIM card may include loading the SIM card on a conveyor belt of a production machine, programming the SIM card, and unloading the programmed SIM card from the conveyor belt. If the intermediate result is wrong, the method may check an intermediate result of the programming and re-program the SIM card.08-01-2013
20130196646APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR EXCHANGING INFORMATION ON DEVICE IN COMMUNICATION BETWEEN DEVICES - To provide information of a device in communication between devices, an operating method of a device includes including device information of the device in a message defined by a communication protocol used to connect to the other device; and transmitting the message comprising the device information using the communication protocol. The device information comprises at least one of a device type, support of a mirror link, mobile communication network connection support, automatic execution of an application corresponding to the device, vendor identification information, and product identification information.08-01-2013
20130196647Mobile Device Activation Via Dynamically Selected Access Network - Within a network system, a wireless device sends a message to a network element over a first wireless access network, the message including a first device credential and being configured to obtain information to assist in presenting an on-device user service plan selection choice through a user interface of the wireless device. After sending the message, the wireless device determines that it lacks authorization to connect to the network element over the first wireless network and, in response, attempts to connect to the network element over a second data access network.08-01-2013
20130196642COMMUNICATION DEVICE, RECORDING MEDIUM, AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - A mobile phone, into which a voice call function is embedded, includes a processor that controls the entire mobile phone, and a function DB that stores control content of respective voice processing which is to be performed on a call voice, in association with each call category. In addition, the processor estimates a call category type on the basis of an amount of transmitting voice of current communication content, and reads the control content of the respective voice processing corresponding to the call category type from the function DB. Furthermore, the processor performs the respective voice processing on the call voice being communicated, on the basis of the read control content of the respective voice processing.08-01-2013
20130203397PHONE THAT PREVENTS ACCIDENTAL DIALING TO A CONTACT - The present invention includes a phone having a contact list. At least one contact on the contact list may be associated with an indication that outgoing phone calls, that are attempted to be placed from the phone towards that contact, are to be blocked by the phone. The blocking of the attempt to place an outgoing phone call to a contact may be overridden by the user of the phone, for example, by confirming in response to a confirmation question, or by correctly providing a password or a pre-defined response to a question. Optionally, the phone may automatically analyze call logs and other data in order to recommend to the user contacts that are suitable for being associated with outgoing call blocking; for example, a contact corresponding to a person or entity that the user have not called frequently or for a long time.08-08-2013
20130203398System and Method for Selecting Operating Parameters in a Communications System - A method for configuring a first base station within a cluster in a communications system having a plurality of cluster includes optimizing an operating parameter of the first base station in accordance with first utility function results from a first utility function associated with the first base station and second utility function results from a second utility function associated with a second base station within the cluster, the first utility function results and the second utility function results according to multiple settings for the operating parameter of the first base station, a first initialized setting of the operating parameter for the second base station, and a second initialized setting of the operating parameter for an external base station outside the cluster. The method also includes sharing the optimized operating parameter with the external base station.08-08-2013
20130203399HANDLING DUAL PRIORITY APPLICATIONS IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORK - Embodiments of the present disclosure describe techniques for handling dual priority for a machine-to-machine device in a wireless communication network. The device may include computer-readable media having instructions and one or more processors coupled with the computer-readable media and configured to execute the instructions to configure, as a default configuration, the device with a first priority level for machine-type communications, receive a notification from an application associated with the device, the notification indicating that the application generated a communication to a network controller, the communication being associated with a second priority level that is higher than the first priority level, and in response to the notification, configure, as an override configuration, the device with the second priority level for machine-type communications. If a backoff timer is running for low priority application, and a current communication is not for a low priority, the communication is allowed to proceed.08-08-2013
20120064877Method and Apparatus Having Improved Handling of State Transitions - A method, in a wireless communications device, for transitioning between communication states, the wireless communications device compliant for use in a Universal Mobile Telecommunications System (UMTS), the method comprising: checking for radio bearer mapping information for the communication state being transitioned to prior to sending an update message, where the transition between communication states is not a transition from a paging state to a bidirectional communication state using shared channels; and transitioning to the state to be transitioned to using the checked radio bearer mapping information for that state and sending the update message.03-15-2012
20120064876HANDHELD ELECTRONIC DEVICE INCLUDING CROSS APPLICATION USE OF PHONE RELATED INPUTS, AND ASSOCIATED METHOD - An improved handheld electronic device and an associated method provide added convenience for the user by enabling the user to quickly and easily initiate telephone related functions from applications other than the device's phone and address book applications using a dedicated phone related key. The device includes a plurality of use states and each one of the use states has an associated function that is to be initiated upon depression of the phone related key. When the phone related key is depressed, the current use state is determined and the function that is associated with the current use state is executed.03-15-2012
20120064873Method and apparatus for managing communication of compressed mode capabilities - A method in a mobile communications apparatus, the mobile communications apparatus operable to communicate with a wireless communications network using a plurality of frequency bands, the mobile communications apparatus being capable of performing a measurement of one frequency band while using another or the same frequency band, the method comprising sending a measurement capability message to the wireless communications network, the measurement capability message including an information element designating the requirement for compressed mode for more than one of a plurality of combinations of a particular frequency band being used when another or the same frequency band is measured.03-15-2012
20120302224MOBILE NETWORK OPERATOR IDENTIFICATION - A mobile device can send a mobile operator identification request to a mobile operator identification server to determine the mobile network operator for a mobile device. The request comprises mobile operator identifier data, which can include data stored at mobile device smart cards and in mobile device memory. The identification server comprises an identification engine that determines whether the identifier data satisfies one of a plurality of mobile operator rules. If a rule is satisfied, mobile operator identification data is sent to and stored at the mobile device. The mobile device can share the mobile operator identification data with mobile device provider online marketplaces to take advantage of business relationships between the mobile operator and the mobile device provider. Identification of the mobile operator is also useful for determining the appropriate billing methods and ensuring the proper mobile operator branding information is presented at the mobile device.11-29-2012
20120083258SYSTEM AND METHOD TO MANAGE PROCESSES OF A MOBILE DEVICE BASED ON AVAILABLE POWER RESOURCES - A system and method to manage processes of a mobile device based on available power resources is disclosed. In a particular embodiment, an apparatus is disclosed that includes an interface configured to receive a user selection of a scheduled program to be received at a mobile device. The apparatus also includes a battery threshold calculator configured to determine a battery charge threshold based on at least one of a duration of the scheduled program and a processing complexity of the scheduled program. The apparatus includes an alert generator configured to generate a battery alert notification prior to receiving the scheduled program in response to a determination that a battery charge of the mobile device at a starting time of the scheduled program does not satisfy the battery charge threshold.04-05-2012
20120088491Method, Base Station and System for Adjusting Cell Wireless Configuration Parameter - The present invention relates to the field of communications technologies, and in particular to a method, a base station and a system for adjusting a cell wireless configuration parameter. The method includes: obtaining system performance information of an adjustment participating cell and a peripheral cell of the adjustment participating cell under different wireless-configuration-related information; and adjusting a wireless configuration parameter of the adjustment participating cell according to the system performance information of the adjustment participating cell and the peripheral cell of the adjustment participating cell. According to the technical solutions provided in the embodiments of the present invention, by analyzing the system performance information of the adjustment participating cell and the system performance information of the peripheral cell of the adjustment participating cell at the adjustment participating cell, an adjustment work load can be decentralized, and a coverage adjustment of the entire system is accelerated.04-12-2012
20120088490System and Related Circuits and Methods for Detecting and Locating Cellular Telephone Use Within a Geographical Area or Facility - A system for detecting and locating illicit cellular telephone use within a facility includes an array of radio frequency (RF) receivers, each receiver being placed in a predetermined location in the facility, and a central server, the receivers being in electrical communication with the central server. The server commands a group or groups of receivers to tune to a frequency of interest and to perform detailed sample rate measurements of the RF signal level received at the receivers. The array of receivers is organized into a plurality of measurement areas covering widely separated areas of the facility or different buildings of the facility, and the plurality of receivers of a measurement area is organized into a plurality of measurement groups covering areas of approximately uniform RF propagation conditions. Each receiver scans a frequency band of interest non-synchronously and independently of the other receivers in the array. Also, each receiver is preferably a direct-conversion receiver.04-12-2012
20120088488METHOD TO CONTROL CONFIGURATION CHANGE TIMES IN A WIRELESS DEVICE - A method to control configuration change times is performed at a mobile wireless communication device when the mobile wireless communication device is connected to a wireless network. The mobile wireless device is connected in a first configuration mode. The mobile wireless communication device receives a control message from a radio network subsystem in the wireless network at a local receive time. The received control message includes a time indication for when to start a configuration mode change of the mobile wireless communication device, which the device extracts from the control message. The mobile wireless communication device reconfigures to a second configuration mode, different from the first configuration mode, based on the extracted time indication and the local receive time.04-12-2012
20120088487METHODS, SYSTEMS, AND COMPUTER READABLE MEDIA FOR PROVISIONING LOCATION SPECIFIC CONTENT INFORMATION TO A MOBILE DEVICE - Methods, systems, and computer readable media for provisioning location specific content information to a mobile device are disclosed. In one example, a method includes detecting the presence of a mobile device at a designated area and receiving a location identifier associated with the designated area and a mobile device user identifier associated with the mobile device at a backend server. The method further includes utilizing the location identifier to obtain local flavor content data, wherein the local flavor content data provides customized information specific to the designated area, providing the local flavor content data to the mobile device using the mobile device user identifier, and applying the local flavor content data to a generic application in the mobile device to generate a local flavor application that is customized for use at the designated area.04-12-2012
20120088486PERI-CRITICAL REFLECTION SPECTROSCOPY DEVICES, SYSTEMS, AND METHODS - Spectroscopy apparatuses oriented to the critical angle of the sample are described that detecting the spectral characteristics of a sample wherein the apparatus consists of an electromagnetic radiation source adapted to excite a sample with electromagnetic radiation introduced to the sample at a location at an angle of incidence at or near a critical angle of the sample; a transmitting crystal in communication with the electromagnetic radiation source and the sample, the transmitting crystal having a high refractive index adapted to reflect the electromagnetic radiation internally; a reflector adapted to introduce the electromagnetic radiation to the sample at or near an angle of incidence near the critical angle between the transmitting crystal and sample; and a detector for detecting the electromagnetic radiation from the sample. Also, provided herein are methods, systems, and kits incorporating the peri-critical reflection spectroscopy apparatus.04-12-2012
20120088485INFORMATION PROCESSING SYSTEM, APPARATUS, AND METHOD - An information processing system includes a first apparatus including a position information transmission unit to transmit information on the position of the first apparatus; and a second apparatus including, a position information acquisition unit to acquire a position of the second apparatus; a position information receiving unit to receive the information on the position of the first apparatus; a relative-position information acquisition unit to acquire relative-position information of the second and the first apparatus on the basis of the information on the position of the second and the first apparatus; and a control unit to control a coupling mode of the second and the first apparatus on the basis of the relative-position information.04-12-2012
20120088484Sending messages with user generated content via a mobile communication network - The subject innovation relates to an add-on device for modifying a message which is to be transmitted from a mobile communication device to a recipient via a mobile communication network. The add-on device intercepts the message sent from a smart card of the mobile communication device to a radio module of the mobile communication device. Additionally, the add-on device modifies a visible content of the message and forwards the message with the modified visible content to the radio module for transmitting the message to the mobile communication network.04-12-2012
20120088483STANDBY MODE SWITCH SYSTEM AND COMMUNICATION DEVICE HAVING SAME - A standby mode switch system includes a mode selection module, a control module, and a position detection module. The mode selection module has a vibration mode. The control module is in communication with the mode selection module and the position detection module. The control module turns on the vibration mode when the mode selection module selects the vibration mode and an incoming call. The control module turns off the vibration mode when the position detection module detects a distance from the position detection module to an adjacent object element is greater than a predetermined value.04-12-2012
20120088482AUTOMATED LAC ASSIGNMENTS FOR ENTERPRISE FEMTOS - In accordance with an example embodiment, there is disclosed herein an apparatus comprising an interface, and processing logic coupled with the interface. The processing logic receives via the interface a list of location area codes detected by an access point associated with a site group to be provisioned with a location area code (LAC). The processing logic removes from a predefined list of location area codes the location area codes detected by the access point. The processing logic selects a LAC from the predefined list for the site group after removing the location area codes detected by the access point. The processing logic provisions the access point with the selected LAC via the interface.04-12-2012
20120094646BASE STATION AND METHOD OF CONTROLLING THE SAME - Provided is a base station capable of maintaining a communication quality of a communication terminal (mobile station) having registered its position with the base station itself, even if an operating frequency is changed. According to the present invention, the base station includes a transmission and reception unit 04-19-2012
20120094645TASK SWITCHING BETWEEN TWO COMPUTING DEVICES - A method is provided to enable a user to operate a computing device to share data with another device. An event may be detected, where the event indicates the intent of the user to share content to the other device while already using a first computing device. Once the event is detected, information may be received on the second computing device. This information may be used to initiate an application on the other computing device.04-19-2012
20120094644INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS, NAVIGATION SYSTEM, AND DATA UPDATING METHOD - An information processing apparatus includes a data storage portion that stores data records in which second data is associated with first data; a communicating portion that communicates with an external device; an updating portion that receives the data records from the external device and updates the data records; a screen controlling portion that displays one or more of the first data or the second data, and that receives a specifying operation specifying the first data; a determining portion that determines whether the information processing apparatus is in a state, in which control that uses the first data will be started in response to the screen controlling portion receiving the specifying operation; and a caching portion that caches the first data specified by the specifying operation separately from the data records stored in the data storage portion, when it is determined that the information processing apparatus is in the state.04-19-2012
20120094643OVER-THE-AIR CONTENT MANAGEMENT OF WIRELESS EQUIPMENT IN CONFINED-COVERAGE WIRELESS NETWORKS - System(s), apparatus(es), and method(s) are provided for managing content of wireless equipment (WE) over-the-air (OTA). Content is germane to feature(s) of the WE and is related to operation thereof. Management of the content is automatically implemented in response to attachment of the WE to a confined-coverage access point (AP). The WE and a network server enable, in part, such management. The confined-coverage AP enables exchange of signaling and data associated with management of the content amongst the WE and the network server. Content includes software (SW); management OTA of SW can include update of an in-use version of a SW application or related SW component(s). SW update signaling can comprise message(s) conveying a WE identifier and in-use version(s) of SW; request(s) for an update instruction; request(s) for at least one file associated with the SW; message(s) indicative of availability of version(s) of SW newer than the in-use version(s).04-19-2012
20130210414FIXED LOCATION REGISTRATION - Systems, devices and techniques for machine to machine (M2M) communications include optimizing performance of an M2M network based on knowledge about a fixed, or non-mobile, operation of an M2M service. In various embodiments, paging operation, direct channel assignment operation and timer based registration are optimized. The fixed operation may be communicated by a user device receiving the service to a network server providing the service.08-15-2013
20130210402CONTROL METHODS FOR COMMUNICATION DEVICES - A control method for a communication device is provided. The control method includes the steps of: determining whether the communication device is in a wrong communication state when a call of a communication function is made from the communication device, and if the communication device is in the wrong communication state, prohibiting the communication function from being performed by the communication device after the call is finished.08-15-2013
20130210403Enhanced Power Conservation For Mobile Phones - A mobile phone initially probes while in an open-loop mode with an estimated power level based on the received power level from a base station. If a response is not received, power is incremented, and a subsequent probe is sent. The process is repeated until a response is received or when maximum power is reached. If a response is still not received, the mobile phone tests for changing its location state. When BTS probes are unsuccessful and maximum power is reached, available sensors are sampled and tested for a change of state, e.g., by way of an inclinometer, an accelerometer, a magnetometer, a GPS, standard 08-15-2013
20130210404LOCAL DOWNLOADING OF TEMPORARY APPLICATIONS FOR MOBILE DEVICES - A system and related methods of managing computer-executable applications for a mobile device are provided. The method determines when the mobile device is located within an application support area corresponding to an application provider, and wirelessly downloads a temporary application at the mobile device. The downloaded temporary application is installed at the mobile device, resulting in an installed temporary application. Thereafter, the method detects when the mobile device has left the application support area and, in response to the detecting, the mobile device is configured such that the installed temporary application cannot be executed.08-15-2013
20130210405Autonomous Location Of Objects In A Mobile Reference Frame - An apparatus and method for estimating a location of an object within a mobile reference frame. Sensor data is received from an accelerometer associated with an object followed by determining from the sensor data that the mobile reference frame is executing one of a set of pre-determined maneuvers. In response to such determination: (1) the sensor data is applied to a mathematical model associated with the executed maneuver, the model trained with previously obtained data from one or more reference accelerometers positioned at known locations within the mobile reference frame and estimating the location of the object by applying the sensor data to the mathematical model; and/or (2) incorporating reference accelerometers in the mobile reference frame and comparing the sensor data with the reference accelerometers and estimating the location of the object.08-15-2013
20130210406PHONE THAT PREVENTS TEXTING WHILE DRIVING - The present invention includes a phone able to detect or determine that a user of the phone is sitting in a driver seat of a moving vehicle. The determination may be based on, for example, captured front-side images, captured back-side images, captured audio, contextual analysis of textual messages, contextual analysis of phone conversations or intra-vehicular conversations, GPS data or other location data, or other parameters. Upon such determination, the phone may block one or more features or applications, such as texting or messaging. The present invention may reduce, eliminate or block occurrences of concurrent texting-and-driving, or other unsafe or illegal operations.08-15-2013
20130210407MOBILE COMMUNICATION DEVICE WITH IMPROVED NETWORK CONNECTIVITY - Methods and systems for applying power to a mobile device responsive to user actions are disclosed. An exemplary method includes detecting, while a mobile device is powered down, actions made by a user in connection with the user handling the mobile device without pressing a power button of the mobile device. A prediction is then made that the user is about to power up the mobile device based upon particular actions made by the user. And before the user presses the power button, power is applied to processing and network communication components of the mobile device so that if the user presses the power button, the processing and network communication components are already powered; thus reducing an amount of time it takes for the mobile device to access a network with the mobile device.08-15-2013
20130210408METHOD OF REDUCING POWER CONSUMPTION WITHIN A PORTABLE COMMUNICATION DEVICE - A method of reducing power consumption within a portable communication device uses spatial sensing modules to identify a stationary state or to sense motion of the device, and continuously monitors the device's surroundings. The device includes a control module coupled to the spatial sensing modules, which include a global positioning system, and a module that identifies the location of the device through a cellular wireless communication network. The method uses the control module to switch on or switch off the spatial sensing modules based on identifying that the device has been in a spatially static state for a time period or has been suddenly moved, or if any sudden changes have been detected in the device's surroundings. Furthermore, if the device is identified to be at an indoor location for a specific period of time, the control module switches off the global positioning system of the device.08-15-2013
20130210409SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR TUNING IN HETEROGENEOUS NETWORKS - A method is provided in one example embodiment and includes receiving a radio related message including derived information for a particular cell in a heterogeneous network; and changing one or more self-optimizing network parameters of a small cell in the heterogeneous network to attract user equipment, where the change can be based on the derived information. In more specific embodiments, the derived information is provided in a relocation command message. In addition, the derived information can include cell load information for a macro cell. Certain methodologies may include receiving small cell derived information for a plurality of small cells in the heterogeneous network; and increasing a plurality of self-optimizing network parameters of the plurality of small cells in the heterogeneous network to attract a plurality of instances of user equipment, the increase can be based, at least, on information within Radio Access Network Application Part (RANAP) messages.08-15-2013
20130210410WIRELESS COMMUNICATION DEVICE AND METHOD FOR SWITCHING ALERT MODES OF THE WIRELESS COMMUNICATION DEVICE - A wireless communication device receives a message periodically broadcast by a wireless broadcast device placed within a location, and determines a type of the location and a broadcast period of the message. The wireless communication device sets a check period for periodically checking whether the wireless communication device receives the message, and checks if a present alert mode of the wireless communication device is suitable for the type of the location in a present check period. When the present alert mode of the wireless communication device is not suitable, the wireless communication device automatically switches the present tone mode to a new tone. When the wireless communication device does not receive the message within a next check period, the wireless communication device is determined as having left the location and automatically switched back to the present alert mode from the new alert mode.08-15-2013
20130210411SYSTEMS AND METHODS OF DEVICE CALIBRATION - A method includes receiving, at a device to be calibrated, a data packet from a second device that is directing the calibration. The data packet includes at least two segments, where each segment corresponds to at least one calibration instruction. The method includes conducting a calibration of the device according to the calibration instructions corresponding to the at least two segments.08-15-2013
20130210413METHOD OF INHIBITING FUNCTIONS OF A MOBILE COMMUNICATIONS DEVICE - A method of inhibiting a function of a multi-function portable personal communications device includes determining a first position of the personal communications device, after a predetermined time interval, determining a second position of the personal communications device, determining the distance between the first position and the second position, determining the time interval in which the personal communications device moved from the first position and the second position, calculating an average velocity of the personal communications device based on the first position, the second position and the time interval and, if the average velocity of the personal communication device exceeds a predetermined value, inhibiting a function of the personal communications device.08-15-2013
20130210416Processing Method, Device, and System for Bandwidth Control - A processing method, device, and system for bandwidth control are provided in embodiments of the present invention, where the method includes: acquiring, by a mobile communications network device, when detecting that a mobile terminal is activated or a mobile terminal is performing a cell handover, a set of configuration parameters including a cell identifier of a cell where the mobile terminal is located; and dynamically configuring, by the mobile communications network device, a bandwidth control policy for the mobile terminal according to the set of configuration parameters and a set of bandwidth control policies preconfigured by an operator, where the set of bandwidth control policies includes a bandwidth control policy corresponding to the cell identifier. According to the technical solutions in the embodiments of the present invention, not only bandwidth resources are made rational use, but also the processing efficiency of bandwidth control is effectively improved.08-15-2013